Urban Water Management Plan

Transcription

1 DR af t 2015 Urban Water Management Plan June 8, 2016

2 2015 Urban Water Management Plan Santee, California June 8, 2016 Prepared by: 9665 Chesapeake Dr., Suite 201 San Diego, CA 92123

3 Project Participants Brown and Caldwell Laura Carpenter Staci Dratler Tom McCormack Paul Selsky Lisa Skutecki Padre Dam Municipal Water District Robin Bier, P.E. Al Lau, P.E. Melissa McChesney Mark Niemiec, P.E. Padre Dam Municipal Water District ii

4 Table of Contents List of Figures... v List of Tables... vi List of Abbreviations... viii 1. Introduction Urban Water Management Planning Act Plan Organization Plan Preparation Basis for Preparing the Plan Coordination and Outreach Notices to Cities and Counties Coordination between Wholesaler and their Retailers System Description General Description Water Service Area Map Service Area Climate Climate Change Service Area Population and Demographics Other Demographic Factors System Water Use Water Uses by Sector Distribution System Water Losses Water Use for Lower Income Households Passive Water Savings Energy Intensity Baselines and Targets Baseline Periods Service Area Population Gross Water Use Baseline Daily Per Capita Water Use and 2020 Targets Compliance Daily per Capita Water Use Water Supplies Purchased Water Groundwater Stormwater Padre Dam Municipal Water District iii

5 2015 Urban Water Management Plan Table of Contents 6.4 Wastewater and Recycled Water Wastewater Non-Potable Recycled Water Desalinated Water Opportunities Exchanges or Transfers Future Water Projects East County Advanced Water Purification Program East County Regional Treated Water Improvement Program Summary of Existing and Planned Sources of Water Water Supply Reliability Constraints on Water Sources Water Quality Issues -- the Delta Water Quality Issues -- the Colorado River Reliability by Type of Year Supply and Demand Assessment Regional Supply Reliability Water Shortage Contingency Planning Stages of Action Drought Response Level 1 Drought Watch Condition Drought Response Level 2 Drought Alert Condition Drought Response Level 3 Drought Critical Condition Drought Response Level 4 Drought Emergency Condition Prohibitions on End Users Penalties, Charges, and Other Enforcement of Prohibitions Consumption Reduction Methods Determining Water Shortage Reductions Revenue and Expenditure Impacts Resolution or Ordinance Catastrophic Supply Interruption Plan Minimum Supply Next Three Years Demand Management Measures Demand Management Measures Implementation over the Past Five Years Planned Implementation to Achieve Water Use Targets Plan Adoption, Submittal, and Implementation References Padre Dam Municipal Water District iv

6 2015 Urban Water Management Plan Table of Contents Appendix A: Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers... A-1 Appendix B: DWR Urban Water Management Plan Checklist... B-1 Appendix C: San Diego IRWMP Vulnerability Checklist...C-1 Appendix D: Senate Bill X7-7 Tables... D-1 Appendix E: AWWA Water Loss Summary... E-1 Appendix F: Section 5.1 of Padre Dam s Rules and Regulations... F-1 Appendix G: Water Conservation 2013/2014 BMP Reports... G-1 Appendix H: Notice of Public Hearing... H-1 Appendix I: Adoption Resolution... I-1 List of Figures Figure 3-1. The District s Service Area Figure 3-2. WSA Potable Water Distribution System Figure 3-3. WSA Recycled Water Distribution System Figure 3-4. ESA Potable Water Distribution System Figure 3-5. Service Area Average Monthly Temperature ( ) Figure 3-6. Service Area Average Monthly Precipitation ( ) Figure 3-7. Monthly Average ETo by ETo Zone (inches/month) Figure 3-8. Service Area Population Estimates Figure 6-1. Water Resources Padre Dam Municipal Water District v

7 2015 Urban Water Management Plan Table of Contents List of Tables Table 2-1. Retail Only: Public Water Systems Table 2-2. Plan Identification Table 2-3. Agency Identification Table 2-4. Retail: Water Supplier Information Exchange Table 2-5. Plan Coordination Table 3-1. Retail: Population - Current and Projected Table 4-1. Retail: Demands for Potable and Raw Water - Actual Table 4-2. Retail: Demands for Potable and Raw Water - Projected Table 4-3. Retail: Total Water Demands, ac-ft Table 4-4. Retail: Water Loss Summary Most Recent 12 Month Period Available Table 4-5. Retail Only: Inclusion in Water Use Projections Table 4-6. Voluntary Energy Intensity-Total Utility Approach Table 5-1 (SB X7-7 Table 4). Annual Gross Water Use Table 5-2 (SB X7-7 Table 5). Gallons Per Capita Per Day (GPCD) Table 5-3 (Guidebook Table 5-1 R). Baselines and Targets Summary: Retail Agency or Regional Alliance Only Table 5-4 (Guidebook Table 5-2 R) Compliance: Retail Agency or Regional Alliance Only Table 6-1. Retail: Groundwater Volume Pumped, ac-ft/yr Table 6-2. Retail: Wastewater Collected Within Service Area in Table 6-3. Retail: Wastewater Treatment and Discharge Within Service Area in 2015, ac-ft/yr Table 6-4. Retail: Current and Projected Recycled Water Direct Beneficial Uses within Service Area, ac-ft/yr Table 6-5. Retail: 2010 Plan Use Projection Compared to 2015 Actual, ac-ft/yr Table 6-6. Retail: Methods to Expand Future Recycled Water Use Table 6-7. Retail: Expected Future Water Supply Projects or Programs Table 6-8. Water Supplies Actual Table 6-9. Retail: Water Supplies Projected Padre Dam Municipal Water District vi

8 2015 Urban Water Management Plan Table of Contents Table 7-1. Retail: Basis of Water Year Data Table 7-2. Normal Year Supply and Demand Comparison Table 7-3. Single Dry Year Supply and Demand Comparison Table 7-4. Multiple Dry Years Supply and Demand Comparison for Table 7-5. Multiple Dry Years Supply and Demand Comparison for Table 7-6. Multiple Dry Years Supply and Demand Comparison for Table 7-7. Multiple Dry Years Supply and Demand Comparison for Table 7-8. Multiple Dry Years Supply and Demand Comparison Table 8-1. Retail : Stages of Water Shortage Contingency Plan Table 8-2. Restrictions and Prohibitions on End Uses Table 8-3. Retail Only: Stages of Water Shortage Contingency Plan - Consumption Reduction Methods Table 8-4. Retail: Minimum Supply Next Three Years Table Retail: Notification to Cities and Counties Padre Dam Municipal Water District vii

9 2015 Urban Water Management Plan Table of Contents List of Abbreviations ac-ft acre-feet MOU Memorandum of Understanding Act Urban Water Management Planning Act MWELO 2015 Model Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance AWWA American Water Works Association AWP Advanced Water Purification Plan Urban Water Management Plan Basin Study BMPs CII CIMIS CUWCC Delta DMM District DWR San Diego Watershed Basin Study Best Management Practices commercial, industrial, and institutional California Irrigation Management Information System California Urban Water Conservation Council Sacramento-San Joaquin River Delta demand management measure Padre Dam Municipal Water District California Department of Water Resources SANDAG San Diego Association of Governments SBX7-7 Senate Bill X7-7 SDCWA San Diego County Water Authority SWP State Water Project TDS WRF WWTP WSA total dissolved solids water recycling facility wastewater treatment plant Western Service Area ECAWP ECRTWIP ESA ETo East County Advanced Water Purification Program East County Regional Treated Water Improvement Program Eastern Service Area evapotranspiration GPCD Guidebook gallons per capita per day Final Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers I-8 Interstate 8 Metro Metropolitan mgd mg/l City of San Diego's Metropolitan Wastewater System Metropolitan Water District of Southern California million gallons per day milligrams per liter Padre Dam Municipal Water District viii

10 Section 1 Introduction This Urban Water Management Plan (Plan) was prepared for the Padre Dam Municipal Water District (District) in cooperation with the District staff. This Plan addresses the District s water system and includes a description of the water supply sources; magnitudes of historical and projected water use; and a comparison of water supply and water demands during normal, single-dry, and multiple-dry years. Also described is the District s conservation program and incorporation of the District s Advanced Water Purification (AWP) Program in its diversified water portfolio. This Plan is for the year 2015 as required by the Urban Water Management Planning Act (Act) (California Water Code Division 6, Part 2.6, Sections through 10657). The remainder of this section provides an overview of the Act and Plan organization. 1.1 Urban Water Management Planning Act The Act became part of the California Water Code with the passage of Assembly Bill 797 during the 1983 to 1984 regular session of the California legislature. The Act was most recently amended in The Act requires every urban water supplier providing water for municipal purposes to more than 3,000 customers or supplying more than 3,000 acre-feet (ac-ft) of water annually to adopt and submit an Urban Water Management Plan every 5 years to the California Department of Water Resources (DWR). The Act describes the contents of the Plan as well as how urban water suppliers should adopt and implement the Plan. 1.2 Plan Organization The District s Plan follows the organization outlined in the Final Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers (Guidebook; DWR 2015) developed by the DWR (Appendix A). This section provides a summary of the sections in this Plan. Section 2 Plan Preparation provides information on the District s process for developing this Plan, including coordination and outreach. Section 3 System Description provides a description of the service area, climate, water supply facilities, distribution system, and historical and projected population. Section 4 System Water Use presents historical and projected water use. Section 5 Baselines and Targets presents the methods used for calculating baseline and target water consumption amounts, demonstrates that the 2015 interim water use target was met, and provides plans for achieving the 2020 water use target. Section 6 Water Supplies describes and quantifies the current and projected sources of water available to the District. A description and quantification of potential recycled water uses and supply availability is also presented. Section 7 Water Supply Reliability describes the current water supply reliability and the 20-year projection. Padre Dam Municipal Water District 1-1

11 2015 Urban Water Management Plan Introduction Section 8 Water Shortage Contingency Planning provides the District s water shortage contingency planning. Section 9 Demand Management Measures presents and addresses demand management measures (DMMs) to promote conservation and to reduce demand on the District s water supply. Section 10 Plan Adoption, Submittal, and Implementation describes the steps taken to adopt and submit the Plan. Section 11 References provides a list of references. Appendices A through J provide relevant supporting documents. The DWR has provided a checklist of the items that must be addressed in each Plan in accordance with the Act. The checklist makes it simple to identify exactly where in the Plan each item has been addressed. The checklist has been completed for this Plan and is provided in Appendix B. All tables in the Plan tie to and are dictated by the Guidebook unless noted otherwise. Padre Dam Municipal Water District 1-2

12 Section 2 Plan Preparation This section presents the basis for preparing the Plan, Plan identification, units of measure, coordination, and outreach. 2.1 Basis for Preparing the Plan To prepare the 2015 Plan, the District staff attended DWR s statewide workshops and utilized the agency s Guidebook. Staff collaborated with the San Diego County Water Authority (SDCWA), the District s wholesale water supplier, and the San Diego Association of Governments (SANDAG) which is comprised of the region s land use agencies. The District notified the land use agencies within its service area, and key stakeholders, of the preparation of a 2015 Plan and posted a draft version for public review. An advance Notice of Public Hearing was posted on May 25, The District will submit a Plan approved by its board of directors to the state of California by the July 1, 2016, deadline. The District is a retail urban water supplier. DWR dictated tables are labeled Retail or Wholesale depending on supplier type. Table 2-1 presents the public water system name and number. The District has selected individual reporting for this Plan, as identified in Table 2-2. This Plan is reporting on a fiscal year basis (July 1, 2014 through June 30, 2015) using ac-ft as the unit of measure noted in Table 2-3. Table 2-4 presents the information exchange with the wholesale water supplier. Public Water System Number Table 2-1. Retail Only: Public Water Systems Public Water System Name Number of Municipal Connections 2015 Volume of Water Supplied 2015 (ac-ft) CA Padre Dam Municipal Water District 23,379 10,460 TOTAL 10,460 Individual Plan Table 2-2. Plan Identification Regional Plan (checking this triggers the next line to appear) Check one: Regional Plan includes a Regional Alliance Regional Plan does not include a Regional Alliance Padre Dam Municipal Water District 2-1

13 2015 Urban Water Management Plan Plan Preparation Table 2-3. Agency Identification Type of Agency (select one or both) Agency is a wholesaler Agency is a retailer Fiscal or Calendar Year (select one) Plan Tables Are in Calendar Years Plan Tables Are in Fiscal Years If Using Fiscal Years Provide Day and Month that the Fiscal Year Begins 1 July Units of Measure Used in Plan (select one) NOTES: ac-ft Million Gallons (MG) Hundred Cubic Feet Table 2-4. Retail: Water Supplier Information Exchange The retail supplier has informed the following wholesale supplier(s) of projected water use in accordance with CWC 10631: San Diego County Water Authority 2.2 Coordination and Outreach The Act requires the District to coordinate the preparation of its Plan with other appropriate agencies in the area including other water suppliers that share a common source, water management agencies, and relevant public agencies, to the extent practicable. Table 2-5 provides a summary of the Plan coordination with the appropriate agencies. Padre Dam Municipal Water District 2-2

14 2015 Urban Water Management Plan Plan Preparation Table 2-5. Plan Coordination Participated in developing plan Plan Notification Commented on draft plan Contacted for assistance Sent copy of draft plan Sent notice of intent to adopt Attended Public Meetings Not involved Land Use Agencies San Diego Assn. of Governments X X X San Diego County, Dept. of Planning X X X San Diego County, County Supervisor X X X City of Santee X X X City of El Cajon X X X Crest-Dehesa Comm. Planning Group X X X Alpine Comm. Planning Group X X X Lakeside Comm. Planning Group X X Water Suppliers San Diego County Water Authority X X X X X Helix Water District X X X X Lakeside Water District X X X Otay Water District X X Native American Tribes Sycuan Band of the Kumeyaay Nation X X X Viejas Band of Kumeyaay Indians X X X Barona Band of Mission Indians X X Ewiiaapaayp Band of Kumeyaay Indians X X Business Community Santee Chamber X X X Alpine Mountain Empire Chamber X X X San Diego East County Chamber X X X School Districts Santee School District X X X Cajon Valley School District X X X Alpine Union School District X X X Grossmont Union High School District X X X Grossmont-Cuyamaca Comm. College District X X Padre Dam Municipal Water District 2-3

15 2015 Urban Water Management Plan Plan Preparation Notices to Cities and Counties Cities, counties, tribes, and school districts within the service area were notified that the Plan was being prepared more than 60 days prior to the public hearing. Further details are provided in Section Coordination between Wholesaler and their Retailers The District coordinated with its wholesale water supplier, SDCWA. The District provided its projected population, projected development of water supply (potable reuse), and use of wholesale water to SDCWA. SDCWA provided the projected wholesale water supplies. Padre Dam Municipal Water District 2-4

16 Section 3 System Description This section describes the District s service area, organization, water supply facilities, service area climate, and population. 3.1 General Description The District was formed as the result of a merger between the Rio San Diego Municipal Water District and the Santee County Water District. The Rio San Diego Municipal Water District was formed in 1955 and served SDCWA water to local agencies. The Santee County Water District was formed in 1956 and served the City of Santee with water, wastewater, and recycled water utilities. It was mutually beneficial for the two districts to combine into one district providing cost savings, improved facilities, combined management, and combined engineering resources. On November 2, 1976, the public voted and approved a merger of the two districts. The merged districts became the Padre Dam Municipal Water District, named after the local historic landmark the Old Mission Dam. The District currently provides potable water, recycled water, and wastewater services to a population of about 100,000 people in East San Diego County, including the City of Santee and the communities of Blossom Valley, Crest, Dehesa, Alpine, Harbison Canyon, Flinn Springs, and a portion of Lakeside and the City of El Cajon. The District s 72-square-mile service area is located approximately 15 miles northeast of downtown San Diego, California. The District is divided into two major geographic service areas the Western Service Area (WSA) and Eastern Service Area (ESA). The WSA encompasses the City of Santee, a small portion of El Cajon, and a small portion of the unincorporated county community of Lakeside. Within the WSA, the District provides potable water service, wastewater collection and treatment, recycled water production and delivery, and park and recreation services. The ESA includes the unincorporated county communities of Alpine, Blossom Valley, Crest, Dehesa, Flinn Springs, and Harbison Canyon. The elevation gain from the Santee Valley to the District s highest eastern service area reservoir is 2,017 feet; the area is characterized by hills, ridges, canyons and low population density. Only potable water service is provided in the ESA. Recycled water is distributed within the WSA. The District does not plan to extend its recycled water system to the ESA in the future due to extensive infrastructure expansion costs. In the future, through the AWP Program, the District will also generate potable reuse water for local surface water augmentation. The AWP Program is intended to deliver highly purified water to Lake Jennings, the reservoir owned and operated by the Helix Water District, and possibly recharge the Santee Basin aquifer. Note in the WSA, the boundary of the water service area differs from the boundary of the sewer service area. Padre Dam Municipal Water District 3-1

17 Urban Water Management Plan System Description 3.2 Water Service Area Map The District s potable water service area and distribution system are shown in Figures 3-1, 3-2, and 3-4, along with neighboring water agencies. The recycled water system is shown in Figure 3-3. The District imports 100 percent of its potable water supply from the SDCWA and distributes water to a population of 88,995 (2015). The potable water distribution system includes 14 pumping stations, 28 storage reservoirs, 19 pressure zones, and 18 pressure reducing stations. Figure 3-1. The District s Service Area Figure 3-2. WSA Potable Water Distribution System Padre Dam Municipal Water District 3-2

18 Urban Water Management Plan System Description Figure 3-3. WSA Recycled Water Distribution System Figure 3-4. ESA Potable Water Distribution System Padre Dam Municipal Water District 3-3

19 Urban Water Management Plan System Description 3.3 Service Area Climate The District s service area has a semi-arid climate. Based on the historical data obtained from the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration National Centers for Environmental Information, the average high and low monthly temperature range from 41 to 89 degrees Fahrenheit, while the average high and low monthly rainfall ranges from 3.39 inches (February) to.05 inch (August). The combination of hot and dry weather results in higher water demands during the summer than in winter months. Figures 3-5 and 3-6 summarize the average temperature and rainfall conditions. Figure 3-5. Service Area Average Monthly Temperature ( ) Figure 3-6. Service Area Average Monthly Precipitation ( ) Evapotranspiration (ETo) is a combination of two processes in which soils lose water by evaporation and plants lose water by transpiration. ETo levels are affected by regional climate and is typically measured in inches/month. ETo levels in the service area are classified as a Zone 6 Upland Central Coast and Los Angeles Basin by the California Irrigation Management Information System (CIMIS) through its reference ETo map. The period of highest ETo levels occurs from April to September, which are consistently the hottest and driest months in the service area. Figure 3-7 shows the ETo levels for the different zones in California ( Padre Dam Municipal Water District 3-4

20 Urban Water Management Plan System Description Figure 3-7. Monthly Average ETo by ETo Zone (inches/month) Climate Change Hydrologic conditions within California and the Colorado River Basin will likely be altered as a result of global climate change (based on conditions observed over the past century). While uncertainties remain regarding the exact timing, magnitude, and regional impacts of these temperature and precipitation changes, researchers have identified several areas of concern for California water planners. These include: Reduction in Sierra Nevada snowpack; Increased intensity and frequency of extreme weather events; and Rising sea levels resulting in: Increased risk of damage from storms, high-tide events, and the erosion of levees; and Potential pumping cutbacks on the State Water Project (SWP) and the Central Valley Project. Other important issues of concern due to global climate change include: Effects on local supplies such as groundwater; Changes in urban and agricultural demand levels and patterns; Impacts to human health from waterborne pathogens and water quality degradation; Declines in ecosystem health and function; and Alterations to power generation and pumping regimes. Padre Dam Municipal Water District 3-5

21 Urban Water Management Plan System Description Many agencies within California have also identified needs for further research in each of these areas to assess how global climate change may affect California water planning. Regardless of the projected altered conditions, improving local stewardship of the region s water resources will likely improve the region s ability to robustly deal with changed climatic conditions. Understanding the potential impacts and effects that climate change may have on the region allows an informed vulnerability assessment to be conducted for the region s water resources. A climate change vulnerability assessment helps a region to assess its water resource sensitivity to climate change, prioritize climate change vulnerabilities, and ultimately guides decisions as to what strategies and projects would most effectively adapt to and mitigate against climate change. DWR has developed a climate change vulnerability assessment checklist to help regions identify key indicators of potential vulnerability, including (DWR 2011): Currently observable climate change impacts (climate sensitivity); Presence of particularly climate sensitive features, such as specific habitats and flood control infrastructure (internal exposure); and Resiliency of a region s resources (adaptive capacity). The San Diego region s Climate Change Workgroup developed an analysis of vulnerabilities to climate change at a June 12, 2012, climate change workshop by asking a series of questions suggested by DWR in its 2011 Climate Change Handbook for Regional Water Planning. The vulnerability issues were prioritized and are included as Appendix C of this Plan. Climate change could also gradually affect future water demands. Warmer temperatures increase ETo rates and growing season, which are likely to increase outdoor consumptive water use for landscaping. As part of the water demand forecasting effort for SDCWA s 2015 Plan, the long-term influence of climate change on demands in the San Diego region was evaluated. Water use typically increases during warmer, drier weather patterns; however, recent patterns show a divergence from the past. Statewide drought restrictions have led to a decrease in water use during fiscal year 2015 and are expected to continue to decrease in the current 2016 fiscal year. The SDCWA also partnered with the City of San Diego and United States Department of the Interior Bureau of Reclamation on a San Diego Watershed Basin Study (Basin Study) to examine supply-side climate change impacts. The Basin Study is intended to examine the potential influence of climate change on local water resources in the San Diego region as stipulated in the San Diego Integrated Regional Water Management Plan (Regional Water Management Group and Regional Advisory Committee 2013). 3.4 Service Area Population and Demographics This section describes the historical and projected population within the District s water service area. The source of population projections is provided in SANDAG Series 13: 2050 Regional Growth Forecast. SANDAG provided the District with historical and projected population estimates specific to its water service area. The District s historical population has been revised downwards from the estimates in the 2010 Plan, which were also provided by SANDAG, to reflect results of the 2010 census. The 2010 census data was not available until after the 2010 Plan submittal deadline. The method used for historical population estimates is noted in Senate Bill X7-7 (SBX7-7) Table 2, located in Appendix D. The updated historical population results are presented in SBX7-7 Table 5, discussed in Section 5.4 and located in Appendix D. Padre Dam Municipal Water District 3-6

22 Urban Water Management Plan System Description Population data from 2015, and forecast through 2040, is shown in Table 3-1. Population Served Table 3-1. Retail: Population - Current and Projected ,995 95,916 99, , , ,770 Notes: Population estimates were provided by Andrew Gordon, SANDAG, in s dated April 21, 2015 and February 25, The forecast for 2020 and 2035 is based on Series 13 forecast using existing water service area boundaries; population of 1,166 was added beginning in 2020 for the annexation of the future Castlerock development.. The population forecast includes the Castlerock Development which is in the process of annexation to the District. The 2050 population is projected to be 112, Other Demographic Factors Other demographic factors that affect water management planning include the uncertainty in estimating future population growth and per capita water use. The actual population growth that has occurred since the preparation of the 2005 and 2010 Plans has been generally less than anticipated. The estimated population for 2015 from the 2010 Plan was 95,629 (higher than the current estimate of 88,995). Figure 3-8 highlights the differences between what was estimated in the 2010 Plan and those from current SANDAG population estimates. Estimated populations through 2040 are also shown. The uncertainties with both future population and per capita water use are considered in the District s water management planning Population SANDAG 2015 / Series UWMP / SANDAG Series Figure 3-8. Service Area Population Estimates Padre Dam Municipal Water District 3-7

23 Section 4 System Water Use This section presents the District s current and projected retail water demands by, distribution system water losses, water savings from codes, low income household water use, and climate change impacts. 4.1 Water Uses by Sector Potable water demands through the year 2040 are estimated using District information and data from the SDCWA s Plan. Breakdown by water use sector for 2015, presented in Table 4-1, was derived from 2015 billing data. Water demand projections are presented in Table 4-2. The water demand projections were developed for the combined municipal and industrial use consisting of all of the residential and nonresidential water use types. Table 4-3 presents the total water demands. Use Type Table 4-1. Retail: Demands for Potable and Raw Water - Actual Additional Description (as needed) 2015 Actual Level of Treatment When Delivered Volume (ac-ft) Single Family Municipal and Industrial Drinking Water 6,201 Multi-Family Municipal and Industrial Drinking Water 1,886 Commercial Municipal and Industrial Drinking Water 970 Institutional/Governmental Municipal and Industrial Drinking Water 226 Landscape Municipal and Industrial Drinking Water 626 Agricultural irrigation Drinking Water 284 Sales/Transfers/Exchanges to other agencies Other Emergency connection to Lakeside Water District Potable supplement to recycled water system Drinking Water 9 Drinking Water 14 Other Construction Drinking Water 68 Losses 176 TOTAL 10,460 Notes: 1) Water use by sector is summarized from billing records based on individual meter readings. 2) Quantity to Lakeside Water District is from District Yearly Water Production Reports and is based on meter reads. 3) Potable supplement to recycled system is from Monthly Production Reports and are based on meter reads. 4) Losses are from American Water Works Association (AWWA) Audit Report ) 2015 actuals reflect implementation of extraordinary conservation measures and state mandated water use restrictions in compliance with SWRCB Emergency Regulation for Urban Water Conservation. Padre Dam Municipal Water District 4-1

24 2015 Urban Water Management Plan System Water Use Padre Dam Municipal Water District 4-2

25 2015 Urban Water Management Plan System Water Use Use Type Table 4-2. Retail: Demands for Potable and Raw Water - Projected Additional Description (as needed) Projected Water Use, ac-ft opt Other Municipal and Industrial 9,746 10,900 11,131 11,404 11,742 Agricultural irrigation Sales/Transfers/Exchanges to other agencies Viejas, Ewiiaapaayp, and I-8 corridor east of District boundary 2,388 2,388 2,388 2,388 Losses TOTAL 10,519 14,033 14,214 14,445 14,800 Notes: 1) Municipal and Industrial = Total potable minus agricultural. This assumes all conservation is applied to municipal and industrial. 2) Projection for agricultural is from SDCWA's Draft Plan, April Table 4-3. Retail: Total Water Demands, ac-ft Potable Water From Tables 4-1 and ,460 10,519 14,033 14,214 14,445 14,800 Recycled Water (a) 1,731 2,016 2,016 2,016 2,016 2,016 TOTAL WATER DEMAND 12,191 12,535 16,049 16,230 16,461 16,816 (a) Recycled demand is the existing demand currently met by recycled water, as represented in Table 6-4, as the current landscape irrigation and recreational impoundment uses. All other future demands are shown as potable even though they may be met in the future by Title 22 recycled or by potable reuse projects. 4.2 Distribution System Water Losses The District meters all customer accounts, including temporary construction meters and separate irrigation meters. In addition, all supply turnouts and pump stations are metered. Water levels are monitored in reservoirs through level sensors. The District installed automatic reading meters in 2011 and began billing monthly on metered connections in January As a result, they are able to track all water demands and losses. The water loss for well-operated systems is typically less than 10 percent. Per the District s 2015 Master Plan, the average unaccounted-for water for years 2001 through 2012 was 2.6 percent. During the last 12 years, water loss only exceeded 5 percent in year This historically low water-loss percentage demonstrates that the District s system is well operated and maintained. The District used AWWA s free water audit software to calculate a water loss summary for 2015 (Table 4-4). This spreadsheet-based water audit tool is designed to help quantify and track water losses associated with water distribution systems and identify areas for improved efficiency and cost recovery. It provides a "top-down" summary water audit format and is not meant to take the place of a full-scale, comprehensive water audit format. The full summary is included in Appendix E. Distribution system losses of 3 percent are assumed for future demands. Padre Dam Municipal Water District 4-3

26 2015 Urban Water Management Plan System Water Use Table 4-4. Retail: Water Loss Summary Most Recent 12 Month Period Available 1 Reporting Period Start Date (Month/Year) Loss, ac-ft July As calculated in Appendix E worksheet. 4.3 Water Use for Lower Income Households Demand projections include water-use estimates for low-income single- and multi-family residential households. Water demand projections listed in Table 4-2 represent water-use estimates for all income levels included in SANDAG s 2050 Regional Growth Forecast Future Water Savings Included (Y/N) Table 4-5. Retail Only: Inclusion in Water Use Projections If "Yes" to above, state the section or page number where citations of the codes, ordinances, etc. utilized in demand projections are found. Lower Income Residential Demands Included With Demand Projection (Y/N) Notes: Yes Location in Plan: Section 7 1) For the most part, the Master Plan assumed water use projected by developers. Where that information wasn't available, future water use for residential populations would be at the same gallons per capita per day (gpcd) as in 2012, 150 gpcd for ESA, 100 gpcd for WSA. 2) See Note 1. No savings per a specific code or ordinance were identified. 3) Water use estimates for all income levels per SANDAG s 2050 Regional Growth Forecast. Yes 4.4 Passive Water Savings Water savings from codes, standards, ordinances, or transportation and land use plans are also known as passive savings. These various factors generally decrease the water use for new and future customers compared to historical customers. Passive water savings for the District were developed by the SDCWA using the Alliance for Water Efficiency Water Conservation Tracking Tool. It included estimated future savings from appliance standards and code changes, as well as savings from the 2015 Model Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance (MWELO). An 80 percent MWELO compliance level was assumed on new residential development; a majority of this savings was assumed to continue over the Plan planning horizon. To capture anticipated market transformation on existing homes, the passive conservation total includes savings from landscape conversion on a portion of current single-family homes. Conservation savings projections assume a quarter of existing single-family homes are predicted to convert to efficient landscapes over the Plan planning horizon (approximately 150,000 homes) (SDCWA 2016). Passive water savings projections for the District were determined to be 1,590 ac-ft in 2020, 2,608 ac-ft in 2025, 3,388 ac-ft in 2030, 3,886 ac-ft in 2035, and 4,350 ac-ft in They have been incorporated into the demand projections discussed in Section 4.1. Padre Dam Municipal Water District 4-4

27 2015 Urban Water Management Plan System Water Use 4.5 Energy Intensity Reporting of the energy intensity associated with sources of water is voluntary. Water energy intensity is the total amount of energy on a per ac-ft basis associated with water management processes occurring within the District s operational control. The District has selected to report its energy intensity using the total utility approach option B. Table 4-6 presents the energy intensity of the District s water supplies for the fiscal year Urban water supplier: Water delivery product: Table 4-6. Voluntary Energy Intensity-Total Utility Approach Padre Dam Municipal Water District Retail potable water deliveries Table O-1B: Voluntary Energy Intensity - Total Utility Approach Enter start date for reporting period 7/1/2014 End date 6/30/2015 Quantity of self-generated renewable energy Data quality Metered data Data quality narrative: Urban Water Supplier Operational Control Sum of All Water Management Processes Non-Consequential Hydropower Total utility Hydropower Net utility Volume of water entering process (ac-ft) 10, ,460 Energy consumed (kwh) 5,447, ,447,226 Energy intensity (kwh/ac-ft) kwh Energy consumption data for retail potable deliveries. The District does not have any hydropower and uses minimal solar power at several pressure reducing stations. Narrative: The energy consumed was obtained from the electric power bills that are based on electric meter reads. Padre Dam Municipal Water District 4-5

28 Section 5 Baselines and Targets This section presents the updated per capita water demand baseline and target analysis including the baseline periods, service area population, gross water use, resulting updated baseline and target per capita water use, and comparison of the 2015 per capita water use to the 2015 target. This analysis replaces the analysis prepared for the 2010 Plan. The SBX7-7 verification tables are presented in Appendix D. DWR developed nine methodologies to guide urban water suppliers in the development of their per capita water demand targets (DWR 2016). The methodologies provide direction for the calculation of gross water use, population, and base and compliance daily per capita water use. The definition of four optional 2020 target selection methods are presented in the Guidebook (DWR 2016). 5.1 Baseline Periods The District selected 1999 to 2008 as the 10-year baseline period and 2003 to 2007 as its 5-year baseline period in the 2010 Plan. The use of these two baseline periods is explained in Section 5.5. The District has decided to use the same baseline periods for this Plan because they result in the highest baseline per capita demand. 5.2 Service Area Population In order to calculate the baseline GPCD, the District used updated service area population data for each baseline year in both the baseline periods and for the 2015 compliance year. As described in Section 3.4, SANDAG provided the District with historical population estimates specific to its water service area. Population estimates were revised down from those presented in the 2010 Plan based on results from the 2010 census, which was not available until after the 2010 Plan submittal deadline. 5.3 Gross Water Use Gross water use is the measure of water that enters the District s distribution system over a 12-month period with certain allowable exclusions. The District s gross water use for the baseline years and 2015 are shown in Table 5-1 (SBX7-7 Table 4) and located in Appendix D. Table 5-1 (SB X7-7 Table 4). Annual Gross Water Use Fiscal Year Annual Gross Water Use, ac-ft 10-Year Baseline Gross Water Use Year ,042 Year ,738 Year ,403 Year ,426 Year ,600 Padre Dam Municipal Water District 5-1

29 2015 Urban Water Management Plan Baselines and Targets Table 5-1 (SB X7-7 Table 4). Annual Gross Water Use Fiscal Year Annual Gross Water Use, ac-ft Year ,686 Year ,201 Year ,182 Year ,811 Year ,151 5-Year Baseline Gross Water Use Year ,600 Year ,686 Year ,201 Year ,182 Year , Compliance Year Gross Water Use , Baseline Daily Per Capita Water Use The daily per capita water use for each of the baseline years is calculated by dividing the gross water use for each year by the revised service area population for each year as presented in Table 5-2 (SBX7-7 Table 5) and located in Appendix D. The resulting 5- and 10-year baseline per capita water use are also shown in Table 5-2 and further discussed in Section 5.5. The 10-year baseline per capita water use determined in the 2010 Plan was 162.7; the 2015 Plan is 170 GPCD due to the revised historical populations for the baseline years. The use of the 5-year baseline per capita water use is explained in Section 5.5. Baseline Year (Fiscal Year) 10-Year Baseline Population Table 5-2 (SB X7-7 Table 5). Gallons Per Capita Per Day (GPCD) Service Area Population Annual Gross Water Use, ac-ft Daily Per Capita Water Use (GPCD) Year ,316 15, Year ,132 16, Year ,847 15, Year ,230 16, Year ,158 15, Year ,033 16, Year ,201 15, Year ,460 16, Year ,858 14, Padre Dam Municipal Water District 5-2

30 2015 Urban Water Management Plan Baselines and Targets Table 5-2 (SB X7-7 Table 5). Gallons Per Capita Per Day (GPCD) Baseline Year (Fiscal Year) Service Area Population Annual Gross Water Use, ac-ft Daily Per Capita Water Use (GPCD) Year ,661 16, Year Average Baseline GPCD Year Baseline GPCD Year ,158 15, Year ,033 16, Year ,201 15, Year ,460 16, Year ,858 14, Year Average Baseline GPCD Compliance Year GPCD ,995 10, and 2020 Targets SBX7-7 (California Water Code, Section et seq.) mandates that urban retail water suppliers reduce their per capita water use by the years 2015 and Water suppliers may choose one of four methods established by SBX7-7 for determining their urban water use targets. These targets were developed by DWR (DWR February 2016, March 2016) and are as follows: Method 1: Reduce baseline daily per capita water use by 20 percent by Method 2: Calculate a water use target based on 55 GPCD customer water use, measurement of all customer landscapes and implementation of irrigation water budgets, and a 10-percent reduction in commercial water use. Method 3: Set water use target at 95 percent of the DWR s water use target for the South Coast hydrologic region. Method 4: Base daily per capita water use calculated from residential indoor; commercial, industrial, and institutional (CII); and landscape water use, water loss, and other unaccountedfor water. The baseline per capita demand is established by selecting the baseline period that gives the highest per capita demand. A 10-year base period ending on June 30, 2008, was used because the District s recycled water use in 2008 was less than 10 percent of the total water use (eliminating the 15-year base period option). The 10-year base period must also end no earlier than December 31, 2004, and no later than December 31, The District selected Method 3 to determine its per capita water use targets as noted in SBX7-7 Table 7-E, located in Appendix D. A 5-year baseline period was calculated for use in Method 3. SBX7-7 mandates that a water supplier s 2020 water use target is less that 95 percent of the baseline water use calculated using a 5-year baseline period. SBX7-7 Table 7-F, located in Appendix D, confirms that the minimum reduction for the 2020 target is met (i.e., 5 percent of the 5-year baseline per capita water use). This is the same method selected in the 2010 Plan. Method 3 calculates 95 percent of the applicable state hydrologic region target, as Padre Dam Municipal Water District 5-3

31 2015 Urban Water Management Plan Baselines and Targets outlined in California s draft 20x2020 Water Conservation Plan. DWR s water use target for the South Coast hydrologic region is 149 GPCD (149 GPCD times 95 percent equals 142 GPCD). The resulting per capita water demand targets are summarized in Table 5-3. The 2020 per capita demand target of 142 GPCD is the same result as from the 2010 Plan. The interim target is the value halfway between the baseline per capita demand and the confirmed 2020 per capita demand target. Table 5-3 (Guidebook Table 5-1 R). Baselines and Targets Summary: Retail Agency or Regional Alliance Only Baseline Period Start Year End Year Average Baseline GPCD 2015 Interim Target, GPCD Confirmed 2020 Target, GPCD 10 year Year N/A N/A 5.6 Compliance Daily per Capita Water Use As shown in Table 5-2, the District s 2015 per capita water demand was 105 GPCD, less than the 2015 interim target of 156 GPCD. There are allowable adjustments that can be made to the gross water use for extraordinary events, economic adjustments, or weather normalization. The District did not adjust its 2015 gross water use, as noted in Table 5-4. It should be noted that 2015 per capita water use was in part a result of extraordinary conservation measures and state-wide water use restrictions put in place to comply wthe SWRCB Emrgency Regulation for Urban Water Conservation. Taking the response to the recent drought emergency into account, the District is on track to either meet or achieve a water use gpcd below the 2020 target. Actual 2015 GPCD (a) Table 5-4 (Guidebook Table 5-2 R) Compliance: Retail Agency or Regional Alliance Only 2015 Interim Target GPCD (a) Extraordinary Events (a) Optional adjustments to 2015 GPCD from Methodology Economic Adjustment (a) Weather Normalization (a) TOTAL Adjustments (a) Adjusted Actual 2015 GPCD (a) GPCD (a) (adjusted if applicable) Did supplier achieve targeted reduction for 2015? Y/N Yes (a) All values are in GPCD. Padre Dam Municipal Water District 5-4

32 Section 6 Water Supplies The District imports 100 percent of its potable water supply through the SDCWA. The District s water supplies also include recycled water and a very small amount of groundwater used to supplement the recycled system. Figure 6-1 shows the vast system of water resources and infrastructure needed to meet the demand for water in southern California which includes San Diego County and the District s service area. Figure 6-1. Water Resources Padre Dam Municipal Water District 6-1

33 2015 Urban Water Management Plan Water Supplies 6.1 Purchased Water Except for the recycled water produced at its own treatment facility, the District purchases all of its potable water supply from the SDCWA. This potable water supply is imported from the California SWP (primarily the east branch of the California Aqueduct) and the Colorado River (through the Colorado River Aqueduct) by the Metropolitan Water District of Southern California (Metropolitan). The District purchases treated water from SDCWA which is treated at multiple treatment plants including Metropolitan s Skinner Treatment Plant near Temecula, California, SDCWA s Twin Oaks Valley Water Treatment Plant in San Marcos, and the Helix Water District s Levy Water Treatment Plant in Lakeside through capacity owned by SDCWA. Beginning in December 2015, SDCWA began delivering treated water from the 50 mgd Carlsbad Desalination Project. Treated water is then conveyed to the District through SDCWA s regional aqueduct system. The vast majority of SWP water is drawn through the Sacramento-San Joaquin River Delta (Delta). The SWP includes Feather River facilities, the California Aqueduct, and pumping stations. SDCWA imports Colorado River water from both Metropolitan and its independent supplies through a long-term water transfer agreement with the Imperial Irrigation District and conserved agricultural water from the lining of the All American and Coachella Canals. The District relies on the SDCWA to acquire water transfer agreements, as needed, for water supply reliability during normal and dry year conditions. These imported water supplies consist of water purchases from Metropolitan, core water transfers from Imperial Irrigation District, canal lining projects that are wheeled through Metropolitan s conveyance facilities, and spot water transfers that are pursued on an as-needed basis to offset reductions in supplies from Metropolitan. Metropolitan s supplies come from the SWP and its own sources of Colorado River water. The SDCWA shows the projected supply for each of its member retail water suppliers, including the District, in its own Plan (Section 1.6 of SDCWA Draft Plan, April 2016). 6.2 Groundwater The Santee Basin aquifer is a groundwater basin within the City of Santee and the District s service area. It is part of the greater San Diego River surface and groundwater system and is also referred to as the El Monte Basin, identified by basin number 9-15 in DWR Bulletin 118. The Santee Basin aquifer is a medium priority, unadjudicated groundwater basin. The pueblo water rights are the key water rights doctrine that governs allocation of surface and ground water of the San Diego River. The basin has multiple users but does not have a groundwater basin management plan at this time. The District and other agencies overlying the basin are working to develop a groundwater management plan in order to comply with the Sustainable Groundwater Management Act. To comply with the California Statewide Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Program requirements, a cooperative was formed in 2015 consisting of the District, Helix Water District, City of San Diego, and the Lakeside Water District to perform ground water elevation monitoring. It has been shown that the basin is not showing signs of overdraft and is not identified as a basin at risk of being critically over drafted by the DWR. Padre Dam Municipal Water District 6-2

34 2015 Urban Water Management Plan Water Supplies Currently, the District pumps a small amount of groundwater from the Santee Basin using a Districtowned well, to supplement its recycled water system. Other than this well, the District has no plans to utilize groundwater as a supply source. The groundwater quantities pumped by the District in the last 5 years are shown on Table 6-1; the projected future production through 2040 is incorporated into the projections for recycled water use as shown later in Table 6-9. The East County AWP Program (ECAWP Program) Planning Study is considering a groundwater recharge component in the future. If potable reuse were to be implemented, a portion of the water recycling facility s (WRF s) treated effluent would flow to an AWP facility. Some of the purified water could be sent to the Santee Basin for groundwater recharge. Table 6-1. Retail: Groundwater Volume Pumped, ac-ft/yr Groundwater Type Location or Basin Name Alluvial basin 9120 Carlton Oaks Dr., Santee, CA; Santee Basin Aquifer Total Note: The District operates a well on its property which supplements recycled water as needed. Well flows are metered. 6.3 Stormwater Stormwater is not currently used as an urban water supply source. There are no plans to divert stormwater runoff as a water source. 6.4 Wastewater and Recycled Water This section describes the wastewater and recycled water systems in the District s service area Wastewater The District provides wastewater collection and treatment services to the City of Santee, portions of San Diego County, and a small portion of El Cajon. The District s sewer service area serves a population of approximately 69,000. Of this population, 58,000 receive water from the District, 10,000 receive water from the Helix Water District, and 1,000 receive water from the Lakeside Water District. The District s wastewater collection system consists of sewer mains, lift stations, and flow diversion structures. Almost all of the collected wastewater flows to the District s Influent Pump Station. From there, up to 2,240 ac-ft per year (ac-ft/yr) of wastewater is pumped to the District s WRF; the remaining flow is pumped to the City of San Diego's Metropolitan Wastewater System (Metro) where it receives advanced primary treatment at the Point Loma Wastewater Treatment Plant. Approximately 450 ac-ft/yr flows by gravity to Metro. Table 6-2 presents information on wastewater collection and treatment in the service area. Padre Dam Municipal Water District 6-3

35 2015 Urban Water Management Plan Water Supplies San Diego County s Lakeside interceptor runs through the District s sewer service area. Typically, San Diego County wastewater is conveyed to Metro. However, through four diversion structures, one of which is automatically operated, the District has the capability to divert San Diego County flows into the District s collection system, as well as to divert some of the District s flows to the San Diego County interceptor. Currently, San Diego County flows are diverted to the District during low flow periods of the night when the District s sewer flows drop below the capacity of the WRF. The diversions equalize influent to the WRF, thereby protecting the biological treatment processes as well as allowing the plant to meet night-time demand. Table 6-2 shows a breakdown of metered wastewater volumes going to the Point Loma Plant versus those going to the WRF. Table 6-3 shows a further breakdown of the WRF wastewater discharged within the service area as well as the recycled water within the service area. Table 6-2. Retail: Wastewater Collected Within Service Area in Percentage of 2015 service area covered by wastewater collection system 64 Percentage of 2015 service area population covered by wastewater collection system Name of Wastewater Collection Agency Wastewater collection Wastewater Volume Metered or Estimated? Add additional rows as needed Volume of Wastewater Collected from Plan Service Area 2015 Name of Wastewater Treatment Agency Receiving Collected Wastewater Receiving wastewater treatment Treatment Plant Name Is WWTP Located within Plan area? Is WWTP Operation Contracted to a Third Party? District Metered 2,251 Metro Point Loma WWTP No Yes District Metered 2,175 District Ray Stoyer WRF Yes No Total wastewater collected from service area in ,426 Notes: WWTP = wastewater treatment plant 1) During nightly low flow periods, the District owns and operates a diversion structure which can take flow from San Diego County, outside the District's sewer service area, to maintain a constant flow rate of about 2 mgd to the WRF. 2) Flows are for the District s sewer service area; a small portion of the sewer service area overlaps Helix and Lakeside Water Districts. Padre Dam Municipal Water District 6-4

36 2015 Urban Water Management Plan Water Supplies Wastewater Treatment Plant Name Table 6-3. Retail: Wastewater Treatment and Discharge Within Service Area in 2015, ac-ft/yr Discharge Location Name or Identifier Discharge Location Description Wastewater Discharge ID Number Method of Disposal Does this Plant Treat Wastewater Generated Outside the Service Area? Treatment Level Wastewater Treated Ray Stoyer WRF Wastewater Treated Yes Tertiary 2,175 Ray Stoyer WRF Ray Stoyer WRF To Distribution System To Santee Lakes Pumped to metered pipeline Gravity through metered pipeline 2015 volumes (ac-ft) Discharged Treated Wastewater Recycled within Service Area Tertiary 884 Tertiary 847 Recycled Outside of Service Area Total 2,175 1,731 0 Notes: 1) During nightly low flow periods, the Ray Stoyer WRF does take flows from San Diego County, outside the District's sewer service area, to maintain a constant flow rate of about 2 million gallons per day (mgd) to the plant. 2) During the day all flows are typically from the District s sewer service area only. 3) Wastewater conveyed to Metro for treatment at the Point Loma WWTP is discharged to the ocean 4) Flow to Santee Lakes is approximate. 5) Difference between flow treated and flow discharged is due to losses to sludge, AWP Demonstration Plant brine, and in-plant process flows, and errors in estimating flow to Santee Lakes Non-Potable Recycled Water Water may be recycled for non-potable or potable purposes. This section considers non-potable recycling. In 1959, the District opted to develop a local wastewater treatment and WRF in lieu of joining the regional wastewater collection and treatment system being developed at the time by the City of San Diego. The facility treats wastewater to the tertiary level. Historically, approximately 1 mgd goes into the Santee Lakes. The rest of the recycled water is used on irrigation for community parks, schools, city streetscapes and community decorative fountains. Figure 3-3 presents the extent of the District s recycled water distribution system. Recycled water rates are 90 percent of the potable irrigation rate and there is no capacity fee charged to hook up to the recycled water system. In 2016, the District constructed a free, temporary recycled water fill station for District customers. This fill station contained messaging on how recycled water is not subject to drought water use restrictions. Padre Dam Municipal Water District 6-5

37 2015 Urban Water Management Plan Water Supplies Table 6-4 shows only those recycled water uses within the District s service area. Only existing recycled water production is assumed to offset demands in later sections (tables). In the future, potable water that is currently being used to supplement irrigation supplies will be offset by the AWP Program. Table 6-4. Retail: Current and Projected Recycled Water Direct Beneficial Uses within Service Area, ac-ft/yr Name of agency producing (treating) the recycled water: Name of agency operating the recycled water distribution system: Supplemental water added in 2015 Source of 2015 supplemental water Padre Dam Municipal Water District Padre Dam Municipal Water District 47.4 ac-ft/yr Potable = 13.8 ac-ft/yr. District well = 33.6 ac-ft/yr.) (b) Beneficial Use Type General Description of 2015 Uses Level of Treatment (opt) Landscape irrigation (excl golf courses) (a) Recreational impoundment (a) Parks, medians, HOA landscapes, dust control Santee Lakes replenishment and flushing Tertiary Tertiary 847 1,120 1,120 1,120 1,120 1,120 Other (provide general description) Construction 1 Total 1,731 2,016 2,016 2,016 2,016 2,016 (a) Used in Table 4-3 as the planned recycled water demand. (b) The future AWP Program will eliminate potable and source water use in supplementing the recycled water system, thereby further enhancing source water availability and reliability. Notes: 1) Volumes don't include supplemented water quantities noted above. Supplemental water is included in future water projections elsewhere in the plan. Table 6-5 shows the recycled water use projections for 2015 that were made in This is compared to the actual use in Table 6-5. Retail: 2010 Plan Use Projection Compared to 2015 Actual, ac-ft/yr Use Type 2010 Projection for Actual Use Landscape irrigation (ex: golf courses) Recreational impoundment 1, Other (Construction) 1 Total 2,016 1,731 Padre Dam Municipal Water District 6-6

38 2015 Urban Water Management Plan Water Supplies Table 6-6 contains information about future recycled water use in the District, as described above in Section Page 6-5 Name of Action Ray Stoyer WRF expansion Table 6-6. Retail: Methods to Expand Future Recycled Water Use Provide page location of narrative in Plan Description Expansion of Title 22 plant during East San Diego County AWP Phase 2 construction Planned Implementation year Expected Increase in Recycled Water Use ,008 Total 1,008 Note: Contingent on East San Diego County AWP expansion (Phase 2); the project is not financially feasible as a standalone project. 6.5 Desalinated Water Opportunities The SDCWA, which imports water from the Colorado River and the SWP into San Diego County, is participating in the use and development of seawater desalination in order to create a local, droughtproof water supply and further diversify its water resources. The SDCWA s 2005 and 2010 Plans identified seawater desalination as a potential supply for meeting future demands. In keeping with the objective of these plans, the SDCWA entered into a formal Water Purchase Agreement with Poseidon Water, a private investor owned company, in November The Water Purchase Agreement details commercial and financial terms for the development and purchase of desalinated ocean water produced at the Carlsbad Desalination Plant. Construction began in 2012 and commercial operation began in December This facility is currently in commercial operation and is capable of producing up to 56,000 ac-ft/yr. In addition to the Carlsbad Desalination Plant, SDCWA is also pursuing the development of two other regional seawater desalination projects planning efforts for a new regional desalination project located on Marine Corps Base Camp Pendleton and the feasibility evaluation of a binational seawater desalination project in Rosarito, Mexico (Section 4.1 of the SDCWA Draft Plan, April 2016). The District, however, has no plans to develop or implement a desalination program as a future supply source. 6.6 Exchanges or Transfers The District wheels water to the Lakeside Water District through an emergency connection. In 2015, 9 ac-ft were transferred to the Lakeside Water District. The Viejas and Ewiiaapaayp tribes, located outside the District s eastern boundary, have expressed interest in receiving water from SDCWA or Metropolitan. If agreements are reached between the water agency wholesalers and tribes, the water supply would be wheeled through the District s infrastructure. Refer back to Table 4-2 for demand projections for these tribes. The assumed demand for Viejas and Ewiiaapaayp tribes is 2,307 ac-ft/yr beginning in It is also assumed that if Viejas and Ewiiaapaayp tribes receive water, parcel owners along the Interstate 8 (I-8) corridor between the Viejas boundary and the District boundary would also request water. The assumed demand for the I-8 corridor is 81 ac-ft/yr, also beginning in The Sycuan tribe has also expressed interest in receiving water from the wholesale agencies. For the purposes of the 2015 Plan, it is assumed water would be wheeled through Otay Water District. Padre Dam Municipal Water District 6-7

39 2015 Urban Water Management Plan Water Supplies 6.7 Future Water Projects Future water projects include the ECAWP Program, a potable reuse project, and the East County Regional Treated Water Improvement Program (ECRTWIP), an imported water supply project East County Advanced Water Purification Program The District is actively pursuing an AWP Program to increase water supply reliability. It is the District s goal that this AWP Program would ultimately offset a portion of the District s potable water supply, thus, reducing the reliance on imported water from the environmentally sensitive Sacramento San Joaquin Bay Delta and providing a drought resistant and locally controlled water supply to the District s water customers. The District is currently in the process of implementing a potable reuse demonstration project to establish the treatment process train that will be used for a full-scale potable reuse project. The demonstration project includes a pilot plant using full advanced treatment technologies that complies with State Water Board regulations. Based on the results of the demonstration project, the final facilities will be selected for the full-scale potable reuse project. In addition, the District has completed a regional planning study in a collaborative partnership between the District, Helix Water District, County of San Diego, and City of El Cajon. The planning study evaluated the feasibility to capture all of the wastewater generated within East San Diego County and develop a potable reuse option to generate a drought resistant and locally controlled water supply for the region. The participating agencies currently generate 15 mgd of wastewater. Most of this wastewater is transported to the Point Loma Wastewater Treatment Plant to be treated and disposed into the ocean. Instead of relying on the City of San Diego to treat and discharge East San Diego County s wastewater, the proposed regional project would reuse the water using state-ofthe-art technology to create a safe, sustainable supply of drinking water for the region. The ECAWP Program Planning Study is considering both groundwater recharge and surface water augmentation for potable reuse options for Phase 1 of the ECAWP Program due to uncertainties with the development and adoption of the surface water augmentation regulations. Groundwater recharge has adopted regulations under Title 22 and, therefore, more regulatory certainty with potable reuse. It is envisioned that the full-scale potable reuse project would be executed in three phases. Phase 1 would include expansion of the WRF to 6,720 ac-ft/yr (6 mgd) and construction of a 2,460 to 3,920 ac-ft/yr capacity (2.1 to 3.5 mgd) AWP facility. The AWP effluent would either recharge the Santee Basin aquifer or augment water supply at Lake Jennings, owned and operated by Helix Water District. Phase 2 would include expansion of the WRF to 16,800 ac-ft/yr (15 mgd), producing 7,730 ac-ft/yr of purified water for surface water augmentation at Lake Jennings, and 1,008 ac-ft/yr of additional non-potable recycled water. Phase 3, a conceptual project, would expand the WRF capacity to 23,520 ac-ft/yr (20 mgd), increasing the purified water supply to Lake Jennings by 5,710 ac-ft. Although the ECAWP program is being actively pursued, potential supplies are not considered verifiable and, therefore, are not included in the District s water supply reliability analysis East County Regional Treated Water Improvement Program The ECRTWIP includes construction of a new SDCWA Flow Control Facility and new District pump station, forebay, and transmission mains to serve the ESA. The program will increase the contractual and hydraulic capacity of the supply connections to the District and will provide increased flexibility in Padre Dam Municipal Water District 6-8

40 2015 Urban Water Management Plan Water Supplies moving imported water throughout the District. The project is scheduled to start construction in late 2016 and to be complete in 2018 (Table 6-7). Table 6-7. Retail: Expected Future Water Supply Projects or Programs No expected future water supply projects or programs that provide a quantifiable increase to the agency s water supply. Supplier will not complete the table below. Some or all of the supplier s future water supply projects or programs are not compatible with this table and are described in narrative format. Page 6-8 Name of Future Projects or Programs Provide page location of narrative in the Plan. Joint Project with Other Agencies? Description Planned Implementation Year Planned for Use in Year Type Expected Increase in Water Supply to Agency East County Regional Treated Water Improvement Program Yes SDCWA ESA Secondary Connection 2018 Average Year 6,723 Note: Supply shown is maximum capacity; actual supply depends on availability from SDCWA. 6.8 Summary of Existing and Planned Sources of Water Water supply sources for the District fall into two categories: 1) purchased or import water; and 2) recycled water. Water Supply Table 6-8. Water Supplies Actual Additional Detail on Water Supply Actual Volume (ac-ft/yr) 2015 Water Quality Purchased or Imported Water 10,460 Drinking Water Total Right or Safe Yield (optional) Recycled Water 1,731 Recycled Water Total 12,191 0 Note: 2015 volumes reflect extraordinary conservation measure and state-wide water use restrictions and the District s compliance with the SWRCB Emergency Regulation for Urban Water Conservation. Table 6-9 shows project water supplies through The projected values are based on business as usual demands and do not include assumptions regarding anticipated volumes from the AWP program. Padre Dam Municipal Water District 6-9

41 2015 Urban Water Management Plan Water Supplies Water Supply Purchased or Imported Water Supply from Storage Groundwater Surface water Additional Detail on Water Supply Table 6-9. Retail: Water Supplies Projected Reasonably Available Volume Projected Water Supply Report To the Extent Practicable (opt) Total Right or Safe Yield (optional) Reasonably Available Volume Total Right or Safe Yield (optional) Reasonably Available Volume Total Right or Safe Yield (optional) Reasonably Available Volume Total Right or Safe Yield (optional) Reasonably Available Volume 10,519 14,033 14,214 14,445 14,800 Recycled Water * 2,016 2,016 2,016 2,016 2,016 Desalinated Water Stormwater Use Transfers Exchanges Other Total 12, ,049 16, ,461 16,816 0 * Includes projected groundwater quantities to be be pumped by the District. Total Right or Safe Yield (optional) Padre Dam Municipal Water District 6-10

42 Section 7 Water Supply Reliability Water suppliers are required to assess in their plan the reliability of their water service during normal, dry, and multiple dry water years. These scenarios are discussed in this section. 7.1 Constraints on Water Sources The District s sources of water are SDCWA supplies and recycled water. The SDCWA supplies have been generally available at a consistent level and are projected to be similarly available in the future (other than small reductions in future dry years). SDCWA s Plan projects future supply reductions of up to 8 percent in dry years. The District has used demand management measures consisting of temporary restrictions on water use to address these infrequent variations in the supply from SDCWA in the past and will continue to do so in the future. The District s AWP Program is meant to supplement the SDCWA supply. This project would help to improve the consistency of the District s overall supplies. Metropolitan, the SDCWA, Helix Water District, and the District coordinate annually to assess water quality levels and produce the Consumer Confidence Report that is mandated by the state and distributed to the District s customers Water Quality Issues -- the Delta The Delta is potentially the most serious water quality issue affecting future water supply reliability. Seawater intrusion and agricultural drainage from peat soil islands in the Delta are the most notable issues (Section 7.3 of the Draft SDCWA Plan, April 2016). Federal restrictions on pumping, enacted in 2009 to protect endangered fish species, have also placed limits on deliveries of water from the Delta to southern California. Water exports from the Delta have been reduced because of the possible impact of exports to endangered fish species caused by the changes in the direction of flows in the Delta and Delta water quality. Less water imports from the Delta can result in higher salinity in SDCWA s imported water supply. DWR s SWP 2015 Delivery Capability Report updated DWR s estimate of the current (2015) SWP delivery capability. Historically, the Delivery Capability Report provided estimates of the current and future (20 years) SWP delivery capability. However, the 2015 Delivery Capability Report only showed that current deliveries continue to be impacted by significant restrictions due to operational requirements contained in federal biological opinions (a.k.a. BiOps). The 2015 report projected that the primary component of the annual SWP deliveries will be slightly less, when compared to the preceding 2013 Delivery Capability Report (Section of the Draft SDCWA Plan, April 2016) Water Quality Issues -- the Colorado River The SDCWA supply meets drinking water standards. The TDS levels in the SDCWA supply can increase in dry years due to the increased proportion of Colorado River water in SDCWA s supply. Water quality has not affected the reliability of the District s water supplies. The Colorado River is the primary source of the SDCWA s imported water supply. High salinity levels, uranium, and perchlorate contamination represent the primary areas of concern with the quality of Colorado River supplies. Managing the watershed of the Colorado River has been the most effective method for controlling these elements of concern. Colorado River water also has a high salinity level, which is measured in Padre Dam Municipal Water District 7-1

43 2015 Urban Water Management Plan Water Supply Reliability milligrams of total dissolved solids (TDS) per liter of water. The average TDS level of Colorado River imported into San Diego County is 650 milligrams per liter (mg/l). The level can increase beyond 900 mg/l during low water flow due to drought. Since 1999, Metropolitan has blended Colorado River water with Delta water to limit TDS levels to 500 mg/l. Limited water deliveries from the Delta, however, have increased the proportion of Colorado River water in San Diego County s imported water supply. High TDS levels can damage the distribution system and home appliances. Excessive levels in recycled water damage crops and plants (Section 7.2 of the Draft SDCWA Plan, April 2016). 7.2 Reliability by Type of Year The basis of water year data for determining water supply reliability is provided in Table 7-1. The base years for the dry year types are selected to be the same as identified in the SDCWA Plan to reflect the recent drought. As can be seen in Table 7-1, the District s supply from SDCWA is projected to be available at 100 percent of the normal year supply if the climate of the base years repeat in the next one to three years. SDCWA s Plan projects full supply available for the region in all climate year types through As described in Section 7.3, some reductions are projected in the supply from SDCWA after 2022 in dry years. Year Type Table 7-1. Retail: Basis of Water Year Data Base Year Available supplies if year type repeats. Agency may complete these columns for volume only, percent only, or both. Volume Available % of Avg Supply Average Year 2005 Not Used 100% Single-Dry Year 2013 Not Used 100% Multiple-Dry Years 1st Year 2013 Not Used 100% Multiple-Dry Years 2nd Year 2014 Not Used 100% Multiple-Dry Years 3rd Year 2015 Not Used 100% Note: The percent of average supply is presented for the SDCWA supply and is projected to vary from what is shown in this table in future dry years. 7.3 Supply and Demand Assessment The normal water year current and projected water supplies are compared to the current and projected demands for the District in Table 7-2. Table 7-2 also presents the projected normal year supplies and demands for the region as presented in SDCWA s Plan. The supply from SDCWA, combined with the District s recycled water supply, is adequate to meet the District's projected demands in normal climate years. SDCWA s Plan projects being able to fully meet the region s demands in normal years. Padre Dam Municipal Water District 7-2

44 2015 Urban Water Management Plan Water Supply Reliability Table 7-2. Normal Year Supply and Demand Comparison Row Opt Remarks A District total demand 12,535 16,049 16,230 16,461 16,816 From Table 4-3 B District supply, recycled water 2,016 2,016 2,016 2,016 2,016 From Table 6-4 C Imported water required from SDCWA 10,519 14,033 14,214 14,445 14,800 A-B D SDCWA projected regional supplies 583, , , , ,635 SDCWA UWMP Table 9-1 E SDCWA projected regional demand 583, , , , ,635 SDCWA UWMP Table 9-1 F Supplies, % of demand 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% D/E * 100 G SDCWA supply to District 10,519 14,033 14,214 14,445 14,800 F * C H Supply totals 12,535 16,049 16,230 16,461 16,816 B + G I Demand totals 12,535 16,049 16,230 16,461 16,816 A J Difference H-I The District s projected water supplies are compared to the projected demands for single dry years in Table 7-3 and for multiple dry years in Tables 7-4 to 7-7. Tables 7-3 to 7-7 also present the projected dry year supplies and demands for the region as presented in SDCWA s Plan. Table 7-8 presents a summary of the multiple dry year supply to demand comparison. For the dry year supplies, several simplifying assumptions are made. It is assumed that the District s supply from SDCWA would be reduced for those years SDCWA projects there would be a shortage for the region. For those shortage years it is assumed that the District s SDCWA supply would be reduced in the same proportion as the overall region shortfall and that any shortage will be applied to the SDCWA s member retail suppliers in proportion to their demand. Similarly, for the years the SDCWA projects there would be a surplus supply for the region, it is assumed that the District s supply from SDCWA would be proportionally greater compared to the normal year supply. The District s recycled water supply is drought-proof and is assumed to remain unchanged in dry years. For the dry year demands presented in Tables 7-3 to 7-8, demands are assumed to be the same as the normal year demands presented in Table 7-2. In dry years with no constraint on demands, demands are typically higher due to the increase in outdoor water use resulting from the hotter and drier conditions. However, voluntary and mandatory demand reductions were required during the 2013 to 2015 dry period. The SDCWA Plan projects higher demands in dry years compared to normal climate years. As can be seen in Table 7-3, the District has adequate supply for single dry years, except in 2040 when the supply from SDCWA is projected to be reduced by 5 percent compared to the SDCWA supply in a normal climate year. In multiple dry years, shortages are projected to start occurring in the third year starting in 2025 as shown in Table 7-5. The SDCWA supply is projected to be reduced in the third year by 1 percent in 2025 and 5 percent in 2030 compared to the normal year supply. By 2035, shortages are projected for both the second and third year of the multiple dry year scenario amounting to a reduced SDCWA supply of 2 and 8 percent, respectively, compared to the normal year SDCWA supply. The District anticipates addressing these projected supply shortfalls by temporarily reducing water demands by enacting water use prohibitions that are described in Section 8. Padre Dam Municipal Water District 7-3

45 2015 Urban Water Management Plan Water Supply Reliability Table 7-3. Single Dry Year Supply and Demand Comparison Row Opt Remarks A District total demand 12,535 16,049 16,230 16,461 16,816 From Table 4-3 B District supply, recycled water 2,016 2,016 2,016 2,016 2,016 From Table 6-4 C Imported water required from SDCWA 10,519 14,033 14,214 14,445 14,800 A-B D SDCWA projected regional supplies 667, , , , ,577 SDCWA UWMP Table 9-2 E SDCWA projected regional demand 624, , , , ,852 SDCWA UWMP Table 9-2 F Supplies, % of demand 107% 101% 100% 100% 95% D/E * 100 G SDCWA supply to District 11,241 14,148 14,214 14,445 14,016 F * C H Supply totals 13,257 16,164 16,230 16,461 16,032 B + G I Demand totals 12,535 16,049 16,230 16,461 16,816 A J Difference (784) H-I Table 7-4. Multiple Dry Years Supply and Demand Comparison for 2020 Row Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Remarks A District total demand 12,535 12,535 12,535 From Table 4-3 B District supply, recycled water 2,016 2,016 2,016 From Table 6-4 C Imported water required from SDCWA 10,519 10,519 10,519 A-B D SDCWA projected regional supplies 719, , ,398 SDCWA UWMP Table 9-4 E SDCWA projected regional demand 632, , ,398 SDCWA UWMP Table 9-4 F Supplies, % of demand 114% 106% 100% D/E * 100 G SDCWA supply to District 11,960 11,163 10,519 F * C H Supply totals 13,976 13,179 12,535 B + G I Demand totals 12,535 12,535 12,535 A J Difference 1, H-I Padre Dam Municipal Water District 7-4

46 2015 Urban Water Management Plan Water Supply Reliability Table 7-5. Multiple Dry Years Supply and Demand Comparison for 2025 Row Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Remarks A District total demand 16,049 16,049 16,049 From Table 4-3 B District supply, recycled water 2,016 2,016 2,016 From Table 6-4 C Imported water required from SDCWA 14,033 14,033 14,033 A-B D SDCWA projected regional supplies 725, , ,063 SDCWA UWMP Table 9-5 E SDCWA projected regional demand 681, , ,248 SDCWA UWMP Table 9-5 F Supplies, % of demand 106% 100% 99% D/E * 100 G SDCWA supply to District 14,931 14,033 13,868 F * C H Supply totals 16,947 16,049 15,884 B + G I Demand totals 16,049 16,049 16,049 A J Difference (165) H-I Table 7-6. Multiple Dry Years Supply and Demand Comparison for 2030 Row Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Remarks A District total demand 16,230 16,230 16,230 From Table 4-3 B District supply, recycled water 2,016 2,016 2,016 From Table 6-4 C Imported water required from SDCWA 14,214 14,214 14,214 A-B D SDCWA projected regional supplies 725, , ,953 SDCWA UWMP Table 9-6 E SDCWA projected regional demand 704, , ,370 SDCWA UWMP Table 9-6 F Supplies, % of demand 103% 100% 95% D/E * 100 G SDCWA supply to District 14,635 14,214 13,573 F * C H Supply totals 16,651 16,230 15,589 B + G I Demand totals 16,230 16,230 16,230 A J Difference (641) H-I Padre Dam Municipal Water District 7-5

47 2015 Urban Water Management Plan Water Supply Reliability Table 7-7. Multiple Dry Years Supply and Demand Comparison for 2035 Row Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Remarks A District total demand 16,461 16,461 16,461 From Table 4-3 B District supply, recycled water 2,016 2,016 2,016 From Table 6-4 C Imported water required from SDCWA 14,445 14,445 14,445 A-B D SDCWA projected regional supplies 730, , ,741 SDCWA UWMP Table 9-7 E SDCWA projected regional demand 730, , ,697 SDCWA UWMP Table 9-7 F Supplies, % of demand 100% 98% 92% D/E * 100 G SDCWA supply to District 14,445 14,125 13,282 F * C H Supply totals 16,461 16,141 15,298 B + G I Demand totals 16,461 16,461 16,461 A J Difference - (320) (1,163) H-I Table 7-8. Multiple Dry Years Supply and Demand Comparison Opt Supply totals 13,976 16,947 16,651 16,461 First year Demand totals 12,535 16,049 16,230 16,461 Difference 1, Second year Supply totals 13,179 16,049 16,230 16,141 Demand totals 12,535 16,049 16,230 16,461 Difference (320) Third year Supply totals 12,535 15,884 15,589 15,298 Demand totals 12,535 16,049 16,230 16,461 Difference - (165) (641) (1,163) 7.4 Regional Supply Reliability The District relies on the SDCWA to acquire water transfer agreements, as needed, for water supply reliability. These were discussed previously in Section 6.1 and are detailed in Section 4 of the SDCWA s Draft Plan (April 2016). In addition to the multiple dry year scenarios noted above, the SDCWA goes through a traditional scenario planning process to assess additional, potential demand management and supply availability uncertainties and risks (Section 10 of the Draft SDCWA Plan, April 2016). The future potential scenarios that the SDCWA has identified as being critically uncertain for planning purposes are as follows: Drought Drought with Further Limitations on Metropolitan Supplies Drought with Limited Metropolitan Supplies and Member Agency Local Supplies Padre Dam Municipal Water District 7-6

48 2015 Urban Water Management Plan Water Supply Reliability Demographic Shift Climate Change Although the supply calculations in Tables 7-1 through 7-4 quantify water availability, SDCWA s use of scenario planning for the above risk scenarios underscore the potential for uncertainty in reliability. The key strategy SDCWA employs to address the quantified risks of supply availability it identifies is to look to its member agencies to develop local drought resilient water supplies. SDCWA specifically includes the District s AWP Program as one of the local supplies it would rely upon to enhance regional reliability in the event the above described risks result in less available water supplies. In its April 2016 Draft UWMP, SDCWA states that: The estimated yields from the additional planned local supply projects are from the member agencies, and the development and implementation of these supplies rest with the member agencies. 1 The District has decided to continue the advanced planning of its AWP Program to further diversify its consumer s water portfolio and improve water reliability. The District believes that this is prudent resources planning in the face of the uncertainties identified in SDCWA s Scenario Planning exercise and in the District s assessment of other risks that could affect imported water supply availability in the future. In turn, this effort will strengthen the District s and region s reliability and mitigate the effects of these uncertainties. 1 DRAFT 2015 Urban Water Management Plan, Pages 10 12, April Padre Dam Municipal Water District 7-7

49 Section 8 Water Shortage Contingency Planning This section describes the District s water shortage contingency planning process and how the District responds to water shortages. The District refers to Section 5.1, Water Supply Management Conditions, of its Rules and Regulations which establishes water supply management conditions necessary to conserve water; enable effective water supply planning; assure reasonable and beneficial use of water; prevent waste of water; prevent unreasonable use of water; prevent unreasonable method of use of water within the District in order to assure adequate supplies of water to meet the needs of the public; and further the public health, safety, and welfare. The District s Board of Directors adopted the water conservation and drought response program outlined in Section 5.1 of the Rules and Regulations. The full text of the ordinance and its adoption can be found in Appendix F. 8.1 Stages of Action Table 8-1 identifies four levels of drought response. These levels have been determined by the District s Board of Directors and are summarized below. Drought Response Levels Table 8-1. Retail : Stages of Water Shortage Contingency Plan Percent Supply Reduction Normal 0 Normal 1 Up to 10% (voluntary) Drought Water Condition 2 Up to 20% Drought Alert Condition 3 Up to 40% Drought Critical Condition 4 Greater than 40% Drought Emergency Condition Complete Both Water Supply Condition Drought Response Level 1 Drought Watch Condition A Drought Response Level 1 condition is also referred to as a Drought Watch condition. A Level 1 condition applies when the SDCWA notifies its member agencies that due to drought or other supply reductions, there is a reasonable probability there will be supply shortages and that a consumer demand reduction of up to 10 percent is required in order to ensure that sufficient supplies will be available to meet anticipated demands, or as otherwise determined by the District in its reasonable discretion. Padre Dam Municipal Water District 8-1

50 2015 Urban Water Management Plan Water Shortage Contingency Planning Drought Response Level 2 Drought Alert Condition A Drought Response Level 2 condition is also referred to as a Drought Alert condition. A Level 2 condition may apply when the SDCWA notifies the District that a consumer demand reduction of up to 20 percent is required. Additionally, the District s Board of Directors may declare a Water Shortage Emergency upon adopting findings supporting a Water Shortage Emergency, pursuant to California Water Code section 350 et seq Drought Response Level 3 Drought Critical Condition A Drought Response Level 3 condition is also referred to as a Drought Critical condition. A Level 3 condition may apply when the SDCWA notifies the District that a consumer demand reduction of up to 40 percent is required. The District s Board of Directors may also declare a Water Shortage Emergency, upon adopting findings supporting a Water Shortage Emergency, pursuant to California Water Code section 350 et seq Drought Response Level 4 Drought Emergency Condition A Drought Response Level 4 condition is also referred to as a Drought Emergency condition. A Level 4 condition may apply when the SDCWA Board of Directors notifies its member agencies that a consumer demand reduction greater than 40 percent is required. The District s Board of Directors may also declare a Water Shortage Emergency, upon adopting findings supporting a Water Shortage Emergency, pursuant to California Water Code section 350 et seq. 8.2 Prohibitions on End Users The District s water shortage contingency plan includes mandatory prohibitions on water uses. DWR categorizes the types of restrictions and prohibitions as landscape irrigation, CII, water features and swimming pools, and other. All drought response levels are subject to the restrictions and prohibitions provided in Table 8-2, under Level 1. Each subsequent level (2 through 4) must comply with these same conditions, and in either further detail. A more detailed description than those listed in Table 8-2 can be found in the Rules and Regulations. Padre Dam Municipal Water District 8-2

51 2015 Urban Water Management Plan Water Shortage Contingency Planning Stage Level 1 Level 1 Level 1 Level 1 Level 1 Level 1 Table 8-2. Restrictions and Prohibitions on End Uses Restrictions and Prohibitions on End Users (from drop down list) Other - Prohibit use of potable water for washing hard surfaces Landscape - Restrict or prohibit runoff from landscape irrigation Landscape - Limit landscape irrigation to specific times Landscape - Other landscape restriction or prohibition Landscape - Prohibit certain types of landscape irrigation Water Features - Restrict water use for decorative water features, such as fountains (a) Additional Explanation Section 5.1 of Rules & Regs (5.1.5) Section 5.1 of Rules & Regs (5.1.5) Section 5.1 of Rules & Regs (5.1.5) Section 5.1 of Rules & Regs (5.1.5) Section 5.1 of Rules & Regs (5.1.5) Section 5.1 of Rules & Regs (5.1.5) Penalty, Charge, or Other Enforcement? Level 1 CII - Restaurants may only serve water upon request Section 5.1 of Rules & Regs (5.1.5) Yes Level 1 Level 1 Level 1 Level 1 Level 2 and 3 CII - Lodging establishment must offer opt out of linen service Other - Customers must repair leaks, breaks, and malfunctions in a timely manner Other - Prohibit vehicle washing except at facilities using recycled or recirculating water Other - Prohibit use of potable water for construction and dust control Landscape - Limit landscape irrigation to specific days Section 5.1 of Rules & Regs (5.1.5) Section 5.1 of Rules & Regs (5.1.5) Section 5.1 of Rules & Regs (5.1.5) Section 5.1 of Rules & Regs (5.1.5) Section 5.1 of Rules & Regs (5.1.5) Level 2 Other - Require automatic shut of hoses Section 5.1 of Rules & Regs (5.1.5) Yes Level 4 Landscape - Prohibit all landscape irrigation Section 5.1 of Rules & Regs (5.1.5) Yes (a) The District does not impose restrictions on swimming pools and spas. Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 8.3 Penalties, Charges, and Other Enforcement of Prohibitions The Rules and Regulations describe methods of warning and penalties, including placing citations and fines for water waste. The District s website describes the process of placing door hangers on residential users doors as a way to warn of a water waste prohibition citation. Title 3 of the Water Agency Code (2015) describes fines starting in 2016 or discontinuation of service for repeated violations of the Water Service Rules. Padre Dam Municipal Water District 8-3

52 2015 Urban Water Management Plan Water Shortage Contingency Planning 8.4 Consumption Reduction Methods Consumption reduction methods are actions taken by the District to reduce water demand within the service area, whereas prohibitions, addressed in Section 6.2. limit specific uses of water. Since all connections are metered, actual reductions in water use can be monitored as necessary to achieve the goals of the demand reduction program implemented during water shortages. Table 8-3 summarizes the District s consumption reduction methods to reduce water demand in the service area. Stage Level 1 Level 1 Level 2 Level 2 Level 2 Level 2 Level 3 Level 3 Level 3 Level 3 Level 4 Level 4 Level 4 Level 4 Table 8-3. Retail Only: Stages of Water Shortage Contingency Plan - Consumption Reduction Methods Consumption Reduction Methods by Water Supplier Drop down menu with categories Expand Public Information Campaign Implement or Modify Drought Rate Structure or Surcharge Expand Public Information Campaign Implement or Modify Drought Rate Structure or Surcharge Other Moratorium or Net Zero Demand Increase on New Connections Expand Public Information Campaign Implement or Modify Drought Rate Structure or Surcharge Other Moratorium or Net Zero Demand Increase on New Connections Expand Public Information Campaign Implement or Modify Drought Rate Structure or Surcharge Other Moratorium or Net Zero Demand Increase on New Connections Additional Explanation or Reference (optional) suspend consideration of annexations to its service area, and any service outside District boundaries no new potable water service will be provided, no new temporary meters will be provided and those in use will be terminated and collected, no permanent meters will be installed, no additional capacity will be sold, and no statements of immediate ability to serve or provide potable water service (such as, will serve letters, certificates, or letters of availability) will be issued suspend consideration of annexations to its service area, and any service outside District boundaries no new potable water service will be provided, no new temporary meters will be provided and those in use will be terminated and collected, no permanent meters will be installed, no additional capacity will be sold, and no statements of immediate ability to serve or provide potable water service (such as, will serve letters, certificates, or letters of availability) will be issued suspend consideration of annexations to its service area, and any service outside District boundaries no new potable water service will be provided, no new temporary meters will be provided and those in use will be terminated and collected, no permanent meters will be installed, no additional capacity will be sold, and no statements of immediate ability to serve or provide potable water service (such as, will serve letters, certificates, or letters of availability) will be issued Padre Dam Municipal Water District 8-4

53 2015 Urban Water Management Plan Water Shortage Contingency Planning 8.5 Determining Water Shortage Reductions The District installed a district-wide automatic meter reading system during Fiscal Year 2009/2010. Currently, 100 percent of District customers are metered and all new connections are required to have meters. This system provides the District the ability to monitor customer use on an hourly basis, if needed. The District can also run an exceptions report on high water use to use as a tool to detect customer water leaks. During a water supply shortage, such as a drought or emergency shortage, the District would monitor usage and increase public outreach as needed. 8.6 Revenue and Expenditure Impacts Revenue impacts from reduced water sales would occur since variable water use portion of the bill to customers would experience a reduction. Expenditures regarding the District s water conservation program may increase during a water shortage. The District has a reserve policy (contingency fund) in place to help offset revenue and expenditure impacts during times of emergency. 8.7 Resolution or Ordinance The information discussed in this section can be found in the District s Rules and Regulations Section 5.1, Water Supply Management Conditions. 8.8 Catastrophic Supply Interruption Plan The District has prepared an Emergency Response Plan to address appropriate responses to catastrophic supply interruptions as well as other emergencies. The District also has standby power available in the form of portable diesel, natural gas, and propane generator units; thus, increasing the reliability of supply. The Emergency Response Plan is not included in this document due to security reasons. The District utilizes an emergency organizational structure and chain of command in response to all emergencies within or affecting its service area. The Emergency Response Plan defines the emergency management positions. 8.9 Minimum Supply Next Three Years An estimate of the minimum water supply for 2016, 2017, and 2018 is based on the combined availability of all water sources available during the District s historical multiple-dry year sequence. Table 8-4. Retail: Minimum Supply Next Three Years Available Water Supply 12,191 12,191 12,191 Note: Purchased/imported water total for 2015 from Table 6-8. Padre Dam Municipal Water District 8-5

54 Section 9 Demand Management Measures The District participates in the development and implementation of water use efficiency programs and water conservation measures, including programs run through Metropolitan the SDCWA. The District is a signatory to the California Urban Water Conservation Council (CUWCC). The District is on track with the CUWCC s Best Management Practice (BMP) implementation. The District s most recent conservation reports to the CUWCC for 2013/2014 implementation are provided in Appendix G. 9.1 Demand Management Measures Water suppliers that are members of the CUWCC have the option of submitting their BMP compliance reports in lieu of describing the DMMs. In lieu of describing the District s DMMs in this section, the District s BMP Annual Report has been included in Appendix G. The District is in full compliance with the CUWCC s Memorandum of Understanding (MOU). 9.2 Implementation over the Past Five Years In lieu of describing the nature and extent of each DMM implemented over the past 5 years, refer to the District s BMP Annual Report previously referenced and included in Appendix G. The District is in full compliance with the CUWCC s MOU. 9.3 Planned Implementation to Achieve Water Use Targets The District has already met its 2020 GPCD as verified in Section 5. Padre Dam Municipal Water District 9-1

55 Section 10 Plan Adoption, Submittal, and Implementation Cities and counties within the service area were notified that the Plan was being prepared more than 60 days prior to the public hearing (Table 10-1). The District notified the land use agencies within its service area and key stakeholders of the preparation of a 2015 Plan (Table 2-5). A copy of the published Notice of Public Hearing is included in Appendix H. Copies of the draft Plan were made available for public inspection to the community at large, the California Department of Water Resources, the California State Library, and any city or county within which the District provides water service. The Plan was made available for public review on the SDCWA s web site within 30 days after submitting the Plan to DWR. The District will also have a copy of the adopted plan available at the District s offices during normal business hours. The public hearing on June 15, 2016, provided an opportunity for all residents, businesses, and individuals employed in the service area to learn and ask questions about their water supply and SDCWA s plans for providing a reliable, safe, high-quality water supply. This Plan was adopted by the District s Board of Directors on June 30, A copy of the adoption resolution is provided in Appendix I. The 2015 Plan was submitted to DWR, the California State Library, and any city or county within which the District provides water within 30 days after adoption. Table Retail: Notification to Cities and Counties City Name 60 Day Notice Notice of Public Hearing City of Santee City of El Cajon County Name 60 Day Notice Notice of Public Hearing County of San Diego Padre Dam Municipal Water District 10-1

56 Section 11 References California Urban Water Conservation Council. The Memorandum of Understanding Regarding Urban Water Conservation in California. June 9, Carollo Engineers. Padre Dam Municipal Water District Comprehensive Facilities Master Plan. October Department of Water Resources (DWR). The State Water Project Final Delivery Capability Report July 2015 DWR. Methodologies for Calculating Baseline and Compliance Urban Per Capita Water Use. February, DWR Urban Water Management Plans Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers. March Metropolitan Water District of Southern California. Draft 2015 Urban Water Management Plan. March 2016 Padre Dam Municipal Water District Urban Water Management Plan Padre Dam Municipal Water District. East County Advanced Water Purification Program Study Regional Water Management Group and Regional Advisory Committee. San Diego Integrated Regional Water Management Plan San Diego Association of Governments Regional Growth Forecast San Diego County Water Authority. Draft 2015 Urban Water Management Plan. April 29, 2016 Padre Dam Municipal Water District 11-1

57 2015 Urban Water Management Plan Appendix A: Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers Padre Dam Municipal Water District A-1

58 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL 2015 Urban Water Management Plans Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers Final March 2016 California Department of Water Resources 1 FINAL

59 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL State of California Edmund G. Brown Jr., Governor California Natural Resources Agency John Laird, Secretary for Natural Resources Department of Water Resources Mark W. Cowin, Director Carl Torgersen Chief Deputy Director Waiman Yip Policy Advisor Cathy Crothers Chief Counsel Ed Wilson Assistant Director Public Affairs Office William A. Croyle Deputy Director Statewide Emergency Management and Security John Pacheco Acting Deputy Director California Energy Resources Scheduling Kasey Schimke Assistant Director Legislative Affairs Katherine S. Kishaba Deputy Director Business Operations Anecita Agustinez Government and Community Liaison Mark Andersen Acting Deputy Director State Water Project Gary B. Bardini Deputy Director Integrated Water Management Carmel M. Brown and Eric Nichol Assistants to the Deputy Director John Andrew Assistant Deputy Director Climate Change i FINAL

60 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL This report was prepared under the direction of Division of Statewide Integrated Water Management Kamyar Guivetchi, Manager Water Use and Efficiency Branch Diana S. Brooks, Chief Water Use Efficiency Program Peter Brostrom, Manager Urban Water Use Efficiency Unit Vicki Lake, Manager Prepared by Gwen Huff...Senior Environmental Scientist Toni Pezzetti...Engineering Geologist Betsy Vail...Environmental Scientist Nirmala Benin...Senior Engineer Matthew Correa...Water Resources Engineer Andrew Schwartz...Senior Engineer Spencer Kenner...Assistant Chief Counsel Sasha Brownlee...Office Assistant Andria Avila... Office Technician Jessica Salinas-Brown...Environmental Scientist Tito Cervantes... Senior Land and Water Use Scientist Kim Rosmaier... Senior Land and Water Use Scientist Jeff Smith...Environmental Scientist Luis Avila...Environmental Scientist Sergio Fierro... Senior Land and Water Use Scientist Sharon Brown... Water Resources Technician II Robert Fastenau...Environmental Scientist ii FINAL

61 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Acknowledgements The 2015 Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers was written with the assistance of the following consultants: Reinhard Sturm and Kate Gasner, Water Systems Optimization Greg Young, Tully and Young Anil Bamezai, Western Policy Research Special Thanks to the Guidebook Advisory Committee For Their Generous Contributions of Time and Expertise Alfonso Manrique AM Consulting Engineers Andrew Florendo Solano County Water Agency Anona Dutton Erler & Kalinowski Brett Ewart City of Sacramento Dana Friehauf San Diego County Water Authority Dee Jasper Dee Jaspar & Associates Denise Landstedt Rancho California Water District Edgar Fandialan Metropolitan Water District Jenny Gain CUWA and Brown and Caldwell John Brady Central Coast Water Authority Justin Scott-Coe Monte Vista Water District Kellie Welch Irvine Ranch Water District Manny Alvarez ARCADIS Mark Insco Golden State Water Company Mary Lou Cotton Kennedy Jenks Orrin Plocher Freshwater Environmental Services Paul Selsky Brown and Caldwell Priyanka Jain East Bay Municipal Water District Raja Takidin Glendale Water and Power Randy Werner City of Livermore Ron Merckling Casitas Municipal Water District Spencer Waterman Water Systems Consulting Tracy Quinn Natural Resources Defense Council iii FINAL

62 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL This page left blank for two-sided printing iv FINAL

63 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Table of Contents Chapter 1 Introduction and Overview Background and Purpose Urban Water Management Planning and the California Water Code Urban Water Management Plans in Relation to Other Planning Efforts UWMP Organization UWMPs and Grant or Loan Eligibility Tips for UWMP Preparers DWR Contact Information Chapter 2 Plan Preparation Basis for Preparing a Plan Regional Planning Individual or Regional Planning and Compliance Fiscal or Calendar Year and Units of Measure Coordination and Outreach Chapter 3 System Description General Description Service Area Boundary Maps Service Area Climate Service Area Population and Demographics Chapter 4 System Water Use Recycled versus Potable and Raw Water Demand Water Uses by Sector v FINAL

64 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL 4.3 Distribution System Water Losses Estimating Future Water Savings Water Use for Lower Income Households Climate Change Chapter 5 SB X7-7 Baselines and Targets Guidance for Wholesale Agencies Updating Calculations from 2010 UWMP Baseline Periods Service Area Population Gross Water Use Baseline Daily Per Capita Water Use and 2020 Targets Compliance Daily per Capita Water Use (GPCD) Regional Alliance Chapter 6 System Supplies Purchased or Imported Water Groundwater Surface Water Stormwater Wastewater and Recycled Water Desalinated Water Opportunities Exchanges or Transfers Future Water Projects Summary of Existing and Planned Sources of Water Climate Change Impacts to Supply Chapter 7 Water Supply Reliability Assessment Constraints on Water Sources Reliability by Type of Year vi FINAL

65 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL 7.3 Supply and Demand Assessment Regional Supply Reliability Chapter 8 Water Shortage Contingency Planning Stages of Action Prohibitions on End Uses Penalties, Charges, Other Enforcement of Prohibitions Consumption Reduction Methods Determining Water Shortage Reductions Revenue and Expenditure Impacts Resolution or Ordinance Catastrophic Supply Interruption Minimum Supply Next Three Years Chapter 9 Demand Management Measures Demand Management Measures for Wholesale Agencies Demand Management Measures for Retail Agencies Implementation over the Past Five Years Planned Implementation to Achieve Water Use Targets Members of the California Urban Water Conservation Council Chapter 10 Plan Adoption, Submittal, and Implementation Inclusion of All 2015 Data Notice of Public Hearing Public Hearing and Adoption Plan Submittal Public Availability Amending an Adopted UWMP vii FINAL

66 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL This page left blank for two-sided printing viii FINAL

67 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Appendices A. California Water Code Urban Water Management Planning B. California Water Code Sustainable Water Use and Demand Reduction (SB X7-7) C. Changes to the California Water Code Since 2010 UWMPs D. Regional Water Planning and Reporting E. UWMP Tables and SB X7-7 Verification Form F. Checklist G. Glossary H. References I. Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment J. California Code of Regulations Industrial Process Water Exclusion K. Estimating Future Water Savings L. DWR Water Audit Manual for Distribution System Losses M. Recycled Water N. Case Study on Integrated Rate Design and Communication O. Voluntary Reporting of Energy Intensity P. Quantifying Increased Regional Reliability ix FINAL

68 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL This page left blank for two-sided printing x FINAL

69 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Abbreviations and Acronyms AB - Assembly Bill AF - Acre-Foot BMP - Best Management Practice CEHTP - California Environmental Health Tracking Program CASGEM - California Statewide Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Program CII - Commercial, Industrial, Institutional, water use sectors CIMIS - California Irrigation Management Information System CUWCC - California Urban Water Conservation Council CWC - California Water Code DMMs - Demand Management Measures DOF - Department of Finance DWR - Department of Water Resources eardwp - Electronic Annual Reports to the Drinking Water Program (SWRCB) ETo - Reference Evapotranspiration GIS - Geographic Information System GPCD - Gallons per Capita per Day IRWM - Integrated Regional Water Management ITP - Independent Technical Panel LAFCO - Local Agency Formation Commission NOAA - National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration NPDES - National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System PWS - Public Water System RWQCB - Regional Water Quality Control Board SB - Senate Bill xi FINAL

70 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL SB X7-7 - Senate Bill Seven of the Senate s Seventh Extraordinary Session of 2009 SGMA - Sustainable Groundwater Management Act SWP - State Water Project SWRCB - State Water Resources Control Board RUWMP - Regional Urban Water Management Plan UWMP - Urban Water Management Plan WARN - Water/Wastewater Agency Response Network WDR - Waste Discharge Requirement WRR - Water Recycling Requirement WSCP - Water Shortage Contingency Plan xii FINAL

71 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Use of This Guidebook The Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers (Guidebook) has been developed by Department of Water Resources to assist urban water suppliers in preparing 2015 Urban Water Management Plans (UWMPs or Plans). This guidance is intended to ensure the Plans will address the requirements of the California Water Code (CWC), provide useful information to the public about water suppliers and their water management programs, and provide a framework for water planning to minimize the negative effects of potential water shortages. Water suppliers need not limit themselves to the requirements and recommendations found in the Guidebook. Suppliers may include any additional information that will assist in providing a full description of their water resources and water management. Section Organization The sections of the Guidebook are laid out with the following organization: X.X Section or Subsection Header California Code This text box will display requirements from California Code that apply to the section immediately following. It will also include references to regulations in the Methodologies for Calculating Baseline and Compliance Urban Per Capita Water Use. R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Sections that provide guidance and recommendations for addressing CWC requirements that apply to both retail and wholesale agencies will be headed with ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS, denoted with the symbols R W, and marked by the color blue. NOTE: Additional guidance and recommendations that apply only to retail or wholesale agencies are found in Retail Only or Wholesale Only text boxes. RECOMMENDATIONS This text provides recommendations from DWR for both retail and wholesale agencies. These are not required by the CWC; however, DWR includes these recommendations to address topic areas that would benefit from further clarification or elaboration. xiii FINAL

72 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R RETAIL ONLY Sections that provide guidance and recommendations for addressing CWC requirements that apply only to retail agencies will be headed with RETAIL ONLY, denoted with the symbol R, and marked by the color gold. NOTE: Additional guidance and recommendations that apply to retail agencies are found in All Urban Water Suppliers text boxes. RECOMMENDATIONS This section provides recommendations from DWR for retail suppliers. W WHOLESALE ONLY Sections that provide guidance and recommendations for addressing CWC requirements that apply only to wholesale agencies will be headed with WHOLESALE ONLY, denoted with the symbol W, and marked by the color red. NOTE: Additional guidance and recommendations that apply to wholesale agencies are found in All Urban Water Suppliers text boxes. RECOMMENDATIONS This section provides recommendations from DWR for wholesale suppliers. xiv FINAL

73 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL TABLES All required tables that apply to a section are found at the end of the section. (See section on Standardized Forms, Tables, and Displays). Both wholesale and retail versions are presented. The tables shown within the body of the guidebook are for viewing only and cannot be filled out. Excel versions of these tables are available on DWR s website at R W Table X-X Retail: Data Table Opt Data 1 Data 2 TOTAL Table X-X Wholesale: Data Table Opt Data 1 Data 2 Data 3 TOTAL Definition of Wholesale Supplier and Retail Supplier CWC (p) "Urban retail water supplier" means a water supplier, either publicly or privately owned, that directly provides potable municipal water to more than 3,000 end users or that supplies more than 3,000 acre-feet of potable water annually at retail for municipal purposes. (r) "Urban wholesale water supplier," means a water supplier, either publicly or privately owned, that provides more than 3,000 acre-feet of water annually at wholesale for potable municipal purposes. For purposes of UWMP reporting, an agency is considered either a wholesale or retail urban water supplier, or both, based on the criteria stated in CWC (p) and (r). See the citation of the CWC in the text box above. This guidebook provides guidance for all urban water suppliers. xv FINAL

74 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL If an agency has both wholesale and retail sales, review the criteria in the CWC, and guidance below, to determine which criteria apply (wholesale and/or retail). Reporting requirements and guidance for both types of agencies are included in the paragraphs below. (1.) Both Wholesale and Retail Urban Water Supplier: If an urban water supplier meets the definition of both a wholesale and retail water supplier as found in (p) and (r), it is considered both a wholesale and a retail urban water supplier. Such an agency must address the CWC requirements that apply to both wholesale and retail suppliers. Agencies that are both retail and wholesale will report their data using both retail and wholesale tables. (2.) (Exclusively or Primarily) Retail Urban Water Supplier: If an urban water supplier meets the definition of an urban retail water supplier as found in CWC (p), it is considered a retail urban water supplier. Such an agency may also provide water on a wholesale basis, for example, sales to other agencies, but the wholesale volume is below the reporting threshold for the agency to be considered a wholesale supplier. This small volume of wholesale demand will be reported in the agency s retail tables 4-1 and 4-2. (3.) (Exclusively or Primarily) Wholesale Urban Water Supplier: If an urban water supplier meets the definition of an urban wholesale water supplier, as found in (r), it is considered a wholesale urban water supplier. Such an agency may also have retail customers, but the retail volume is below the reporting threshold for an agency to be considered a retail supplier. This small volume of retail demand will be reported as retail demand in the agency s wholesale tables 4-1 and 4-2. Standardized Forms, Tables, or Displays (Appendix E) CWC (a)(2) The plan, or amendments to the plan, submitted to the department shall include any standardized forms, tables, or displays specified by the department. CWC (a) The department, in consultation with the board, the California Bay-Delta Authority or its successor agency, the State Department of Public Health, and the Public Utilities Commission, shall develop a single standardized water use reporting form to meet the water use information needs of each agency, including the needs of urban water suppliers that elect to determine and report progress toward achieving targets on a regional basis as provided in subdivision (a) of Section (b) At a minimum, the form shall be developed to accommodate information sufficient to assess an urban water supplier's compliance with conservation targets pursuant to Section The form shall accommodate reporting by urban water suppliers on an individual or regional basis as provided in subdivision (a) of Section xvi FINAL

75 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL In response to the requirements of the CWC, standardized tables for the reporting and submittal of UWMP data have been developed and are required for use in 2015 UWMPs. The standardization of data tables allows for more efficient data management, expedited review of UWMPs, and easier compilation of data for regional and statewide planning. Water agencies are required to submit UWMP data electronically to DWR using standardized tables. Water suppliers must also include the standardized tables in the body of the plan or as an appendix. Electronic submittal is at the WUE data website The standardized tables are compiled in Appendix E and available in Excel on DWR s 2015 UWMP webpage at Water agencies will be able to cut and paste from the Excel tables to the tables on the WUEdata website. The Guidebook displays the standardized tables in a PDF format for quick viewing, but these tables are not fillable forms. Note for Regional Water Management Plans (RUWMPs): RUWMPs will submit data for multiple agencies. This will require a set of tables for each individual agency. UWMP preparers will identify each table with a notation to indicate the corresponding supplier. R RETAIL ONLY Retail water suppliers are also required to submit the SB X7-7 Verification Form (Appendix E) with their 2015 UWMP. The form allows for verification that the agency s calculations are in compliance with SB X7-7, the Water Conservation Act of xvii FINAL

76 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL This page left blank for two-sided printing xviii FINAL

77 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Chapter 1 Introduction and Overview This chapter contains guidance on the following topics: 1.1 Background and Purpose 1.2 Urban Water Management Planning and the California Water Code 1.3 Urban Water Management Plans in Relation to Other Efforts 1.4 Recommended UWMP Organization 1.5 UWMPs and Grant or Loan Eligibility 1.6 Tips for UWMP Preparers 1.7 DWR Contact Information 1-1 FINAL

78 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL 1.1 Background and Purpose R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Water planning is an essential function of water suppliers but becomes critical as California grapples with ongoing drought and expected long-term climate changes. Prior to the adoption of the Urban Water Management Planning (UWMP) Act (Appendix A), there were no specific requirements that water agencies conduct long-term resource planning. While many water agencies conducted long-term water supply and resource planning prior to the Act, those that did not were left vulnerable to supply disruptions during dry periods or catastrophic events. An example of local supply disruption that spurred the development of the UWMP Act can be found from the drought of The Marin Municipal Water District (MMWD) faced dwindling supplies, even though water rationing strategies were successfully implemented. MMWD managers met with officials of other water districts and from the California Department of Water Resources (DWR) to quickly find a reliable alternate source of water. An agreement was reached to transport water from the State Water Project (SWP) via a temporary, 6-mile pipeline on the Richmond-San Rafael Bridge from the East Bay to Marin County. The necessity of installing this emergency pipeline indicated that water planning had to be done at the local level, as two water agencies in the same region could have very different impacts from a drought. As a result, the UWMP Act was proposed and adopted, requiring a minimum level of resource assessment and planning by water suppliers. There is no substitute for water planning at the local water supplier level. Only a local supplier has the knowledge, ability to consider the unique circumstances of the individual agency, can provide for participation by the community, and tailor the planning to local conditions. The UWMP Act has been modified over the years in response to the State s water shortages, droughts, and other factors. A significant amendment was made in 2009, after the drought of and as a result of the governor s call for a statewide 20 percent reduction in urban water use by the year This was the Water Conservation Act of 2009, also known as SB X7-7 (Appendix B). This Act required agencies to establish water use targets for 2015 and 2020 that would result in statewide savings of 20 percent by FINAL

79 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL 1.2 Urban Water Management Planning and the California Water Code R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS The sections below are summaries of CWC sections applicable to UWMPs. DWR provides guidance on addressing CWC UWMP requirements, but water suppliers are solely responsible for ensuring that all CWC requirements and applicable laws have been met Urban Water Management Planning Act of 1983 (Appendix A) R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS The UWMP Act requires water agencies to develop UWMPs. The UWMPs provide a framework for long term water planning and inform the public of a supplier s plans for long-term resource planning that ensures adequate water supplies for existing and future demands. This part of the CWC requires urban water suppliers to report, describe, and evaluate: Water deliveries and uses; Water supply sources; Efficient water uses; Demand management measures; and Water shortage contingency planning Applicable Changes to the Water Code since 2010 UWMPs (Appendix C) R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS See Appendix C for a detailed table of these changes. Guidance for addressing the changes is included in the relevant chapters of the guidebook and a summary list is provided below. Demand Management Measures CWC Section (f) (1) and (2) Assembly Bill 2067, 2014 Guidebook Chapter 9 Submittal Date CWC Section (d) Assembly Bill 2067, 2014 Guidebook Chapter FINAL

80 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R W Electronic Submittal CWC Section (a) (2) Senate Bill 1420, 2014 Guidebook Chapter 10 Standardized Forms CWC Section (a) (2) Senate Bill 1420, 2014 Guidebook Chapter 10 Water Loss CWC Section (e) (1) (J) and (e) (3) (A) and (B) Senate Bill 1420, 2014, Guidebook Appendix L Estimating Future Water Savings CWC Section (e) (4) Senate Bill 1420, 2014 Guidebook Appendix K Voluntary Reporting of Energy Intensity CWC Section (a) and (b) Senate Bill 1036, 2014 Guidebook Appendix O Defining Water Features CWC Section (b) Assembly Bill 2409, 2010 Guidebook Chapter Water Conservation Act of 2009 (SB X7-7) (Appendix B) R RETAIL ONLY The Water Conservation Act of 2009 required retail urban water suppliers to report in their UWMPs their Base Daily per Capita Water Use (Baseline GPCD), 2015 Interim Urban Water Use Target, 2020 Urban Water Use Target, and Compliance Daily per Capita Water Use. These terms are defined in Methodologies for Calculating Baseline and Compliance Urban Per Capita Water Use, DWR 2011 (Methodologies) consistent with SB X7-7 requirements. The Methodologies document can be found online at Beginning in 2016, retail water suppliers are required to comply with the water conservation requirements in SB X7-7 in order to be eligible for State water grants or loans. The complete text of the Water Conservation Act is in Appendix B. Guidance for addressing the requirements of the Act is found in Chapter 5 of the Guidebook and in the Methodologies document. Retail water agencies are required to set targets and track progress toward decreasing daily per capita urban water use in their service area, which will assist the State in meeting its 20 percent reduction goal by FINAL

81 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL 1.3 Urban Water Management Plans in Relation to Other Planning Efforts R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Urban suppliers provide information on water management specific to their service areas. However, water management does not happen in isolation; there are other planning processes that integrate with the UWMP to accomplish urban planning. Some of these plans include city and county General Plans, Water Master Plans, Recycled Water Master Plans, integrated resource plans, Integrated Regional Water Management Plans, Groundwater Management Plans, and others. RECOMMENDED Each of these planning efforts is greatly enhanced when it relies upon the information found in the other documents. DWR strongly encourages water suppliers to utilize other planning processes and documents when developing their UWMPs and to share their UWMPs with other agencies. 1.4 UWMP Organization R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS RECOMMENDED DWR recommends, but does not require, that an urban water supplier use the organization outlined below to prepare its 2015 UWMP. The Guidebook is organized in the same sequence as the recommended UWMP organization. This organization groups the requirements by topic and presents the topics in the order in which a water supplier may consider including them in an UWMP. This does not follow the order of the legislation. 1-5 FINAL

82 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R W The 2015 UWMP Guidebook has been updated from the 2010 version to reflect new legislation and some of the recommended organization has been modified from previous guidebooks. Chapter 1 - Introduction and Overview In this introductory chapter, agencies provide a discussion on the importance and extent of their water management planning efforts. Chapter 2 - Plan Preparation This section will provide information on their process for developing the UWMP, including efforts in coordination and outreach. Chapter 3 - System Description Suppliers may include maps of the service area, a description of the service area and climate, their Public Water System(s), and the agency s organizational structure and history. Chapter 4 - System Water Use Describe and quantify the current and projected water uses within the agency s service area. Chapter 5 - Baselines and Targets Retail agencies and Regional Alliances (See Appendix D for more information about Regional Alliances) will describe their methods for calculating their baseline and target water consumption. They will also demonstrate whether or not they have achieved the 2015 interim water use target, and their plans for achieving their 2020 water use target. Chapter 6 - System Supplies Describe and quantify the current and projected sources of water available to the agency. A description and quantification of potential recycled water uses and supply availability is also to be included in this chapter, to the extent that it pertains to each agency. Chapter 7 - Water Supply Reliability Water agencies will describe the reliability of their water supply and project the reliability out 20 years. This description will be provided for normal, single dry years and multiple dry years. Chapter 8 - Water Shortage Contingency Planning Provide the supplier s staged plan for dealing with water shortages, including a catastrophic supply interruption. Chapter 9 - Demand Management Measures Water suppliers will communicate their efforts to promote conservation and to reduce demand on their water supply and will specifically address several demand management measures. Chapter 10 - Plan Adoption, Submittal, and Implementation Water agencies will describe the steps taken to adopt and submit the UWMP and to make it publicly available. This chapter will also include a discussion of the agency s plan to implement the UWMP. 1-6 FINAL

83 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R W supporting documents Supporting documents may be included in the plan as appendices or may be referenced with a link to the webpage where the document can be found. Some examples of supporting documentation include: Notification letters of UWMP update; Public notice of UWMP hearing; Adoption resolution(s) from the agency s governing body; Water Shortage Contingency Plan (if a separate, stand-alone document from the UMWP); Groundwater Management Plan (if applicable) (See Section 6.2); California Urban Water Conservation Council (CUWCC) Best Management Practices (BMP) Reports (if applicable) (See Chapter 9). 1.5 UWMPs and Grant or Loan Eligibility Funding Eligibility for Retail and Wholesale Suppliers R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS In order for an urban water supplier to be eligible for any water management grant or loan administered by DWR, the agency must have a current UWMP on file that has been determined by DWR to address the requirements of the CWC. A current UWMP must also be maintained by the water supplier throughout the term of any grant or loan administered by DWR. An UWMP may also be required in order to be eligible for other State funding, depending on the conditions that are specified in the funding guidelines. Agencies should seek guidance on the specifics of any State funding source from the funding agency(ies). 1-7 FINAL

84 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Funding Eligibility for Retail Suppliers Only CWC (a) On and after July 1, 2016, an urban retail water supplier is not eligible for a water grant or loan awarded or administered by the state unless the supplier complies with this part. (c) Notwithstanding subdivision (a), the department shall determine that an urban retail water supplier is eligible for a water grant or loan even though the supplier has not met the per capita reductions required pursuant to Section , if the urban retail water supplier has submitted to the department for approval a schedule, financing plan, and budget, to be included in the grant or loan agreement, for achieving the per capita reductions. The supplier may request grant or loan funds to achieve the per capita reductions to the extent the request is consistent with the eligibility requirements applicable to the water funds. (e) Notwithstanding subdivision (a), the department shall determine that an urban retail water supplier is eligible for a water grant or loan even though the supplier has not met the per capita reductions required pursuant to Section , if the urban retail water supplier has submitted to the department for approval documentation demonstrating that its entire service area qualifies as a disadvantaged community. (f) The department shall not deny eligibility to an urban retail water supplier or agricultural water supplier in compliance with the requirements of this part and Part 2.8 (commencing with Section 10800), that is participating in a multiagency water project, or an integrated regional water management plan, developed pursuant to Section of the Public Resources Code, solely on the basis that one or more of the agencies participating in the project or plan is not implementing all of the requirements of this part or Part 2.8 (commencing with Section 10800). CCR Section (b)(2) disadvantaged community means a community with an annual median household income that is less than 80 percent of the statewide annual median household income. 1-8 FINAL

85 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R RETAIL ONLY Changes to California law require that beginning in 2016, urban retail water suppliers must comply with water conservation requirements established by the Water Conservation Act of 2009 in order to be eligible for State water grants or loans. For 2015 UWMPs, this means that a retail water agency must meet its 2015 Interim Urban Water Use Target (see Chapter 5) and report compliance in the 2015 UWMP. Suppliers may still be eligible if either of the below requirements are met: 1. The urban retail water supplier submits a schedule, financing plan, and budget, for achieving the per capita reductions; and/or 2. The urban retail water supplier submitted to DWR, for DWR s approval, documentation demonstrating that its entire service area qualifies as a disadvantaged community. If an agency met its 2015 Interim Target, or met either of the exceptions above, and is participating in a multiagency water project or an Integrated Regional Water Management Plan, it shall remain eligible to receive grants or loans even though one or more of the other participating agencies is not in compliance with the SB X7-7 requirements. 1.6 Tips for UWMP Preparers R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Use previous UWMPs and regional UWMPs. Although the 2015 UWMP should be considered as an update to an agency s previous UWMP, the 2015 UWMP should be able to be read as a stand-alone document. Preparers should ensure that information carried forward from previous UWMPs is up to date. Preparers should also, when possible and available, utilize information from Regional UWMPs or wholesale UMMPs on regional water supply sources, regional demand management programs, and other regional issues that may impact the reliability of an agency s water supply. Summaries of such information, with reference to the Regional UWMP, are acceptable to maintain the Plan s flow and readability. 1-9 FINAL

86 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R W Review the legislative changes since the 2010 UWMP cycle (Appendix C). Review the UWMP deadline and adoption processes during Plan development. The adoption and notification processes are detailed in Chapter 10. Suppliers should take into account the time needed for the Plan to be developed, adopted and submitted. Provide an executive summary. An executive summary provides a useful and concise summary of the Plan for readers, but is not required. If a requirement does not apply to your agency, include an explanation in the UWMP. Unique situations may require explanation. In order to clarify a unique situation, UWMP preparers should consider including detailed information in an appendix or as an attachment and provide summary information in the main body of the UWMP. Including explanatory information in the UWMP will clarify the circumstances to readers and to DWR. Importance of narratives and maps. Narrative descriptions and maps are as important as the data presented in the tables and can greatly enhance the reader s understanding of the tabular data. Using summaries and cross references. Rather than repeating detailed information from other documents, summarize information and provide a reference to source documents. Avoid repeating information in more than one chapter of the UWMP; use cross references as appropriate. Use the checklist. A checklist of specific UWMP requirements is included in Appendix F. The UWMP preparer is requested to complete this checklist and enter the page number where the required element is addressed to assist in the DWR review of the submitted UWMP. Use the Guidebook appendices. The appendices provide detailed and specific information, such as a glossary of terms (Appendix G), or supporting documents related to preparing a UWMP (Appendix H). Ask for guidance or clarification. If there is a question about what to include in an UWMP prior to adoption, please contact a DWR regional team member FINAL

87 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL 1.7 DWR Contact Information DWR Contact Information Region DWR UWMP Staff Phone Statewide Gwen Huff (916) Northern Jessica Salinas-Brown (530) North Central Kim Rosmaier (916) South Central Luis Avila (559) Southern Sergio Fierro (818) FINAL

88 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL This page left blank for two-sided printing 1-12 FINAL

89 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Chapter 2 Plan Preparation This section provides guidance on determining whether or not a water supplier is required to write an UWMP and describes the various levels of regional coordination that an agency may employ. It also includes guidance and tables for two pieces of information that will apply throughout the UWMP; the use of fiscal or calendar year and the units of measure used by the agency to report water volumes. Coordination and outreach are key elements to developing a useful and accurate UWMP. For example, working with neighboring water suppliers strengthens a region s ability to plan for drought and catastrophic events; city and county land use planning agencies can provide information on regional planning, demographics, and expected future development. Because UWMP preparation and development may be accomplished in many ways, water agencies may choose to include a summary of the process they used to prepare the Plan. They may include such activities as designation of a planning team, holding public meetings, the extent of coordination with other agencies, use of this Guidebook, or the use of assistance from a consulting firm. This chapter includes guidance on preparing the following sections: 2.1 Basis for Preparing a Plan 2.2 Regional Planning 2.3 Individual or Regional Planning and Compliance 2.4 Fiscal or Calendar Year and Units of Measure 2.5 Coordination and Outreach 2-1 FINAL

90 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL 2.1 Basis for Preparing a Plan CWC Urban water supplier means a supplier, either publicly or privately owned, providing water for municipal purposes either directly or indirectly to more than 3,000 customers or supplying more than 3,000 acre-feet of water annually. An urban water supplier includes a supplier or contractor for water, regardless of the basis of right, which distributes or sells for ultimate resale to customers. This part applies only to water supplied from public water systems CWC (b) Every person that becomes an urban water supplier shall adopt an urban water management plan within one year after it has become an urban water supplier. CWC (a) Each urban water supplier shall update its plan at least once every five years on or before December 31, in years ending in five and zero, except as provided in subdivision (d). (d) Each urban water supplier shall update and submit its 2015 plan to the department by July 1, R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS In accordance with the CWC, urban water suppliers with 3,000 or more service connections or supplying 3,000 or more acre-feet of water per year are required to prepare an UWMP every five years. If an agency is under this defined threshold for the year that an UWMP is due, but meets this threshold before the next reporting cycle, the agency is required to adopt an UWMP within one year after meeting the reporting threshold. Water suppliers will provide a brief discussion of the applicability of CWC to their agency. 2-2 FINAL

91 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Public Water Systems CWC (a)(2) The plan, or amendments to the plan, submitted to the department shall include any standardized forms, tables, or displays specified by the department. CWC (a) The department, in consultation with the board, the California Bay-Delta Authority or its successor agency, the State Department of Public Health, and the Public Utilities Commission, shall develop a single standardized water use reporting form to meet the water use information needs of each agency, including the needs of urban water suppliers that elect to determine and report progress toward achieving targets on a regional basis as provided in subdivision (a) of Section (b) At a minimum, the form shall be developed to accommodate information sufficient to assess an urban water supplier s compliance with conservation targets pursuant to Section The form shall accommodate reporting by urban water suppliers on an individual or regional basis as provided in subdivision (a) of Section California Health and Safety Code (h) Public Water System means a system for the provision of water for human consumption through pipes or other constructed conveyances that has 15 or more service connections or regularly serves at least 25 individuals daily at least 60 days out of the year. R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Public Water Systems (PWSs) are the systems that provide drinking water for human consumption. These systems are regulated by the State Water Resources Control Board (Board), Division of Drinking Water. The California Health and Safety Code defines a Public Water System as shown in the text box above. 2-3 FINAL

92 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R RETAIL ONLY PWS data reported to the Board is used to determine whether or not a retail supplier has reached the UWMP reporting threshold of 3,000 or more connections or 3,000 acre-feet of water supplied. This is done by reviewing the number of connections and volume of water supplied by each PWS that is managed by the water supplier. Reporting the PWS(s) that are managed by a water agency demonstrates the basis of reporting, that is, if the agency is considered an urban water supplier for purposes of submitting an UWMP. W WHOLESALE ONLY Agencies that are exclusively or primarily wholesale water agencies are not required to provide PWS information. RECOMMENDED PWS information from wholesale suppliers is requested if available Agencies Serving Multiple Service Areas/Public Water Systems R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Many water suppliers within the State have more than one PWS. Such suppliers may determine regional groupings and reporting for these systems based on internal planning requirements, geographic distribution, and similarities between systems. Each PWS that exceeds the UWMP size threshold must either have an individual plan or be included in a multiple system plan. 2-4 FINAL

93 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL TABLES Table 2-1 Provide the names and numbers of each PWS (drinking water only) that is managed by the agency and reported in this UWMP. For Regional UWMPs (RUWMPs), agencies will use multiple versions of Table 2-1; one for each participating retail agency. R Table 2-1 Retail Only: Public Water Systems Public Water System Number Public Water System Name Number of Municipal Connections 2015 Volume of Water Supplied 2015 Up to 20 entries allowed. TOTAL 0 0 NOTES: 2.2 Regional Planning R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Before developing the UWMP, water agencies should consider the extent to which they will become involved in regional planning processes. Developing a cooperative 2015 UWMP may be a natural continuation of other regional coordination efforts, such as Integrated Regional Water Management, or may present an opportunity to begin regional collaboration. Regional planning can deliver mutually beneficial solutions to all agencies involved by reducing costs for the individual agency, assessing water resources at the appropriate geographic scale, and allowing for solutions that cross jurisdictional boundaries. Some of the other possible benefits, depending on the level of regional cooperation, can include: More reliable water supplies; Increased regional self-reliance; 2-5 FINAL

94 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R W Improved water quality; Better flood management; Increased economic stability; Restored and enhanced ecosystems; and Reduced conflict over resources. In support of regional UWMPs and regional water conservation targets, the UWMP portion of the CWC provides mechanisms for participating in area-wide, regional, watershed, or basin-wide urban water management planning. Section 2.3 and Appendix D of this Guidebook provide guidance to water suppliers for developing regional plans and for cooperative reporting of 2020 targets in a Regional Alliance. 2.3 Individual or Regional Planning and Compliance R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Before developing the UWMP, water suppliers should decide the level of regional coordination that they wish to engage in for the 2015 cycle of urban water management planning. Regional planning provides many benefits, including increasing regional self-reliance, reducing the need for imported water, and proper management of regional water assets. Good regional planning considers all interests and works across jurisdictional boundaries. Agencies may choose: Individual Reporting - An agency develops an UWMP that reports solely on its service area. The individual UWMP addresses all requirements of the CWC. The agency notifies and coordinates with appropriate regional agencies and constituents. Regional Reporting - Working with an Integrated Regional Water Management (IRWM) group, wholesaler, other retailers, or another regional entity, an agency becomes part of a regional group that may develop either a: 2-6 FINAL

95 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R W o RUWMP - A regional group develops a RUWMP that reports on their combined regional service area. The RUWMP must address all the requirements of the CWC, but the requirements of SB X7-7 may be addressed either by individual agencies or through a Regional Alliance or both (see section below). RUWMPs will submit data for multiple agencies, requiring duplication of many standardized tables. The supplier will need to copy the required tables and notate each of the copies with the name of the agency to which the table pertains. o Regional Alliance - A regional group develops a Regional Alliance that addresses only the requirements of the Water Conservation Act of 2009 (SB X7-7), that is, planning, reporting and complying as a Regional Alliance on 2015 and 2020 water use targets. This is done by completing the SB X7-7 Verification Form for a Regional Alliance, Option 1, 2, or 3. All other elements of the CWC must be addressed through either an individual or RUWMP. Water suppliers considering a Regional Alliance are strongly advised to read Methodology 9 of the Methodologies document for detailed guidance on how to proceed Regional UWMP CWC (d)(1) An urban water supplier may satisfy the requirements of this part by participation in area wide, regional, watershed, or basin wide urban water management planning where those plans will reduce preparation costs and contribute to the achievement of conservation and efficient water use. R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Water agencies may find it beneficial to collaborate with other water suppliers to develop a Regional UWMP (RUWMP or Regional Plan). The RUWMP must address all the requirements of the CWC. The requirements of SBX7-7 may be addressed either by individual agencies, through a Regional Alliance, or both. Some elements of the RUWMP, such as each agency s supply and demand information, must be reported on an individual agency-by-agency basis within the RUWMP. Providing the sum of the supplies and demands from each agency in order to report the regional supply and demand is not required, although it may be submitted. 2-7 FINAL

96 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R W Other elements in the RUWMP may be reported as an aggregate of all the agencies information, such as, a regional Water Shortage Contingency Plan that clearly includes the actions and regional reliance of all agencies in response to a water shortage. Each participating water supplier is required to adopt the RUWMP, and each adoption resolution must be submitted to DWR. If an agency participates in a RUWMP and also prepares its own individual UWMP, its governing board must adopt both the regional and individual Plans. R RETAIL ONLY Within the RUWMP, agencies may determine and report targets and baselines in one of two ways, either on a regional basis through a Regional Alliance (see Section 2.3.2), or by individual agency. 2-8 FINAL

97 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Regional Alliance CWC (a)(1) Urban retail water suppliers may elect to determine and report progress toward achieving these targets on an individual or regional basis as provided in subdivision (a) of Section CWC (a) An urban retail water supplier may meet its urban water use target within its retail service area, or through mutual agreement by any of the following: (1) Through an urban wholesale water supplier. (2) Through a regional agency authorized to plan and implement water conservation, including, but not limited to, an agency established under the Bay Area Water Supply and Conservation Agency Act (Division 31 (commencing with Section 81300)). (3) Through a regional water management group as defined in Section (4) By an integrated regional water management funding area. (5) By hydrologic region. (6) Through other appropriate geographic scales for which computation methods have been developed by the department. (b) A regional water management group, with the written consent of its member agencies, may undertake any or all planning, reporting, and implementation functions under this chapter for the member agencies that consent to those activities. Any data or reports shall provide information both for the regional water management group and separately for each consenting urban retail water supplier and urban wholesale water supplier. R RETAIL ONLY A group of water suppliers agreeing among themselves to plan, comply, and report as a region on the requirements of SB X7-7 is referred to as a Regional Alliance. Each Regional Alliance will develop its own set of Interim 2015 and 2020 Urban Water Use Targets. A Regional Alliance allows water suppliers to work toward cooperatively developing programs and meeting regional water conservation targets, but not necessarily submitting a Regional Plan. Being a member of a Regional Alliance does not take the place of submitting an UWMP or RUWMP. A Regional Alliance may either be a part of a RUWMP or may be a group of suppliers that submit a Regional Alliance report and individual UWMPs. 2-9 FINAL

98 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R Note that an individual supplier s compliance with an Interim 2015 Water Use Target will be assessed based upon how the individual retail water supplier performs relative to its individual target, or how the supplier s Regional Alliance performs as a whole in relation to its regional target. Detailed guidance for a Regional Alliance, including criteria for participating in a Regional Alliance, reporting requirements, calculation of regional targets, and compliance assessment, is found in Methodology 9 of the Methodologies document. TABLES Table 2-2 UWMP preparers must complete Table 2-2: Plan Identification. Each UWMP will have only one Table 2-2; this table will not be copied for multiple agencies within an RUWMP. R Table 2-2: Plan Identification (Select One) W Select Only One Type of Plan Name of RUWMP or Regional Alliance applicable drop down list if Individual UWMP Water Supplier is also a member of a RUWMP Water Supplier is also a member of a Regional Alliance Regional UWMP (RUWMP) NOTES: 2-10 FINAL

99 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL 2.4 Fiscal or Calendar Year and Units of Measure CWC (a)(1) Urban retail water suppliers may determine the targets on a fiscal year or calendar year basis Fiscal or Calendar Year R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS A water supplier may report on a fiscal year or calendar year basis, but must clearly state in the UWMP the type of year that is used for reporting. The type of year should remain consistent throughout the Plan. DWR prefers that agencies report on a calendar year basis in order to ensure UWMP data is consistent with data submitted in other reports to the State. However, DWR also understands that for some agencies fiscal year reporting ensures consistency with local, regional, and/or financial reports. The agency may report either calendar year or fiscal year data in the UWMP. For agencies that are reporting on a fiscal year basis: table columns labeled with particular years signify the end year of the fiscal year. For example, 2015 denotes the fiscal year The UWMP preparer will note the start day and month of the agency s fiscal year in Table Reporting Complete 2015 Data R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS 2015 UWMPs are required to include the water use and planning data for the entire calendar year of 2015, if an agency is reporting on a calendar year basis. If an agency is reporting on a fiscal year basis, it may complete its 2015 UWMP at the end of its fiscal year and include the water use and supply data for their fiscal year FINAL

100 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Units of Measure R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Water agencies use various units of measure when reporting water volumes, such as acre-feet (AF), million gallons (MG), or hundred cubic feet (CCF). Agencies may report volumes of water in any of these units, but must maintain consistency throughout the Plan. Report the units of measure that the water agency will be using to report water volume throughout the UWMP in Table 2-3. TABLES Table 2-3 Complete Table 2-3 with the name of the agency, type of agency, type of reporting year, and the units of measure. RUWMPs will use multiple versions of Table 2-3; one for each participating agency. R W Table 2-3: Agency Identification Type of Agency (select one or both) Agency is a wholesaler Agency is a retailer Fiscal or Calendar Year (select one) UWMP Tables Are in Calendar Years UWMP Tables Are in Fiscal Years If Using Fiscal Years Provide Date and Month that the Fiscal Year Begins (dd/mm) dd/mm Units of Measure Used in UWMP (select from Drop down) Unit NOTES: AF MG CCF 2-12 FINAL

101 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL 2.5 Coordination and Outreach CWC (j) An urban water supplier that relies upon a wholesale agency for a source of water shall provide the wholesale agency with water use projections from that agency for that source of water in five-year increments to 20 years or as far as data is available. The wholesale agency shall provide information to the urban water supplier for inclusion in the urban water supplier s plan that identifies and quantifies, to the extent practicable, the existing and planned sources of water as required by subdivision (b), available from the wholesale agency to the urban water supplier over the same five-year increments, and during various water-year types in accordance with subdivision (c). An urban water supplier may rely upon water supply information provided by the wholesale agency in fulfilling the plan informational requirements of subdivisions (b) and (c) Wholesale and Retail Coordination R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS When a water supplier relies upon a wholesale agency for a water supply, both suppliers are required to provide each other with information regarding projected water supply and demand, as described below. These projections should be consistent with each agency s supply and demand projections as reported in the appropriate tables of Chapter 4 and Chapter 6 of this Guidebook. R RETAIL ONLY Retail agencies that receive a water supply from one or more wholesalers are required to provide their wholesaler(s) with the retail agency s projected water demand from that source, in five-year increments for 20 years, or as far as data is available. W WHOLESALE ONLY Wholesale agencies are required to provide information to their customer urban water suppliers identifying and quantifying water supplies available to those agencies from the wholesaler, to the extent practicable. This information shall be projected in increments of five years, from 2015 through 2035 and for average, single, and multiple-dry years FINAL

102 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL TABLES Table 2-4 Complete Table 2-4: Water Supplier Information Exchange. RUWMPs will use multiple versions of Table 2-4; one for each participating agency. W Table 2-4 Wholesale: Water Supplier Information Exchange (select one) Supplier has informed more than 10 other water suppliers of water supplies available in accordance with CWC Completion of the table below is optional. If not completed include a list of the water suppliers that were informed. Water Supplier Name Provide page number for location of the list. Supplier has informed 10 or fewer other water suppliers of water supplies available in accordance with CWC Complete the table below. NOTES: Up to 10 entries allowed. R Table 2-4 Retail: Water Supplier Information Exchange The retail supplier has informed the following wholesale supplier(s) of projected water use in accordance with CWC Wholesale Water Supplier Name Up to 5 entries allowed. NOTES: 2-14 FINAL

103 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Coordination with Other Agencies and the Community CWC (d)(2) Each urban water supplier shall coordinate the preparation of its plan with other appropriate agencies in the area, including other water suppliers that share a common source, water management agencies, and relevant public agencies, to the extent practicable. CWC Each urban water supplier shall encourage the active involvement of diverse social, cultural, and economic elements of the population within the service area prior to and during the preparation of the plan... R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Water suppliers must coordinate the preparation of their UWMP with other appropriate agencies in the area, to the extent practicable. In order to verify that agencies have fulfilled the above CWC provisions, agencies are to include a description of their outreach and coordination activities to other agencies and the community, as described in CWC 10620(d)(2) and CWC RECOMMENDED UWMP preparers are strongly encouraged to solicit participation from other agencies responsible for developing related reports or planning documents such as General Plans, Water Master Plans, Groundwater Management Plans, or PWS reports. Such coordination ensures consistency in planning and reporting. The following is a non-comprehensive list of agencies and organizations with which the supplier may seek to coordinate: Public agencies; Cities and counties that are served by agency (REQUIRED); Local wastewater and/or stormwater entities; Regional boards/agencies; School districts; Economic development agencies; 2-15 FINAL

104 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R W Park districts; Councils of governments (e.g., COGs, CAGs, etc ); Water management organizations; Other urban water suppliers; Water agencies that share a common source; IRWM groups; Groundwater management entities; Watershed groups; Residential customers; Large commercial, industrial, institutional (CII) water users; Home owners associations (HOAs); Diverse elements of the population; Building industry; Native American tribes; Chambers of commerce; Environmental organizations; Civic organizations Notice to Cities and Counties CWC (b) Every urban water supplier required to prepare a plan pursuant to this part shall, at least 60 days before the public hearing on the plan required by Section 10642, notify any city or county within which the supplier provides water supplies that the urban water supplier will be reviewing the plan and considering amendments or changes to the plan FINAL

105 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS (See also Section ) CWC (b) requires that agencies notify cities and counties to which they serve water that the Plan is being updated and reviewed. The CWC specifies that this must be done at least 60 days prior to the public hearing. These notifications to cities and counties will be reported in Table 10-1 (See Chapter 10). RECOMMENDED DWR encourages water agencies to send this notification at the start of the UWMP process, well in advance of the required 60 days prior to the UWMP public hearing. The CWC only requires that the city or county be notified of the Plan update. However, water agencies are encouraged to include the UWMP revision schedule, contact information of the UWMP preparer, and the location where the UWMP can be viewed. Notification letters to cities and counties may be addressed to the City Manager, County Administrator, or to other local contacts as appropriate for the service area of the water supplier FINAL

106 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL This page left blank for two-sided printing 2-18 FINAL

107 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Chapter 3 System Description A thorough description of the water system and the service area provides information to the reader that can help in understanding various elements of water supply and demand. Chapter 3 provides guidance for describing the urban water supplier s system, including a description of the service area, climate, and projected population. It also provides additional guidance for other items which are not required but are recommended, such as the potential impacts of climate change. This chapter includes the following sections: 3.1 General Description 3.2 Service Area Boundary Map(s) 3.3 Service Area Climate 3.4 Service Area Population and Demographics 3-1 FINAL

108 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL 3.1 General Description CWC Section Describe the service area of the supplier. R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Provide a description of the service area of the supplier. RECOMMENDED Consider including a narrative description of the proportion of the area that is already built-out versus areas of future development. This will provide a clearer understanding of the extent of land use in the supplier s service area. Water suppliers are encouraged to include information on the organizational structure of the agency. This could include the agency s history, whether or not the agency is a public or private entity, a description of the agency s governance, and a history and description of any consolidations or annexations. Other documents, such as the General Plan or Water Master Plan, may provide greater detail on these topics. Rather than repeating this detailed information, agencies may summarize the relevant information and provide a reference to these documents. R RETAIL ONLY If there are any significant areas within the service area boundary that are NOT served by the water supplier, (e.g., an institution served exclusively by a private well) note this in the service area description. The population in any such unserved area will be excluded when calculating the population for purposes of SB X7-7 compliance (see Chapter 5). RECOMMENDED Agencies may provide an overview of the service area s significant water uses. For example, some agencies may have a large CII entity that accounts for a significant portion of water demand. Others may have high water use for landscape irrigation due to large residential lots and a particularly arid climate. 3-2 FINAL

109 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL 3.2 Service Area Boundary Maps R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Map Format Recommendations Water suppliers are encouraged to include service area boundary maps in the UWMP. RECOMMENDED Appropriate maps that are recommended for inclusion in the UWMP include: Potable Water Service Area The boundary encompassing the entire potable water service area of the suppler. This may include multiple public water systems; Public Water System(s) The boundary containing the distribution system(s) of the agency s Public Water System(s); Raw Water Distribution System The boundary containing the raw water distribution system, as applicable. Note that this does not include any recycled water system(s); Recycled Water System See Section for guidance on mapping of a recycled water system; Jurisdictional Boundary This boundary includes the potable and non-potable distribution system boundary(ies) and any additional areas that fall within the water suppliers jurisdiction; Service Area Changes If there have been changes to the service area from the beginning of the baseline period through 2015, agencies are encouraged to submit maps that display these changes. R RETAIL ONLY See Section 5.4 for guidance on the use of service area maps for estimating population for SB X FINAL

110 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Map Format Recommendations R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Recommendations for map formatting are below. RECOMMENDED DWR s preference is to obtain electronic service area boundary maps. Note that electronic boundary maps will be needed to use DWR s Population Tool (see Section ). Electronic maps can be created by using the California Environmental Health Tracking Program (CEHTP) found at Google Earth, or other tools. Other resources to obtain electronic maps include a Local Agency Formation Commission (LAFCO), a local Council of Governments, a regional wholesale water agency, a private consulting service, or a regional university. If an electronic, geospatial map layer (such as.shp, or KML file) of the service area map is submitted, agencies are encouraged to include the following metadata: Map projection; Contact information for the person that created the map; Start and end dates for which the map is valid; Constraints; Attribute table definitions; Digitizing base (e.g., USGS 7.5 minute quadrangle, or 1-meter resolution 2010 digital aerial photograph). 3-4 FINAL

111 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL 3.3 Service Area Climate CWC Section Describe the service area of the supplier, including climate R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Agencies are required to provide information that assists in understanding the area s climate and its possible impacts on water management. Agencies may report climate information in a narrative format, in tabular format (no standardized table is provided for this), or a combination of both. RECOMMENDED This description could include average reference evapotranspiration (ETo), temperature, precipitation patterns, as well as a description of any challenges associated with providing water in a particular climate. Climate information can be obtained from several sources: California Irrigation Management Information System (CIMIS) Western Regional Climate Information Center Weather stations in the service area National Oceanographic and Atmospheric Agency (NOAA) PRISM/SIMETAW If the water agency is reporting more than one service area in a UWMP, or a large service area with differences in climate, the agency may report the different climates separately, or may provide climate information that averages the climate of the entire service area. 3-5 FINAL

112 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Climate Change R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS The CWC does not require that UWMPs address climate change. However, scientists and water managers are beginning to observe the effects of climate change and identifying associated risks in water planning. RECOMMENDED Suppliers are encouraged to include a discussion of climate change in their UWMPs. DWR recommends that suppliers complete the IRWM Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment (see Appendix I) and include a narrative summary of relevant information such as Section IV Sea Level Rise, Section V Flooding, Section VI Ecosystem and Habitat Vulnerability, and/or Section VII Hydropower. The summary should include a discussion of any planned actions to address noted vulnerabilities from the climate change assessment. 3.4 Service Area Population and Demographics CWC Section Describe the service area of the supplier, including current and projected population The projected population estimates shall be based upon data from the state, regional, or local service agency population projections within the service area of the urban water supplier and shall be in five-year increments to 20 years or as far as data is available. 3-6 FINAL

113 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Provide current and projected population estimates for the service area in Table 3-1. The CWC does not require a specific methodology for projecting future populations, but it does require that the estimates of future population be based upon data from State, regional, or local service agency population projections. Include the source(s) used to estimate the population projections (2020, 2025 etc ). Suppliers must state their source of population data projections. If the agency does not use population projections directly from a standard source, (e.g., a general plan, or the local council of governments) but instead develops its own projections, the UWMP must describe how these projections were developed. RECOMMENDED Describe the proportion of the service area that is already built out versus the proportion that remains to be developed. This description is particularly useful for agencies that are fully built-out and expect a very low rate of population growth. R RETAIL ONLY Retail suppliers must report their 2015 population in two separate areas of the UWMP: Table 3-1: Population-Current and Projected, and SB X7-7 Table 3: Service Area Population. RECOMMENDED The population calculations for SB X7-7 Table 3 require the use of a specific methodology (Methodology 2 of the Methodologies document) whereas the population estimates for Table 3-1 have no such methodology. Because of the specific guidance provided for SB X7-7 Table 3, DWR recommends that the 2015 population calculated for SB X7-7 Table 3 be used to complete the 2015 population in Table FINAL

114 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL TABLES Table 3-1 Comple te Table 3-1: Population Current and Projected. RUWMPs will use multiple versions of Table 3-1; one for each participating agency. W Table 3-1 Wholesale: Population - Current and Projected Population Served (opt) NOTES: R Table 3-1 Retail: Population - Current and Projected Population Served (opt) NOTES: Other Demographic Factors CWC Describe the service area of the supplier, including... other demographic factors affecting the supplier s water management planning. R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Include a discussion of other demographic factors that may affect water management and planning. 3-8 FINAL

115 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R RETAIL ONLY If there are significant non-residential populations, such as seasonal populations based on vacation, agricultural, institutional, or commercial economies, provide a brief narrative describing this element of the population and how the agency s population estimates incorporated this element. RECOMMENDED Provide a description of the population density in the service area, such as a comparison of the number of single-family homes to multi-family homes, or large lots versus small lots. This can help explain unusually high or low water use. 3-9 FINAL

116 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL This page left blank for two-sided printing 3-10 FINAL

117 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Chapter 4 System Water Use This chapter provides guidance for describing and quantifying the agency s current water use and water use projections through the year 2035 to the extent that records are available. Accurately tracking and reporting current water demands allow a water supplier to properly analyze the use of their resources and conduct good resource planning. Estimating future demand as accurately as possible allows water agencies to manage their water supply and appropriately plan their infrastructure investments. Assessments of future growth and related water demand, done in coordination with local planning agencies, provide essential information for developing demand projections. Agencies are encouraged to coordinate and communicate with other planning agencies when developing demand projections. Agencies are encouraged to review Appendix K - Estimating Future Water Savings. This appendix provides an optional approach for including conservation savings in water use projections. Various factors, such as codes, standards, ordinances, or transportation and land use plans may significantly reduce water use over time. Appendix K provides a method for reflecting these future savings in projected water demand. It is also important to note that many planning agencies, whether local, regional, or statewide, rely upon water agencies current water demand reports and demand projections in order to manage water resources on a larger scale. For purposes of the UWMP, the terms water use and water demand will be used interchangeably. These terms will also be used to refer to all the demand sectors listed in Section 4.2. This chapter is divided into the following subsections: 4.1 Recycled versus Potable and Raw Water Demand 4.2 Water Uses by Sector 4.3 Distribution System Water Losses 4.4 Estimating Future Water Savings 4.5 Water Use for Lower Income Households 4.6 Climate Change (Optional) 4-1 FINAL

118 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL 4.1 Recycled versus Potable and Raw Water Demand R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS In order to clearly distinguish recycled from potable and raw water demand, guidance and suggested reporting for these demands is discussed separately in this Guidebook. Recycled water is addressed comprehensively in Section 6.5 of Chapter 6, but a summary of recycled water demand is included in Table 4-3. Chapter 4 addresses potable water demand and also provides for the reporting of raw water demand for the year Raw water use in 2015 is reported in Table 4-1, and will be denoted as raw water by using the column labeled Level of Treatment and selecting Raw Water from the drop down menu. 4.2 Water Uses by Sector CWC (e)(1) Quantify, to the extent records are available, past and current water use, over the same five-year increments described in subdivision (a), and projected water use, identifying the uses among water use sectors, including, but not necessarily limited to, all of the following uses: (A) Single-family residential. (B) Multifamily. (C) Commercial. (D) Industrial. (E) Institutional and governmental. (F) Landscape. (G) Sales to other agencies. (H) Saline water intrusion barriers, groundwater recharge, or conjunctive use, or any combination thereof. (I) Agricultural (2) The water use projections shall be in the same five-year increments described in subdivision (a). 4-2 FINAL

119 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Water agencies must include past, current, and projected water use in the UWMP in five-year increments. Water agencies are to make their determination of the reliability of their projected water supply(ies) based upon information that is reasonably available at the time the 2015 UWMP is prepared. Agencies will also identify the water use by sector to the extent that records are available. Suppliers are directed to use as many water demand sectors as are applicable to provide a better understanding of water use by the supplier. Suppliers are not required to enter a volume for each water sector listed, only those sectors that are used by the supplier and to the extent that records are available. The sectors listed below and in Tables 4-1 and 4-2 are the only sectors that will be accepted by the Water Use Efficiency (WUE) data online submittal tool. If there is a difference between the sectors used by the agency and the sectors listed in the sections below, agencies must report using the Other sector and provide a description of that water use. RECOMMENDED Include a narrative description of how demand projections are estimated. Agencies may reference any documents used to estimate projected demands. Appendix K provides a method for calculating expected savings from codes, standards, and land use planning (also known as passive savings ) in estimates of future water demand. Although inclusion of these expected passive savings is optional, water agencies are encouraged to read this guidance and use this approach. R RETAIL ONLY Some retail agencies also supply wholesale demands. If the retail supplier s wholesale demands do not exceed 3,000 AF/year, the supplier is not considered a wholesaler and is not required to complete the standardized tables for a wholesaler. This small volume of wholesale demand will be reported in the agency s retail Tables 4-1 and 4-2 using the appropriate water use sector. 4-3 FINAL

120 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL W WHOLESALE ONLY When reporting water uses uses/demands in Table 4-1 and Table 4-2, wholesalers will only report their direct uses. They will not report the uses of other agencies to which they provide water. For example, if a wholesaler sells water to a retailer, and the retailer uses that water for their industrial customers, the wholesaler is only required to report the sale to the other agency in Table 4-1 and Table 4-2. The retailer is responsible for reporting the uses of their water supply to the industrial customer in their own UWMP. RECOMMENDED Wholesale agencies may report on the entirety of water use within their service area by aggregating water demand reported from all suppliers in the service area. Aggregated reporting of all water use within a wholesalers service area is not required by the CWC and no standardized table is provided for compiled service area demand. Wholesale suppliers that report this aggregated service area demand may include a non-standardized table for this data in their UWMP Demand Sectors Listed in Water Code R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS For purposes of the 2015 UWMPs, the following definitions are used by DWR for each of the water sectors listed in the CWC. The order of the sectors follows the order found in the CWC. Each of these sectors, as well as those recommended in Section 4.2.2, are the only sectors that will be accepted by the WUE data online submittal tool. Sectors are listed in the order of the CWC Single-family residential A single-family dwelling unit. A lot with a free-standing building containing one dwelling unit that may include a detached secondary dwelling. This is a retail demand Multi-family Multiple dwelling units contained within one building or several buildings within one complex. This is a retail demand Commercial A water user that provides or distributes a product or service. CWC (d). This is a retail demand. 4-4 FINAL

121 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R W Industrial A water user that is primarily a manufacturer or processor of materials as defined by the North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) code sectors 31 to 33, inclusive, or an entity that is a water user primarily engaged in research and development. CWC (h). The following link is to the NAICS website: This is a retail demand Institutional (and governmental) A water user dedicated to public service. This type of user includes, among other users, higher education institutions, schools, courts, churches, hospitals, government facilities, and nonprofit research institutions. CWC (i). This is a retail demand Landscape Water connections supplying water solely for landscape irrigation. Such landscapes may be associated with multi-family, commercial, industrial, or institutional/governmental sites, but are considered a separate water use sector if the connection is solely for landscape irrigation. This is a retail demand Sales to other agencies Water sales made to another agency. Projected sales may be based on projected demand provided by the receiving agency. There is inherent uncertainty in future projections, therefore, any projected sales reported in the UWMP are for planning purposes only and are not considered a commitment on the part of the seller. This is a wholesale demand. Water agencies will determine whether their demands are considered sales, transfers, or exchanges; reporting in the UWMPs will reflect the agencies determination of these water demands. Some retail agencies also supply water to other agencies. This is considered a wholesale demand Conjunctive use A management strategy where surface water is managed in conjunction with an underground aquifer. For purposes of the UMWP, conjunctive use is seen as a management strategy rather than as a demand. Do not use the sector conjunctive use as a demand. The water demand would best be reported as groundwater recharge, or as Other. 4-5 FINAL

122 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R W Groundwater Recharge The managed and intentional replenishment of natural groundwater supplies using man-made conveyances such as infiltration basins or injection wells. Water used for groundwater banking or storage may also be reported using this sector. If all, or a portion of, the groundwater recharge water is subsequently pumped out of the basin in the same year, that water will be reported by the pumping agency as a supply from groundwater (Tables 6-1 and/or 6-8 and 6-9). This may be either a wholesale or retail demand Saline water intrusion barriers Injection of water into a fresh water aquifer to prevent the intrusion of salt water. This may be either a wholesale or retail demand Agricultural Water used for commercial agricultural irrigation. Note that water used for processing agricultural products (e.g., food, beverage, or textile manufacturing) may be considered industrial process water, rather than an agricultural water use. Industrial process water may be excluded from gross water use for SB X7-7 calculations, see section 5.5 of Chapter 5. To be classified as industrial process water, the water use must fall under Sector 31, 32, or 33 of the North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) code. This may be either a wholesale or retail demand Distribution System Losses Reporting of system losses is required by the CWC in the 2015 UWMPs. See Section 4.3 and Appendix L for details on the required methodology for calculating system losses. The CWC requires reporting losses for the most recent 12 months for which data is available, which can be taken to mean the calendar year or fiscal year used for data reporting throughout the rest of the UWMP. Report the losses for the most recent 12 months available in Table 4-1. If the reported water losses are for a 12 month period that is different from the calendar or fiscal year used for data reporting throughout the rest of the UWMP, the water supplier will state this in the UWMP. This is both a wholesale and a retail demand. 4-6 FINAL

123 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Demand Sectors in Addition to Those Listed in Water Code R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS RECOMMENDED The water demand sectors below are not specifically listed in, nor required by the CWC. They can, however, help some agencies account for the entirety of their demand. The water use in these sectors is to be reported as records are available Exchanges The agency will make a determination as to whether water sent to another agency is a sale, transfer, or exchange. This is a wholesale demand. Water exchanges are typically water delivered by one water user to another water user, with the receiving water user returning the water at a specified time or when the conditions of the parties agreement are met. Water exchanges can be strictly a return of water on a basis agreed upon by the participants or can include payment and the return of water. The water returned may or may not be an even exchange. Water can be returned on a one-for-one basis or by another arrangement (e.g., for each acre-foot (AF) of water received, 2 AF are returned). Some retail agencies provide exchange water to other agencies. This is considered a wholesale demand Surface Water Augmentation The planned placement of recycled water into a surface water reservoir that is used as a source of domestic drinking water supply. (Used in Chapter 6, Section 6.5 Recycled Water) Transfers The agency will make a determination as to whether water sent to another agency is a sale, transfer, or exchange. This is a wholesale demand. The CWC defines a water transfer as a temporary or long-term change in the point of diversion, place of use, or purpose of use due to a transfer, sale, lease, or exchange of water or water rights. 4-7 FINAL

124 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R W Transfers can be between water districts that are neighboring or across the State, provided there is a means to convey or store the water. A water transfer can be a temporary or permanent sale of water or a water right by the water right holder, a lease of the right to use water from the water right holder, or a sale or lease of a contractual right to water supply. Water transfers can also take the form of longterm contracts for the purpose of improving long-term supply reliability. Some retail agencies transfer water to other agencies. This is considered a wholesale demand Wetlands or Wildlife Habitat Water used for a managed environmental use to improve an environmental condition. This may be a wholesale or retail demand Other Any water demand that is not adequately described by the water sectors defined above. Examples include: The agency does not track, or may not project, water use by the individual sectors listed in sections 4.1 and 4.2. o An agency does not track actual water demand, and/or project water demand, by individual sectors. Such agencies will report their total demand in this category. Agencies are required to report water use by sector to the extent that records are available. o The supplier combines commercial, industrial, and institutional into one sector called CII. o An agency combines their single-family and multi-family sectors into one sector that they define as residential. Unbilled, authorized consumption, such as water used for firefighting, line flushing or other unbilled uses. When using the Other category as a water use sector, the agency is required to briefly describe the water uses reported in this category (i.e., firefighting). NOTE: Beginning with the 2015 UWMP cycle, system water losses are not to be reported in the Other category; system water losses are reported separately as Losses. (See Section ). 4-8 FINAL

125 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL TABLES RUWMPs will use multiple versions of Tables 4-1, 4-2, and 4-3; one for each participating agency. Table 4-1 Complete Table 4-1: Demands for Potable and Raw Water Actual. This table is used to report the actual water demands of the supplier for the year 2015 (fiscal or calendar). Table 4-2 Complete Table 4-2: Demands for Potable and Raw Water Projected. This table is used to report projected water demands through the year 2035 and may be used to report projected water use for Suppliers will complete this table using as many sectors as possible, given the extent of available records and data. Table 4-3 Total Water Demands. The online submittal tool and Excel version of this table will auto fill using data alread reported in Tables 4-1 (Potable and Raw Water - Actual), 4-2 (Potable and Raw Water Projected) and 6-4 (Recycled Water). W Table 4-1 Wholesale: Demands for Potable and Raw Water - Actual Use Type Drop down list May select each use multiple times These are the only use types that will be recognized by the WUE data online submittal tool Sales to other agencies Transfers to other agencies Exchanges to other agencies Groundwater recharge Saline water intrusion barrier Agricultural irrigation Wetlands or wildlife habitat Retail demand for use by agencies that are primarily wholesalers with a small volume of retail sales Losses Other NOTES: Additional Description (as needed) 2015 Actual Level of Treatment When Delivered Drop down list Drinking Water Raw Water TOTAL Volume FINAL

126 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R Table 4-1 Retail: Demands for Potable and Raw Water - Actual Use Type Drop down list May select each use multiple times These are the only Use Types that will be recognized by the WUEdata online submittal tool Additional Description (as needed) 2015 Actual Level of Treatment When Delivered Drop down list Volume Single Family Drinking Water Multi-Family Raw Water Commercial Industrial Institutional/Governmental Landscape Groundwater recharge Saline water intrusion barrier Agricultural irrigation Wetlands or wildlife habitat Sales/Transfers/Exchanges to other agencies Losses Other TOTAL 0 NOTES: W Table 4-2 Wholesale: Demands for Potable and Raw Water - Projected Use Type Drop down list May select each use multiple times These are the only Use Types that will be recognized by the WUEdata online submittal tool. Sales to other agencies Transfers to other agencies Exchanges to other agencies Groundwater recharge Saline water intrusion barrier Agricultural irrigation Wetlands or wildlife habitat Retail demand for use by agencies that are primarily wholesalers with a small volume of retail sales Losses Other Additional Description (as needed) TOTAL Projected Water Use Report To the Extent that Records are Available opt NOTES: 4-10 FINAL

127 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R W Table 4-3 Wholesale: Total Water Demands (opt) Potable and Raw Water From Tables 4-1 and 4-2 Recycled Water Demand* From Table TOTAL WATER DEMAND *Recycled water demand fields will be blank until Table 6-4 is complete. NOTES: R Table 4-3 Retail: Total Water Demands Potable and Raw Water Tables 4-1 and 4-2 Recycled Water Demand* Table 6-4 From From (opt) TOTAL WATER DEMAND *Recycled water demand fields will be blank until Table 6-4 is complete. NOTES: 4-11 FINAL

128 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL 4.3 Distribution System Water Losses CWC (e)(1) Quantify, to the extent records are available, past and current water use over the same five-year increments described in subdivision (a), and projected water use, identifying the uses among water use sectors, including, but not necessarily limited to, all of the following uses: (J) Distribution system water loss (3)(A) For the 2015 urban water management plan update, the distribution system water loss shall be quantified for the most recent 12-month period available. For all subsequent updates, the distribution system water loss shall be quantified for each of the five years preceding the plan update. (B) The distribution system water loss quantification shall be reported in accordance with a worksheet approved or developed by the department through a public process. The water loss quantification worksheet shall be based on the water system balance methodology developed by the American Water Works Association. R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Distribution system water losses (also known as real losses ) are the physical water losses from the water distribution system and the supplier s storage facilities, up to the point of customer consumption. Water suppliers are required to quantify their distribution system losses using the American Water Works Association Method. Guidance is found in Appendix L. An electronic copy of the audit in Excel format shall be submitted to DWR using DWR s online submittal tool. Projected water losses, reported in five year increments, shall also be included in the UWMP to the extent that records are available. Projected losses will be reported in Table 4-2. In the 2015 UWMPs water agencies must report their distribution system water loss for the most recent 12-month period available. This can be taken to mean the calendar year or fiscal year used for data reporting throughout the rest of the UWMP. This will be reported in Tables 4-1 and 4-4. In 2020, and subsequent UWMP reporting cycles, agencies will be required to report losses for each of the last five years (2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, and 2020). Note: This section on reporting water loss differs from the Demand Management Measures (DMMs) in Chapter 9. This section requires estimation of water loss, whereas, the DMM in Chapter 9 requires retail water agencies to discuss how they will address water loss and wholesale agencies manage system assets FINAL

129 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL TABLES Table 4-4 Complete Table 4-4: Water Loss Summary Most Recent 12 Month Period Available using the values calculated in the AWWA worksheet. RUWMPs will use multiple versions of Table 4-4; one for each participating agency. W Table 4-4 Wholesale: 12 Month Water Loss Audit Reporting Reporting Period Start Date (mm/yyyy) Volume of Water Loss* * Taken from the field "Water Losses" (a combination of apparent losses and real losses) from the AWWA worksheet. NOTES: R Table 4-4 Retail: 12 Month Water Loss Audit Reporting Reporting Period Start Date (mm/yyyy) Volume of Water Loss* * Taken from the field "Water Losses" (a combination of apparent losses and real losses) from the AWWA worksheet. NOTES: 4-13 FINAL

130 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL 4.4 Estimating Future Water Savings CWC (e)(4)(a) If available and applicable to an urban water supplier, water use projections may display and account for the water savings estimated to result from adopted codes, standards, ordinances, or transportation and land use plans identified by the urban water supplier, as applicable to the service area. (B) To the extent that an urban water supplier reports the information described in subparagraph (A), an urban water supplier shall do both of the following: (i) Provide citations of the various codes, standards, ordinances, or transportation and land use plans utilized in making the projections.(ii) Indicate the extent that the water use projections consider savings from codes, standards, ordinances, or transportation and land use plans. Water use projections that do not account for these water savings shall be noted of that fact. R RETAIL ONLY Water savings from codes, standards, ordinances, or transportation and land use plans are also known as passive savings. These various factors generally decrease the water use for new and future customers, compared to historical customers. Water agencies are required to state the extent to which passive savings are considered in these water use projections. This will be noted in Table 4-5. RECOMMENDED Suppliers that include estimates of future water savings in their demand projections shall cite the codes, standards, ordinances, or transportation and land use plans utilized in making these projections. See Table 4-5. Agencies are encouraged to review Appendix K Estimating Future Water Savings. This appendix provides an optional approach for including estimated water savings based on codes, standards, ordinances, or transportation and land use plans in their demand projections. Appendix K provides a method to reflect these future savings which may be incorporated into a supplier s demand projections FINAL

131 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL 4.5 Water Use for Lower Income Households CWC (a) The water use projections required by Section shall include projected water use for single-family and multifamily residential housing needed for lower income households, as defined in Section of the Health and Safety Code, as identified in the housing element of any city, county, or city and county in the service area of the supplier. California Health and Safety Code (a) Lower income households means persons and families whose income does not exceed the qualifying limits for lower income families In the event the federal standards are discontinued, the department shall, by regulation, establish income limits for lower income households for all geographic areas of the state at 80 percent of area median income, adjusted for family size and revised annually. R RETAIL ONLY Retail water agencies are required to include the projected water use for lower income households in projected water demands. A lower income household has an income below 80 percent of area median income, adjusted for family size. To address this requirement, suppliers will: Determine the number of lower income single-family and multi-family housing units projected for the service area, as identified in the housing elements of city or county General Plans; Estimate the projected water use for those lower income housing units. Verify that the expected water use for low income housing, as estimated above, was included in the projected water demands. Complete Table FINAL

132 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL TABLES Table 4-5 Complete Table 4-5: Inclusion in Water Use Projections. This table will indicate whether or not future water savings estimates and lower income household demands are included in water demand projections. RUWMPs will use multiple versions of Table 4-5; one for each participating agency. R Table 4-5 Retail Only: Inclusion in Water Use Projections Are Future Water Savings Included in Projections? (Refer to Appendix K of UWMP Guidebook) Drop down list (y/n) If "Yes" to above, state the section or page number, in the cell to the right, where citations of the codes, ordinances, etc utilized in demand projections are found. NOTES: Are Lower Income Residential Demands Included In Projections? Drop down list (y/n) 4.6 Climate Change R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Including a discussion of potential climate change impacts on an agency s water demand is optional. RECOMMENDED A discussion of potential climate change impacts can assist in providing a comprehensive look at the potential impacts on projected demand. For example, hotter and drier weather may lead to an increased demand in landscape irrigation. Water agencies are encouraged, but not required, to consider potential climate change impacts to their water demand. There is no required format for addressing climate change in an UWMP. DWR recommends that agencies complete the IRWM Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment (see Appendix I) and include a narrative in the water use chapter of the UWMP summarizing the results of the Water Demand section of the Assessment. Agencies may also attach a Vulnerability Assessment from an IRWM Plan, if available FINAL

133 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Chapter 5 SB X7-7 Baselines and Targets With the adoption of the Water Conservation Act of 2009, also known as the SB X7-7, (see Appendix B), the State is required to set a goal of reducing urban water use by 20 percent by the year Each retail urban water supplier must determine baseline water use during their baseline period and also target water use for the years 2015 and 2020 in order to help the State achieve the 20 percent reduction. In the 2015 Plan, water agencies must demonstrate compliance with their established water use target for the year This will also demonstrate whether or not the agency is currently on track to achieve its 2020 target. Compliance is verified by DWR s review of the SB X7-7 Verification Form submitted with an agency s 2015 UWMP. The SB X7-7 Verification Form is found in Appendix E and summarized in Tables 5-1 and 5-2 of this chapter. Baselines and targets are to be calculated for each retail urban water supplier. This may be done individually or regionally. Regional compliance with SB X7-7 is done via a Regional Alliance and is addressed in Section 5.9. This chapter of the Guidebook provides an overview and clarifying information regarding the requirements of the Water Conservation Act of Specific methodologies and calculations are detailed in Methodologies for Calculating Baseline and Compliance Urban Per Capita Water Use, DWR 2011, pending 2015 update. Agencies are strongly advised to read the Methodologies document. SB X7-7 Verification Form. Retail water agencies are required to complete the tables in the SB X7-7 verification form (Appendix E). Regional Alliances are also required to complete a version of the SB X7-7 Verification Form. Not all tables will be required for every agency, depending upon the agency s methods for determining their baselines and targets. Note that the tables in the SB X7-7 Verification Form are in addition to the 2015 UWMP tables that are found throughout the guidebook which are also compiled in Appendix E. All tables in the SB X7-7 Verification Form have the prefix SB X7-7, followed by the table number. Calculation of baselines and targets is a very important but highly technical portion of the UWMP. To address the non-technical audience, agencies may choose to include an overview that highlights the importance of these calculations, a reference to the Methodologies document (DWR 2011), and the agency s efforts to meet these targeted reductions. 5-1 FINAL

134 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL This chapter includes the following sections: 5.1 Guidance for Wholesale Agencies 5.2 Updating Calculations from 2010 UWMP 5.3 Baseline Periods 5.4 Service Area Population 5.5 Gross Water Use 5.6 Baseline Daily per Capita Water Use and 2020 Targets Compliance Daily per Capita Water Use 5.9 Regional Alliance 5-2 FINAL

135 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL GPCD Terminology When determining water use in a UWMP, two terms are often used interchangeably: Daily per Capita Water Use - the amount of water used per person per day. In the UWMP calculations, this is total water use within a service area, divided by population and is measured in gallons. Gallons per Capita per Day (GPCD) This is the Daily per Capita Water Use measured in gallons. Therefore, the term commonly used when referring to Daily per Capita Water Use is Gallons Per Capita per Day or GPCD. It may also be important to distinguish GPCD (as used in Urban Water Management Plans) from the R-GPCD that is used in drought reporting to the State Water Resources Control Board. GPCD is the total water use within a service area (residential, commercial, institutional, etc ) minus allowable exclusions, divided by the population. This is used in UWMPs for purposes of the Water Conservation Act of R-GPCD is solely the estimated residential water use in a service area divided by population. R-GPCD is used in drought reporting to SWRCB for purposes of complying with the Governor s drought declarations and executive orders in 2014 and 2015 (as of the publication of this Guidebook). 5-3 FINAL

136 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL 5.1 Guidance for Wholesale Agencies For purposes of identifying baselines and targets, the following definition applies: CWC (r) Urban wholesale water supplier means a water supplier, either publicly or privately owned, that provides more than 3,000 acre-feet of water annually at wholesale for potable municipal purposes. CWC Urban wholesale water suppliers shall include in the urban water management plans an assessment of their present and proposed future measures, programs, and policies to help achieve the water use reductions required by this part. W WHOLESALE ONLY Wholesale water suppliers are not required to establish and meet baseline and targets for daily per capita water use, nor are wholesalers required to complete the SB X7-7 Verification Form. However, wholesale agencies are required to provide an assessment of their present and proposed future measures, programs and policies that will help the retail water suppliers in their wholesale service area achieve their SB X7-7 water use reduction targets. RECOMMENDED Such measures could include, but are not limited to, water conservation programs funded or supported by the wholesaler and made available to the retailers, recycled water programs supported or implemented by the wholesaler in its service area, and various policies that may be adopted by the wholesaler to encourage demand reduction in its service area. Wholesale water suppliers may also participate in a Regional Alliance in a supportive role to assist the retail agencies in meeting their established targets. The retail suppliers are responsible for complying with the Alliance s regional target. See Section 5.9 for more on a Regional Alliance. 5-4 FINAL

137 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL 5.2 Updating Calculations from 2010 UWMP CWC (g) An urban retail water supplier may update its 2020 urban water use target in its 2015 urban water management plan required pursuant to Part 2.6 (commencing with Section 10610). Methodologies DWR 2011, Methodology 2 Service Area Population Page 27 - Water suppliers may revise population estimates for baseline years between 2000 and 2010 when 2010 census information becomes available. DWR will examine discrepancy between the actual population estimate and DOF s projections for 2010; if significant discrepancies are discovered, DWR may require some or all suppliers to update their baseline population estimates Update of Target Method R RETAIL ONLY In 2010 UWMPs, water agencies calculated a 2020 Urban Water Use Target through the use of a selected target method. In 2015 UWMPs, water agencies may update their 2020 Target and may make this calculation using a different target method than was used in (See Section for a discussion of the Target Methods) Required Use of 2010 U.S. Census Data R RETAIL ONLY After examining a sample of data from Department of Finance, DWR has determined that significant discrepancies exist between DOF s projected populations for 2010 (based on 2000 U.S. Census data) and actual population for 2010, based on 2010 U.S. Census data. The average difference between projected and actual was approximately 3 percent, but the difference for some cities was as high as 9 percent. Therefore, if an agency did not use 2010 Census data for their baseline population calculations in the 2010 UWMP (the full census data set was not available until 2012) DWR has determined that these agencies must recalculate their baseline population for the 2015 UWMPs using 2000 and 2010 Census data. This may affect the baseline and target GPCD values calculated in the 2010 UWMP, which must be modified accordingly in the 2015 UWMP. See section 5.4 for guidance on developing baseline population estimates. 5-5 FINAL

138 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL SB X7-7 Verification Form (Appendix E) R RETAIL ONLY All retail agencies, whether updating their baselines and targets from 2010, or calculating these for the first time in 2015 UWMPs, are required to submit the standardized tables in the SB X7-7 Verification Form (see Appendix E) with their 2015 UWMPs. These standardized tables were not available in 2010 and are required to demonstrate compliance with the Water Conservation Act of A Regional Alliance must report the information from this chapter in the SB X7-7 Verification Form for a Regional Alliance, Option 1, 2, or 3. This form may be included in a Regional UWMP. See Appendix D and Methodology 9 of the Methodologies document. The tables in the SB X7-7 Verification Form are distinguished from the other standardized tables in this guidebook by their name, which will always begin with SB X7-7, followed by the table number. 5.3 Baseline Periods CWC (e) An urban retail water supplier shall include in its urban water management plan due in the baseline daily per capita water use along with the bases for determining those estimates, including references to supporting data. (g) An urban retail water supplier may update its 2020 urban water use target in its 2015 urban water management plan required pursuant to Part 2.6 (commencing with Section 10610). R RETAIL ONLY In their 2015 UWMPs agencies may change the years they selected for their baseline periods as compared to their 2010 UWMPs. Agencies may choose to make this change based on changes to their calculated population (see Section 5.4) which may have affected the baseline and target GPCD values. Water use GPCD must be calculated and reported for two baseline periods, the 10- or 15- year baseline (Baseline GPCD) and the 5-year baseline (Target Confirmation). Whether an agency uses a 10 or 15 year baseline depends on the percentage of recycled water delivered in the year See Section for making this determination. 5-6 FINAL

139 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Determination of the Year Baseline Period (Baseline GPCD) CWC (b) Base daily per capita water use means any of the following: (1) The urban retail water supplier s estimate of its average gross water use, reported in gallons per capita per day and calculated over a continuous 10-year period ending no earlier than December 31, 2004, and no later than December 31, (2) For an urban retail water supplier that meets at least 10 percent of its 2008 measured retail water demand through recycled water that is delivered within the service area of an urban retail water supplier or its urban wholesale water supplier, the urban retail water supplier may extend the calculation described in paragraph (1) up to an additional five years to a maximum of a continuous 15-year period ending no earlier than December 31, 2004, and no later than December 31, R RETAIL ONLY Water suppliers must define a 10- to 15-year baseline period for water use and calculate the average water use, in GPCD, over that length of time. This is a 10- to 15-year continuous period ending between December 31, 2004 and December 31, To determine whether an agency must use a 10-year baseline period, or may use a baseline, the water supplier must determine whether or not recycled water was at least 10 percent of their total water deliveries in the year 2008: If the percentage of recycled water used in the year 2008 was at least 10 percent, the agency may use up to a 15-year baseline period. If data is not available for the entire 15 years, agencies may select a baseline period that is between 10 and 15 continuous years; If the percentage of recycled water used in the year 2008 was less than 10 percent, the water agency must use a 10-year baseline period. Recycled water deliveries of 2008 and the total water deliveries of 2008 will be entered into SB X7-7 Table 1. The table will calculate the percent of recycled water delivered in FINAL

140 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Determination of the 5-Year Baseline Period (Target Confirmation) CWC (b) (3) For the purposes of Section , the urban retail water supplier s estimate of its average gross water use, reported in gallons per capita per day and calculated over a continuous five-year period ending no earlier than December 31, 2007, and no later than December 31, R RETAIL ONLY Water suppliers must also calculate water use, in GPCD, for a 5-year baseline period. This will be used to confirm that the selected 2020 target meets the minimum water use reduction requirements (see Section Target Confirmation). This is a continuous 5-year period that ends no earlier than December 31, 2007 and no later than December 31, All retail agencies are required to complete SB X7-7 Table 1: Baseline Period Ranges. 5.4 Service Area Population CWC (e) An urban retail water supplier shall include in its urban water management plan due in 2010 the baseline per capita water use, along with the bases for determining those estimates, including references to supporting data. (f) When calculating per capita values for the purposes of this chapter, an urban retail water supplier shall determine population using federal, state, and local population reports and projections. CWC10644 (a)(2) The plan shall include any standardized forms, tables or displays specified by the department. R RETAIL ONLY In order to correctly calculate annual GPCD, agencies must determine the population that they served for each baseline year in both of the baseline periods and for the 2015 compliance year. If an agency did not use 2010 U.S. Census data for its baseline population calculations in the 2010 UWMP (the full census data set was not available until 2012) the agency must re-calculate its baseline population for the 2015 UWMPs using 2000 and 2010 Census data. This may affect the baseline and target GPCD values calculated in the 2010 UWMP, which must be modified accordingly in the 2015 UWMP. 5-8 FINAL

141 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Figure 5. 1 Flow Chart for Determining Service Area Population Is the service area substantially the same as the boundary of a city or a census designated place (CDP)? Yes, substantially the same as a City Yes, substantially the same as a CDP No Use population estimates directly from the Department of Finance (DOF) 1. For the census years (1990, 2000, 2010) Use population estimates directly from DOF. 2. For non-census years (including 2015) Use the Persons-per- Connection Method. Use the DWR Population Tool NOTE: The DWR Population Tool may be used by any agency OR Supplier may use another method based on US Census or DOF Data Pre-review by DWR recommended 5-9 FINAL

142 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Population Methodologies R RETAIL ONLY The methodology for estimating an agency s population is provided in Methodology 2 of the Methodologies document. Additional guidance on population methodologies is provided below. All suppliers may use the DWR Population Tool or a Persons-per-Connection calculation Department of Finance Cities. Agencies whose service area boundaries correspond by 95 percent or more with the boundaries of a city during the baseline period and the compliance year 2015 will be able to obtain population estimates from tables prepared by the Department of Finance (DOF). Census Designated Places. Agencies whose service area boundaries correspond by 95 percent or more with the boundaries of a census designated place (CDP) during census years will be able to obtain population estimates for those census years directly from tables prepared by the Department of Finance (DOF). Population for non-census years may be calculated using the Persons-per-Connection method. The DOF population tables can be found online at Persons-per-Connection This method is used to determine population estimates for the non-census years, including Water suppliers must already have population estimates for the census years in order to use this method. 1. For each census year that data is available, determine the number of persons-perconnection by dividing the total population by the number of service connections. 2. For non-census years in the baseline period, determine the persons-per-connection by interpolating between the census years. 3. For the year 2015, use the same persons-per-connection that was calculated for the year Determine the population for each non-census year by multiplying the number of service connections by the persons-per-connection for that year DWR Population Tool DWR anticipates the release of a free, online population tool in adequate time for 2015 UWMP preparation. Any agency may use the DWR population tool, but it is particularly useful for agencies whose service area boundaries do not match to a city or CDP and cannot use DOF population data. The tool will utilize US Census data and electronic maps of the agency s service area (the tool will provide instructions for developing electronic maps) to obtain population data for census years. Using the number of agency service connections, the tool will calculate the population for the non-census years FINAL

143 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R Other Population Methods Agencies may estimate their population using other methods developed in-house, by a wholesaler, Association of Governments, consultant, university, or other entity. However, DWR must determine that the alternate method complies with the requirements of Methodology 9 of the Methodologies document and is at least as accurate as the methods recommended by DWR. The agency must provide a description of the method that provides enough detail for DWR to make this evaluation. DWR recommends that the agency seek a pre-review from DWR to assess the adequacy of any proposed alternate population methodologies. TABLES All retail agencies are required to complete SB X7-7 Table 2: Method for Population Estimates and SB X7-7 Table 3: Service Area Population. 5.5 Gross Water Use CWC (g) Gross Water Use means the total volume of water, whether treated or untreated, entering the distribution system of an urban retail water supplier, excluding all of the following: (1) Recycled water that is delivered within the service area of an urban retail water supplier or its urban wholesale water supplier (2) The net volume of water that the urban retail water supplier places into long term storage (3) The volume of water the urban retail water supplier conveys for use by another urban water supplier (4) The volume of water delivered for agricultural use, except as otherwise provided in subdivision (f) of Section California Code of Regulations Title 23 Division 2 Chapter 5.1 Article Section 596 (a) An urban retail water supplier that has a substantial percentage of industrial water use in its service area is eligible to exclude the process water use of existing industrial water customers from the calculation of its gross water use to avoid a disproportionate burden on another customer sector FINAL

144 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R RETAIL ONLY Detailed guidance for gross water calculations is found in Methodology 1: Gross Water of the Methodologies document. Gross water use is a measure of water that enters the distribution system of the supplier over a 12-month period (either fiscal or calendar year) with certain allowable exclusions. These exclusions are: Recycled water delivered within the service area. Recycled water use has been excluded from all calculation of gross water, as reflected in the SB X7-7 Tables. Water suppliers are not required to report their recycled water use, nor demonstrate any reduction in recycled water use for purposes of SB X7-7; Indirect recycled water (see Methodology 1 from the Methodologies document, DWR 2011); Water placed into long term storage (surface or groundwater); Water conveyed to another urban supplier; Water delivered for agricultural use; Process water. Gross water use must be reported for each year in the baseline periods as well as 2015, the compliance year Gross Water Tables R RETAIL ONLY There are several tables from the SB X7-7 Verification Form that are related to gross water calculations. Agencies that will deduct indirect recycled water and/or process water from their gross water will complete additional tables, as found in the subsections below Indirect Recycled Water Use Deduction If the agency uses indirect recycled water and will deduct it from their gross water use, they must complete SB X7-7 Table 4-B: Indirect Recycled Water Use Deduction FINAL

145 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R Process Water Use Deduction The Process Water tables are not on the DWR online submittal tool, but can be found on the DWR website at Agencies that will be subtracting process water from their gross water use must submit additional tables SB X7-7 Table 4-C and one associated subtable (SB X7-7 Table 4-C.1, SB X7-7 Table 4-C.2, SB X7-7 Table 4-C.3, or SB X7-7 Table 4-C.4) as well as SB X7-7 Table 4-D. 5.6 Baseline Daily Per Capita Water Use R RETAIL ONLY The final step in baseline calculations is determining the daily per capita water use in each of the baseline years. All agencies must complete SB X7-7 Table 5 (Appendix E). Once population and gross water have been determined and entered into SB X7-7 Table 5, the GPCD for each baseline year will automatically be calculated in the table. Figure 5.2 Calculate Baseline GPCD Daily per Capita Water Use is reported in gallons and is referred to as Gallons per Capita per Day or GPCD. The GPCD is calculated for each year in the baseline periods and for the compliance year Annual Gross Water Use Annual Service Area Population Annual GPCD Baseline Years Year 1 GPCD Year 6 GPCD Year 2 GPCD Year 3 GPCD Year 4 GPCD Year 7 GPCD Year 8 GPCD Year 9 GPCD Calculate Average Baseline GPCD Year 5 GPCD Year 10 GPCD 5-13 FINAL

146 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL and 2020 Targets CWC (e) An urban retail water supplier shall include in its urban water management plan due in urban water use target, interim urban water use target, along with the bases for determining those estimates, including references to supporting data ( (e)). CWC (g) An urban retail water supplier may update its 2020 urban water use target in its 2015 urban water management plan R RETAIL ONLY A water supplier may select a different target method in its 2015 plan than it selected in its 2010 Plan. Once the 2015 Plan is submitted, the target method may not be changed in any amendments to the 2015 Plan or in the 2020 Plan FINAL

147 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Figure 5.3 Determine Targets A Flow Chart 2020 Target Target Method 1 20% Reduction Select a Target Method CHOOSE ONE Target Method 2 Efficiency Standards Target Method 3 Hydrologic Region Confirm that 2020 Target meets minimum reduction Target Method 4 Savings by Sector Confirmed 2020 Target 2015 Target year average baseline Section Target Confirmed 2020 Target MIDPOINT between year baseline and 2020 Target 5-15 FINAL

148 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Select and Apply a Target Method R RETAIL ONLY The water supplier has four different methods to choose from when determining the 2020 Urban Water Use Target. Identify which of the following four methods was used to determine the Urban Water Use Target. See CWC Section (b) in Appendix E and Methodologies document for details. All retail suppliers must complete SB X7-7 Table 7 to identify the target method that has been selected Target Method 1 80 percent of 10- to 15- Year Baseline GPCD CWC (b) (1) Calculate 80 percent of the base daily per capita water use. Agencies using Target Method 1 must complete SB X7-7 Table 7-A Target Method 2 Performance Standards CWC (b) (2) Tables for Target Method 2 are posted at The sum of the following three performance standards: Efficient Indoor Residential Use (Methodology 5: Indoor Residential Use) Landscape Water Use Equivalent to Model Ordinance (Methodology 6: Landscaped Area Water Use) 10% reduction in Commercial, Industrial, and Institutional (CII) Water Use from baseline CII use (Methodology 7: Baseline CII Water Use) Agencies using Target Method 2 must complete SB X7-7 Tables 7-B and 7-C Target Method 3 95 percent of Hydrologic Regional Target from the 20 x 2020 Water Convention Plan, State of California Agency Team, CWC (b) (3) Identify the hydrologic region where the water agency is located. Online tools are available at to help water suppliers identify their hydrologic region. If the water supplier s service area is within more than one hydrologic region, then proportionally calculate the 2020 urban water use target using the proportion that lies within each hydrologic region. Agencies using Target Method 3 must complete SB X7-7 Table 7-E FINAL

149 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R Target Method 4 Savings by Water Sector DWR Method 4 DWR was directed in CWC (b) (4) to develop a fourth Target Method to calculate 2020 water use targets. This method identifies water savings obtained through identified practices and subtracts them from the agency s baseline GPCD. Agencies that use Target Method 4 must use the procedures described in Provisional Method 4 for Determining Water Use Targets, DWR 2011, and include the worksheets from the Method 4 Calculator found on DWR s website in their 2015 UWMPs: Year Baseline 2020 Target Confirmation CWC Notwithstanding the method adopted by an urban retail water supplier pursuant to Section , an urban retail water supplier s per capita daily water use reduction shall be no less than 5 percent of base daily per capita water use as defined in paragraph (3) of subdivision (b) of Section This section does not apply to an urban retail water supplier with a base daily per capita water use at or below 100 gallons per capita per day. R RETAIL ONLY This step verifies that the 2020 water use target that has been calculated will reduce the agency s 2020 water use by a minimum of 5 percent from the 5-year baseline. This confirmation is automatically calculated in SB X7-7 Table 7. All retail suppliers are required to complete SB X7-7 Table 7-F: Confirm Target Calculate the 2015 Interim Urban Water Use Target R RETAIL ONLY The 2015 Interim Target is the value halfway between the 10- to 15-year Baseline GPCD (from SB X7-7 Table 5) and the confirmed 2020 Target (SB X7-7 Table 7). To determine the Interim 2015 Target, calculate the midpoint between the 10- to 15-year Baseline and the 2020 Target GPCD. Include the value of the Interim 2015 Target in the 2015 UWMP FINAL

150 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Baselines and Targets Summary R RETAIL ONLY The SB X7-7 verification tables (see Appendix E) must be submitted in the 2015 UMWPs in order to determine compliance with the Water Conservation Act of RECOMMENDED DWR recommends that the SB X7-7 Verification Form be submitted as an appendix to the UWMP. The summary information from the form will be reported in Table 5-1 and may be included in the body of the UWMP. TABLES Table 5-1 Complete Table 5-1: Baselines and Targets Summary. RUWMPs may either submit: One version of table 5-1 if complying as a Regional Alliance Multiple versions of Table 5-1; one for each participating agency Both R Table 5-1 Baselines and Targets Summary Regional Alliance Only Baseline Period year 5 Year Start Year From SB X7-7 Table 1 From SB X7-7 Table 1 End Year From SB X7-7 Table 1 From SB X7-7 Table 1 Average Baseline GPCD* From SB X7-7 Table 5 From SB X7-7 Table 5 *All values are in Gallons per Capita per Day (GPCD) NOTES: 2015 Interim Target * From SB X7-7 Table 8 Retail Agency or Confirmed 2020 Target* SB X7-7 Table 7-F 5-18 FINAL

151 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Compliance Daily per Capita Water Use (GPCD) CWC (e) Compliance daily per-capita water use means the gross water use during the final year of the reporting period CWC (a) Each urban retail water supplier shall meet its interim urban water use target by December 31, CWC (e) An urban retail water supplier shall include in its urban water management plan due in compliance daily per capita water use, along with the bases for determining those estimates, including references to supporting data Meeting the 2015 Target R RETAIL ONLY Criteria and methods for determining compliance with the 2015 Interim Target are detailed in Methodology 4 of the Methodologies document. Water suppliers must calculate their actual 2015 water use ( fiscal or 2015 calendar year) to determine whether or not they have met their per capita 2015 target water use and to assess their progress toward meeting their 2020 target water use. All retail suppliers are required to complete SB X7-7 Table 9: 2015 Compliance Adjustments to 2015 Gross Water Use CWC (d)(1) When determining compliance daily per capita water use, an urban retail water supplier may consider the following factors: (A) Differences in evapotranspiration and rainfall in the baseline period compared to the compliance reporting period. (B) Substantial changes to commercial or industrial water use resulting from increased business output and economic development that have occurred during the reporting period. (C) Substantial changes to institutional water use resulting from fire suppression services or other extraordinary events, or from new or expanded operations, that have occurred during the reporting period. (2) If the urban retail water supplier elects to adjust its estimate of compliance daily per capita water use due to one or more of the factors described in paragraph (1), it shall provide the basis for, and data supporting, the adjustment in the report required by Section Methodologies for Calculating Baseline and Compliance Urban Per Capita Water Use, Methodology 4 This section discusses adjustments to compliance-year GPCD because of changes in distribution area caused by mergers, annexation, and other scenarios that occur between the baseline and compliance years FINAL

152 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R RETAIL ONLY In 2015 (and 2020) there are several allowable adjustments that can be made to an agency s gross water use. These are detailed in the Methodologies document (Methodology 8: Criteria for Adjustment to Compliance Daily Per capita Water Use, and Methodology 4: Compliance Daily Per Capita Water Use). In case of a change in the service area from the baseline period to the compliance year, as discussed in Methodology 4 of the Methodologies document, water suppliers must provide adequate documentation of their calculations for DWR review. This may require multiples of some tables in the SB X7-7 Verification Form, or additional tables if using weighted averages. DWR recognizes that this may not be compatible with the WUEdata upload tool for UWMPs and will accept these additional tables as an attachment to the UWMP. In the UWMP, discuss the agency s progress toward meeting its 2020 water use target. 5.9 Regional Alliance R RETAIL ONLY Agencies that are choosing to comply with SB X7-7 requirements through a Regional Alliance must report the information from this chapter in the Regional Alliance Report. The report will include the SB X7-7 Verification Form for a Regional Alliance, Option 1, 2, or 3. DWR recognizes that the SB X7-7 Verification Form for a Regional Alliance is not compatible with the WUEdata upload tool and will accept these tables as an attachment in WUEdata, rather than as entries into the WUEdata tables. This report may be included in a Regional UWMP. See Appendix D, E, and Methodology 9 of Methodologies. TABLES Table 5-2 Complete Table 5-2: 2015 Compliance. RUWMPs may either submit: One version of Table 5-2 if complying as a Regional Alliance Multiple versions of Table 5-2; one for each participating agency Both 5-20 FINAL

153 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R Table 5-2: 2015 Compliance Retail Agency or Regional Alliance Only* Optional Adjustments to 2015 GPCD Enter "0" for adjustments not used From Methodology 8 Did Supplier Achieve Targeted Reduction for 2015? Y/N Final 2015 GPCD 2015 Interim Target GPCD 2015 Actual GPCD Adjusted 2015 GPCD TOTAL Adjustments Weather Normalization Economic Adjustment Extraordinary Events *All values are in Gallons per Capita per Day (GPCD) NOTES: 5-21 FINAL

154 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL This page left blank for two-sided printing 5-22 FINAL

155 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Chapter 6 System Supplies This chapter provides guidance for describing and quantifying the sources of water available to the urban water supplier, including supplies from other agencies, surface water, groundwater, recycled water, desalinated water, transfers and exchanges, and any other source water the supplier considers part of its supply portfolio. For each water source, provide a narrative description that may include a discussion of the origin of the water supply, water quality, or quantity issues. Agencies will also include any actions or projects that are anticipated to meet future water demands. Water volumes presented in Chapter 6 must reflect expectations for average year conditions. Discussion of supply reliability is discussed in Chapter 7, and water shortage contingency planning is discussed in Chapter 8. The UWMP preparer may choose to present portions of the water supplies derived from alternative or nontraditional sources (recycled water, stormwater, graywater, or desalinated water) in separate sections of the Plan. This may be preferable for the UWMP preparer, especially if the alternate water supply system is complex or involves detailed discussion. If some water supplies are discussed separately, summary information must be included in the water supply overview at the end of the water supply chapter. This chapter covers the following topics: 6.1 Purchased or Imported Water 6.2 Groundwater 6.3 Surface Water 6.4 Stormwater 6.5 Wastewater and Recycled Water 6.6 Desalinated Water Opportunities 6.7 Exchanges or Transfers 6.8 Future Water Projects 6.9 Summary of Existing and Planned Sources of Water 6.10 Climate Change Impacts to Supply (Optional) 6-1 FINAL

156 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL 6.1 Purchased or Imported Water R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Urban water suppliers may import or purchase water from other water suppliers or other entities. Agencies will make their own determination as to whether a water supply is purchased, imported, transferred, or exchanged. Agencies may provide a narrative description of their purchased water supplies. Provide the volumes of purchased or imported water in Table 6-8 Water Supplies Actual and Table 6-9: Water Supplies Projected. If an agency has more than one source of purchased or imported water, add additional rows to the tables. 6.2 Groundwater R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Only an agency that pumps groundwater, or expects to pump groundwater, must address the requirements in this section. An agency that uses groundwater pumped by another agency must report this as a purchased or imported supply from another agency. Groundwater UWMP reporting requirements apply to any groundwater an agency pumps, including alluvial groundwater basins, fractured volcanics, and bedrock. The UWMP must provide an overview of the groundwater resource, the agency s reliance on the groundwater source, any groundwater management framework or strategies, and include, or provide links to, documents that have been developed specifically for groundwater management. Groundwater management requirements are covered in detail in Section 10750, et seq., of the CWC and more information can be found at the DWR Groundwater Information Center website at Changes to groundwater management under the Sustainable Groundwater Management Act (SGMA) are beginning to be implemented. Several of the activities, including adoption of regulations for Groundwater Sustainability Plans, are not expected to be finalized until June 30, 2016, which is when the 2015 UWMPs are due to DWR (July 1, 2016). Therefore, new requirements for groundwater management under SGMA will not apply to the 2015 UWMPs. 6-2 FINAL

157 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R W RECOMMENDED The groundwater portion of a Plan is best prepared by summarizing information from other professionally prepared documents, including those prepared by federal, State, or local agencies, or the water supplier. Documents used as references to summarize the hydrogeologic conditions may be cited and included as either an appendix or a link to its web location Basin Description CWC (b) If groundwater is identified as an existing or planned source of water available to the supplier, all of the following information shall be included in the plan: (2) A description of any groundwater basin or basins from which the urban water supplier pumps groundwater. R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS The UWMP must include a description of the basin or basins used by the supplier. A description of the agency s source groundwater basin(s) includes the basin and sub-basin name(s). If the agency pumps from an alluvial groundwater basin, the agency must include the name of the basin and subbasin as identified in DWR Bulletin 118. If the agency pumps groundwater from fractured rock or volcanics, the agency only needs to indicate that the source is fractured bedrock or volcanics. If an agency needs additional guidance identifying the groundwater basin, they may contact DWR staff in the respective Regional Office. See Section 1.8 for DWR contact information. RECOMMENDED A thorough basin description may include a map of the basin, a list of other known users of the basin, and a discussion of any known issues, including changes in groundwater levels, water quality issues, yield, subsidence, or any information which may impact present or future use of groundwater. DWR Bulletin 118, California s Groundwater (available from may be used to provide background and general information for describing the basin(s) if more current information is not available. 6-3 FINAL

158 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Groundwater Management CWC (b)...if groundwater is identified as an existing or planned source of water available to the supplier, all of the following information shall be included in the plan: (1) A copy of any groundwater management plan adopted by the urban water supplier or any other specific authorization for groundwater management. (2) For basins that a court or the board has adjudicated the rights to pump groundwater, a copy of the order or decree adopted by the court or the board and a description of the amount of groundwater the urban water supplier has the legal right to pump under the order or decree. R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS An adopted groundwater management plan or final judgement for an adjudicated basin must be included in the UWMP, if one exists. This may be done by either including the document as an appendix to the UWMP or providing a website link to the location of the document. If a groundwater management plan has not been adopted, include a brief discussion of the status of current or planned groundwater management actions occurring within the groundwater basin, if any. Groundwater management actions include groundwater level and water quality monitoring, metering or measuring groundwater pumping, groundwater recharge, conjunctive use programs, water conservation, subsidence monitoring, and use of alternative water supplies. RECOMMENDED Water agencies are encouraged to include a brief summary in the UWMP of the groundwater management plan and/or the basin adjudication, if either of these applies to the groundwater source. As part of the groundwater basin management discussion, the UWMP may include a discussion of any activities occurring in the basin(s) pertaining to the California Statewide Groundwater Elevation Monitoring Program (CASGEM). These include groundwater monitoring activities and the respective Basin Prioritization ranking. The basin prioritization results are posted at Although specific SGMA regulations may still be under development, discussion of current or planned activities to meet anticipated SGMA requirements may be included in a 2015 UWMP. 6-4 FINAL

159 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Overdraft Conditions CWC (b)(2) For basins that have not been adjudicated, (provide) information as to whether the department has identified the basin or basins as overdrafted or has projected that the basin will become overdrafted if present management conditions continue, in the most current official departmental bulletin that characterizes the condition of the groundwater basin, and a detailed description of the efforts being undertaken by the urban water supplier to eliminate the long-term overdraft condition. R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Agencies that draw water from a groundwater basin that is not adjudicated are to provide, in the UWMP, a discussion of DWR s current assessment of critically overdrafted basins. As of the publication of this guidebook, DWR s most current assessment of critically overdrafted basins is in Bulletin 118. Agencies with groundwater supplies should refer to for the current status of DWR s review of overdrafted basins and Bulletin 118. These agencies must also include a detailed description of their efforts to eliminate long-term overdraft conditions. 6-5 FINAL

160 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Historical Groundwater Pumping CWC (b)...if groundwater is identified as an existing or planned source of water available to the supplier, all of the following information shall be included in the plan: (3) A detailed description and analysis of the location, amount, and sufficiency of groundwater pumped by the urban water supplier for the past five years. The description and analysis shall be based on information that is reasonably available, including, but not limited to, historic use records. R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Water agencies that have pumped groundwater at any time during the years are required to complete Table 6-1 with the volume of water pumped from each source for each year within that time period. This reporting will be based on information that is reasonably available. Water agencies are also required to discuss the sufficiency of groundwater pumped for the last five years. This may be addressed by describing any limitations or challenges, if any, such as brackish water, or a dropping water table, which were encountered in obtaining groundwater during this time. 6-6 FINAL

161 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL TABLES Table 6-1 Actual groundwater volumes pumped in the last five years must be reported in Table 6-1: Groundwater Volume Pumped. RUWMPs will use multiple versions of Table 6-1; one for each participating agency. W Table 6-1 Wholesale: Groundwater Volume Pumped Supplier does not pump goundwater. The supplier will not complete the table below. Groundwater Type Drop Down List May use each category multiple times Location or Basin Name Alluvial Basin Fractured Rock TOTAL NOTES: R Table 6-1 Retail: Groundwater Volume Pumped Supplier does not pump goundwater. The supplier will not complete the table below. Groundwater Type Drop Down List May use each category multiple times Location or Basin Name Alluvial Basin Fractured Rock TOTAL NOTES: 6-7 FINAL

162 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL 6.3 Surface Water R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Water drawn from streams, lakes, and reservoirs is considered a surface water supply. If a water agency uses, or plans to use, self-supplied surface water as part of its water supply, the volume of that supply will be reported in Table 6-8: Water Supplies Actual and Table 6-9: Water Supplies - Projected. Surface water that is not self-supplied, such as purchases from a wholesaler, transfers, or exchanges, will be reported as Purchased or Imported Water in Tables 6-8 and 6-9. If an agency has more than one source of surface water, use additional rows in the table. RECOMMENDED The agency may choose to describe the surface water system in the UWMP. Such a description may include maps, an overview of the water conveyance system(s), the name of the surface water source (i.e., name of stream and/or reservoir), a brief description of the watershed that supplies the source, and a discussion of water rights to that source. The water agency may also include the name(s) of any agency(ies) responsible for management of the water source and include a link or appendix of any management plans for the surface water source, if any. 6.4 Stormwater R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Communities are increasingly implementing opportunities to beneficially use stormwater to meet local water supply demands. These actions are motivated by constrained local water resources, new regulations, and relieving strain on overburdened stormwater infrastructure. If stormwater is being intentionally diverted for beneficial reuse, that volume of stormwater can be reported as a water source in Table 6-8: Water supplies Actual, and Table 6-9: Water supplies - Projected. (See Section 6.9). Beneficial reuses include blending with other water supplies for groundwater recharge, redirecting it into constructed wetlands or landscaping, and diverting it to a treatment facility for subsequent reuse. RECOMMENDED DWR recommends that the UWMP preparer provide a narrative description of the stormwater recovery system, if any. 6-8 FINAL

163 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL 6.5 Wastewater and Recycled Water R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Municipal recycled water is municipal wastewater that has been treated to a specified quality to enable it to be used again for a beneficial purpose. The term recycled water is defined in the CWC more broadly than municipal recycled water. For purposes of the UWMPs, recycled water means only municipal recycled water, that is, water that has been treated and discharged from a municipal wastewater facility. There are two requirements treated municipal wastewater must meet to be classified as recycled water. It must be reused: Beneficially, in a manner consistent with Title 22; In accordance with a Regional Water Quality Control Board (RWQCB) permit such as National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES), waste discharge requirement (WDR), or water recycling requirement (WRR). Both recycled water supplies and uses are presented in this section, which combines aspects of both Chapter 4 (System Water Uses) and Chapter 6 (System Supplies). Because recycled water is primarily maintained separately from the potable system, DWR prefers that agencies address both aspects of recycled water within one portion of an UWMP, which could be in Chapter 6 or a separate UWMP chapter. There have been no legislative changes to the CWC regarding recycled water since the preparation of the 2010 UWMPs. However, because of challenges with some recycled water data reporting in 2010, changes to the recycled water tables have been made to improve data reporting in the 2015 UWMPs. Columns have been added to provide additional clarification, such as the level of treatment to support assessment of the potential use of the water for water supply benefit. Some of the additional information is optional and is marked as such. The additional information will improve and support consistency in how UWMPs quantify recycled water and facilitate use of the data provided in the UWMPs. Appendix M is included in the 2015 Guidebook to clarify uncertainty and variability in how recycled water is to be reported in 2015 UWMPs. Topics in Appendix M include: What is considered recycled water? What are beneficial uses of recycled water? How is recycled water accounted for in the UWMP if multiple agencies are involved in the collection, treatment, and distribution of recycled water? 6-9 FINAL

164 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R W Water suppliers are advised to review Appendix M before completing the recycled water section of the UWMP. Appendix M also includes comprehensive guidance for how best to complete the wastewater and recycled water tables (Tables 6-2 through 6-6). DWR and the SWRCB are cooperatively completing a statewide survey of 2015 recycled water use. For water suppliers with recycled water in their water supply portfolios, it is DWR s objective that there is consistency between the data compiled for the survey and the data reported in the UWMPs. Please see Appendix M for additional discussion of the survey. If there are additional questions during preparation of UWMP, please contact Toni Pezzetti at (916) or toni.pezzett@water.ca.gov. The following sections are recommended for presenting recycled water information in an UWMP. They do not have to be labeled as 6.5.1, 6.5.2, etc., but the organization is provided as a reference both for the Guidebook and as potential UWMP sections. R RETAIL ONLY Retail UWMPs are to include a discussion of wastewater and recycled water in the UWMP as follows: If recycled water is currently or planned to be used in the service area of the UWMP: Address parts through (described below). Complete Tables 6-2 to 6-6. If recycled water is not used and there are no plans for use within the planning horizon of the UWMP: Address parts 6.5.1, 6.5.2, and (described below). Complete Table 6-2, 6-3, and FINAL

165 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL W WHOLESALE ONLY A wholesale UWMP is not required to summarize wastewater generation or treatment within its service area, unless it provides supplemental treatment to recycled water prior to its distribution. Each wholesale UWMP preparer is to address recycled water as follows: If recycled water is currently or planned to be used in the service area of a wholesale supplier: Describe how recycled water is or will be used within the service area; If not directly involved with the treatment or distribution of recycled water, provide a list of the wholesale and retail recycled water agencies; If any supplemental treatment is provided by the wholesale UWMP preparer, complete Table 6-3 for the supplemental treatment only; If recycled water is treated or distributed by the wholesale UWMP preparer, complete Tables 6-4. If recycled water is not used and there are no plans for use within the planning horizon of the UWMP, provide a summary statement to that effect Recycled Water Coordination CWC The plan shall provide, to the extent available, information on recycled water and its potential for use as a water source in the service area of the urban water supplier. The preparation of the plan shall be coordinated with local water, wastewater, groundwater, and planning agencies that operate within the supplier s service area. R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS To the extent available, each UWMP preparer is to: Coordinate with any wastewater facility or agency that collects or treats wastewater within the urban water supplier s service area regarding the quality and availability of wastewater for beneficial reuse. In addition, other water supply and planning agencies should be contacted regarding the existing and potential availability and uses of recycled water. These discussions can occur within the framework of an IRWM or other local and regional planning organization. Each of the types of organizations identified in the CWC should also be contacted. Identify in a bulleted list or similar format the agencies collecting, treating, or discharging municipal wastewater both generated and treated within the service area, and indicate their roles FINAL

166 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Wastewater Collection, Treatment, and Disposal CWC (a) (Describe) the wastewater collection and treatment systems in the supplier s service area, including a quantification of the amount of wastewater collected and treated and the methods of wastewater disposal. CWC (b) (Describe) the quantity of treated wastewater that meets recycled water standards, is being discharged, and is otherwise available for use in a recycled water project. R RETAIL ONLY Wastewater Collected Within Service Area This section summarizes collection and treatment of wastewater generated within the service area. Describe how the agencies identified in Section interact to collect wastewater within the service area, including any joint ventures or joint operations. For example, one agency collects wastewater and delivers it to another agency that operates the treatment facility. Provide a general description of wastewater collection, treatment, and disposal within the service area FINAL

167 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL TABLES Table 6-2 RUWMPs will use multiple versions of Table 6-2; one for each participaint agency. This table summarizes information on collection of wastewater within the service area. It is to be completed for each retail supplier, for all wastewater COLLECTED within the UWMP area, to the extent that information is available, whether recycled water is used within the service area or not. To complete Table 6-2: Contact the owners and operators of each agency that collects or treats wastewater in the supplier s service area regarding the volume of wastewater collected within the service area, to the best of the UWMP preparer s ability. Identify the facility that treated the collected wastewater; If wastewater generated from outside the service area is treated within the service area, indicate that. RECOMMENDED Table 6-2 Estimate, to the best of the UWMP preparer s ability, the percentage of the service area and the population percentage served by the wastewater collection system; Indicate if a third-party organization operates a facility under contract (yes or no) FINAL

168 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Is WWTP Located Within UWMP Area? Drop Down List Treatment Plant Name Name of Wastewater Treatment Agency Receiving Collected Wastewater Is WWTP Operation Contracted to a Third Party? (optional) Drop Down List Table 6-2 Retail: Wastewater Collected Within Service Area in 2015 There is no wastewater collection system. The supplier will not complete the table below. Percentage of 2015 service area covered by wastewater collection system (optional) Percentage of 2015 service area population covered by wastewater collection system (optional) Recipient of Collected Wastewater Wastewater Collection Volume of Wastewater Collected from UWMP Service Area 2015 Wastewater Volume Metered or Estimated? Drop Down List Name of Wastewater Collection Agency Add additional rows as needed Yes No Yes No R Metered Estimated 0 Total Wastewater Collected from Service Area in 2015: NOTES: 6-14 FINAL

169 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Wastewater Treatment and Discharge Within Service Area Table 6-3 identifies the volume of treated wastewater either recycled or disposed of within the service area. This may include wastewater that originated from outside the water supplier s area. Complete Table 6-3, to the extent that information is available. This table is to be completed by retailers for all wastewater TREATED OR DISPOSED within the UWMP area. If neither occurs, the table does not have to be completed. If a wholesale supplier provides additional treatment to recycled water, then it is to complete Table 6-3 only for the water receiving supplemental treatment. R RETAIL ONLY If wastewater is not treated or disposed within the service area, Table 6-3 does not need to be completed. Instead, provide in the narrative a brief discussion of the disposal and/or recycling of treated wastewater at the facility that receives the service area wastewater. W WHOLESALE ONLY Complete Table 6-3 only if the wholesale agency provides additional treatment FINAL

170 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL TABLES Table 6-3 Complete Table 6-3 Wastewater Treatment and Discharge Within Service Area RUWMPs will use multiple versions of Table 6-3; one for each participating agency. W Table 6-3 Wholesale: Wastewater Treatment and Discharge Within Service Area in 2015 Wholesale supplier neither distributes nor provides supplemental treatment to recycled water. The supplier will not complete the table below volumes Recycled Outside of Service Area Recycled Within Service Area Discharged Treated Wastewater Treatment Level Method of Disposal Wastewater Treated Drop down list Does This Plant Treat Wastewater Generated Outside the Service Area? Wastewater Discharge ID Number (optional) Discharge Location Description Discharge Location Name or Identifier Wastewater Treatment Plant Name Drop down list Add additional rows as needed Secondary, Undisinfected Secondary, Disinfected - 23 Secondary, Disinfected Tertiary Advanced Total Ocean outfall River or creek outfall Bay or estuary outfall Lake outfall Wetlands Subsurface infiltration gallery Land disposal Percolation ponds Deep injection well Other NOTES: 6-16 FINAL

171 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Wastewater Treated Discharged Treated Wastewater Table 6-3 Retail: Wastewater Treatment and Discharge Within Service Area in 2015 Does This Plant Treat Wastewater Generated Outside the Service Area? Method of Disposal Discharge Location Description Drop down list Wastewater Discharge ID Number (optional) Discharge Location Name or Identifier 2015 volumes Treatment Level Drop down list Recycled Within Service Area Recycled Outside of Service Area Secondary, Undisinfected Secondary, Disinfected - 23 Secondary, Disinfected Tertiary Advanced Total R Wastewater Treatment Plant Name NOTES: No wastewater is treated or disposed of within the UWMP service area. The supplier will not complete the table below. Add additional rows as needed Ocean outfall River or creek outfall Bay or estuary outfall Lake outfall Wetlands Subsurface infiltration gallery Land disposal Percolation ponds Deep injection well Other 6-17 FINAL

172 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Recycled Water System CWC (c) (Describe) the recycled water currently being used in the supplier s service area, including, but not limited to, the type, place, and quantity of use. R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS For UWMP preparers implementing or planning recycled water use within the service area, this section provides an overview of the current recycled water system. The UWMP preparer shall: Provide text describing the recycled water system operating in the service area; Identify each agency involved in the recycled water system collection, treatment, and distribution, including wholesalers, retailers, special districts, or joint ventures; Provide information on the system s history and operation. RECOMMENDED Provide a map or specific physical description of the coverage of the distribution system providing recycled water in Attach or provide a reference by website link to a Recycled Water Master Plan or similar document, if one has been prepared FINAL

173 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Recycled Water Beneficial Uses CWC (d) (Describe and quantify) the potential uses of recycled water, including, but not limited to, agricultural irrigation, landscape irrigation, wildlife habitat enhancement, wetlands, industrial reuse, groundwater recharge, indirect potable reuse, and other appropriate uses, and a determination with regard to the technical and economic feasibility of serving those uses. CWC (e) (Describe) the projected use of recycled water within the supplier s service area at the end of 5, 10, 15, and 20 years and a description of the actual use of recycled water in comparison to uses previously projected pursuant to this subdivision. R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Current and Planned Uses of Recycled Water This section discusses current and planned recycled water uses within the service area of urban water suppliers where recycled water use is implemented or planned and provides an overview of the current recycled water system. The definition of recycled water (see Appendix M) includes the term direct beneficial use, which is defined in the California Code of Regulations, Title 22, as the use of recycled water that has been transported from the point of treatment or production to the point of use without an intervening discharge to waters of the State. Appendix M provides a more detailed discussion of how to apply these terms to recycled water. R RETAIL ONLY Provide beneficial use information for recycled water delivered within the service area. If more than one supplier provides recycled water within the service area, separate tables may be provided for each (e.g., duplicating Table 6-4 and referring to the resulting tables as Table 6-4a and Table 6-4b to correspond to data from two different recycled water suppliers). Please refer to Appendix M before completing Table 6-4. Appendix M provides additional discussion on how recycled water should be quantified and discusses common errors in evaluating recycled water volume and uses. RECOMMENDED The UWMP preparer may consider highlighting innovative uses of recycled water or a particular organization that has demonstrated commitment to the use of recycled water; Provide information on the specific types of recycled water uses, including such information as crops irrigated or type of landscapes irrigated FINAL

174 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL W WHOLESALE ONLY For wholesale agencies that provide recycled water, include the name of the retail agency and the volume of water to which recycled water will be provided in Table 6-4. Beneficial uses do not need to be included. Wholesale agencies not directly involved in recycled water do not need to complete Table 6-4, but in the recycled water section of the UWMP should provide a list of the agencies that provide wholesale or retail recycled water within the UWMP preparers service area. Volumes of recycled water these agencies provide in 2015 could be included, but is not required. TABLES Table 6-4 This table is to be completed for all recycled water USED within the UWMP area. RUWMPs will use multiple versions of Table 6-4; one for each participating agency. Text accompanying Table 6-4 should include a narrative overview of the level, or levels, of treatment (there may be more than one) of recycled water used and the types of uses. The total recycled water use for each of the 5-year increments shown in Table 6-4 is to be included in Table 4-5 in Chapter 4. Complete Table 6-4 for each direct beneficial use. To the best of the UWMP preparer s ability, quantify the amount of recycled water currently being used within the urban water supplier s service area, as well as projected volumes and uses into the future. W Table 6-4 Wholesale: Current and Projected Retailers Provided Recycled Water Within Service Area* Name of Receiving Supplier or Direct Use by Wholesaler Recycled water is not directly treated or distributed by the supplier. The supplier will not complete the table below. Level of Treatment Drop down list Secondary, Undisinfected Secondary, Disinfected - 23 Secondary, Disinfected Tertiary Advanced Total: * This may include use outside the the UWMP area that is NOT included in another UWMP area. It is to be noted in the general description cell (opt) NOTES: 6-20 FINAL

175 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R 6-21 FINAL

176 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Planned Versus Actual Use of Recycled Water CWC (e) (Provide) a description of the actual use of recycled water in comparison to uses previously projected pursuant to this subdivision. R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Each UWMP which has recycled water use is to provide a comparison of earlier projected use of recycled water to actual uses. This is accomplished by completing Table 6-5. From the urban water supplier s 2010 UWMP, provide the 2015 projected estimates of recycled water use. Compare those estimates to the actual 2015 recycled water use as reported in Table 6-4. Note that the highlighted cells in the total rows of Tables 6-3, 6-4, and 6-5 should be the same. R RETAIL ONLY For retail UWMP preparers that have more than one recycled water provider within its service area, Table 6-5 can be submitted either as a compiled table or as separate tables for each provider. W WHOLESALE ONLY Wholesale UWMP preparers are to provide total recycled water delivered to each retailer or wholesaler, without identification of beneficial use FINAL

177 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL TABLES Table 6-5 Complete Table 6-5: 2010 Recycled Water Use Projection Compared to 2015 Actual. RUWMPs will use multiple versions of Table 6-5; one for each participating agency. W Table 6-5 Wholesale: 2010 UWMP Recycled Water Use Projection Compared to 2015 Actual Name of Receiving Supplier or Direct Use by Wholesaler Recycled water was not used or distributed by the supplier in 2010, nor projected for use or distribution in The supplier will not complete the table below Projection for actual use Total 0 0 NOTES: R 6-23 FINAL

178 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Actions to Encourage and Optimize Future Recycled Water Use CWC (f) (Describe the) actions, including financial incentives, which may be taken to encourage the use of recycled water, and the projected results of these actions in terms of acre-feet of recycled water used per year. CWC (g) (Provide a) plan for optimizing the use of recycled water in the supplier s service area, including actions to facilitate the installation of dual distribution systems, to promote recirculating uses, to facilitate the increased use of treated wastewater that meets recycled water standards, and to overcome any obstacles to achieving that increased use. R RETAIL ONLY Each retail agency is to complete this section, whether recycled water is used, planned for use, or not planned for use. Describe the approaches the urban water supplier is implementing or is planning to implement to increase or encourage the use of recycled water within its service area, building upon the discussion of planned future expansion of recycled water use in the service area. Summarize these approaches in Table 6-6. These actions may include financial incentives, funding for onsite retrofits for industrial or commercial users, public outreach, demonstration projects, building code modification, ordinances, etc.; Discuss the issues constraining recycled water implementation and expansion and what could be done to address those limitations. Assess potential uses of recycled water, whether or not it is currently being used in the service area; Provide estimates of the volume of additional recycled use that could be realized by implementing any of the actions (Table 6-6); If recycled water use is not planned to be implemented within the planning horizon of the UWMP, identify the reasons recycled water is not being considered as a potential water supply; Identify the nearest known availability of recycled water and the obstacles (if any) to accessing this resource; If a feasibility study has been prepared, include a reference and website link or attachment (optional) FINAL

179 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R The water supplier may not be the organization responsible for the treatment or distribution of recycled water in the service area. However, water agencies coordination with the local wastewater treatment operator and recycled water purveyors can identify opportunities to expand recycled water use, assess revenue impacts to both agencies, and recognize common benefits. These actions can include supporting the wastewater agencies plant upgrades to increase recycled water use. These actions should be included in Table 6-6, as applicable. TABLES Table 6-6 This table is to be completed by UWMP preparers whether recycled water is or is not planned to be used. RUWMPs will use multiple versions of Table 6-6; one for each participating agency. R Table 6-6 Retail: Methods to Expand Future Recycled Water Use Supplier does not plan to expand recycled water use in the future. Supplier will not complete the table below but will provide narrative explanation. Provide page location of narrative in UWMP Name of Action Description Planned Implementation Year Expected Increase in Recycled Water Use NOTES: Total FINAL

180 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL 6.6 Desalinated Water Opportunities CWC (h) Describe the opportunities for development of desalinated water, including, but not limited to, ocean water, brackish water, and groundwater, as a long-term supply. R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS UWMP preparers are required to consider the potential for desalinated water as a water supply option. Identify and discuss opportunities for development of desalinated water supplies from ocean water, brackish surface water, and brackish groundwater. Indicate the level to which desalination is being considered. If the water supplier has determined that there are no opportunities for development of desalinated water sources within the planning horizon of the 2015 UWMP, the supplier is to clearly indicate that desalination is not being considered and discuss why. If surface water, groundwater, or seawater is being desalinated, or planned to be desalinated, the current and/or projected volume(s) will be reported in the desalinated water entry on Table 6-8: Water Supplies Actual and Table 6-9 Water Supplies - Projected. The source of the water and the measurement of total dissolved solids (TDS) may be included in the Detail column of the tables, or as a narrative FINAL

181 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL 6.7 Exchanges or Transfers CWC (d) Describe the opportunities for exchanges or transfers of water on a short-term or long-term basis. R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Describe any planned or potential future water exchanges or transfers. For purposes of the UWMP, water agencies will make their own determination as to whether a water source is a purchase, import, exchange, or transfer Exchanges R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Water exchanges are typically water delivered by one water user to another water user, with the receiving water user providing water in return at a specified time or when the conditions of the parties agreement are met. Water exchanges can be strictly a return of water on a basis agreed upon by the participants or can include payment and the return of water. The water returned may or may not be an even exchange. Water can be returned on a one-for-one basis or by another arrangement (e.g., for each acre-foot [AF] of water received, 2 AF are returned). Enter exchange information into Table 6-8: Water Supplies Actual, and Table 6-9 Water Supplies - Projected Transfers R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS The CWC defines a water transfer as a temporary or long-term change in the point of diversion, place of use, or purpose of use due to a transfer, sale, lease, or exchange of water or water rights. Temporary water transfers have a duration of one year or less (CWC Section 1725). Long-term water transfers have a duration of more than one year (CWC Section 1728). Transfers can be between water districts that are neighboring or across the State, provided there is a means to convey or store the water. A water transfer can be a temporary or permanent sale of water or a water right by the water right holder, a lease of the right to use water from the water right holder, or a sale or lease of a contractual right to water supply. Water transfers can also take the form of longterm contracts for the purpose of improving long-term supply reliability. Enter transfer information into Table 6-8: Water Supplies Actual, and Table 6-9 Water Supplies - Projected FINAL

182 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Emergency Interties R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Emergency interties are addressed in Chapter 7, Water Supply Reliability. 6.8 Future Water Projects CWC (g) The urban water supplier shall include a detailed description of expected future projects and programs that the urban water supplier may implement to increase the amount of the water supply available to the urban water supplier in average, single-dry, and multiple-dry water years. The description shall identify specific projects and include a description of the increase in water supply that is expected to be available from each project. The description shall include an estimate with regard to the implementation timeline for each project or program. R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Provide a narrative description of expected future projects and programs that the supplier may implement to increase water supply for average, single-dry and/or multi-dry years. Complete Table 6-7: Expected Future Water Supply Projects or Programs for projects or programs that have a quantifiable increase in water supply to the agency and can reasonably be expected to be implemented within the 20-year time frame of the UWMP. Examples include desalination plants, recycled water treatment plants or infrastructure, or a known increase in a water right or contractual agreement. Capital improvement projects that do not increase the agency s water supply should not be included in this section FINAL

183 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL TABLES Table 6-7: Expected Future Water Supply Projects or Programs RUWMPs will use multiple versions of Table 6-7; one for each participating agency. W Table 6-7 Wholesale: Expected Future Water Supply Projects or Programs No expected future water supply projects or programs that provide a quantifiable increase to the agency's water supply. Supplier will not complete the table below. Some or all of the supplier's future water supply projects or programs are not compatible with this table and are described in a narrative format. Provide page location of narrative in the UWMP Name of Future Projects or Programs Joint Project with other agencies? Drop Down Menu If Yes, Agency Name Description (if needed) Planned Implementation Year Planned for Use in Year Type Drop Down list Expected Increase in Water Supply to Agency Add additional rows as needed NOTES: R Table 6-7 Retail: Expected Future Water Supply Projects or Programs No expected future water supply projects or programs that provide a quantifiable increase to the agency's water supply. Supplier will not complete the table below. Some or all of the supplier's future water supply projects or programs are not compatible with this table and are described in a narrative format. Provide page location of narrative in the UWMP Name of Future Projects or Programs Drop Down List (y/n) Add additional rows as needed Joint Project with other agencies? If Yes, Agency Name Description (if needed) Planned Implementation Year Planned for Use in Year Type Drop Down List Expected Increase in Water Supply to Agency This may be a range NOTES: 6-29 FINAL

184 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL 6.9 Summary of Existing and Planned Sources of Water CWC (b) Identify and quantify, to the extent practicable, the existing and planned sources of water available to the supplier over the same five-year increments described in subdivision 10631(a). (4) (Provide a) detailed description and analysis of the amount and location of groundwater that is projected to be pumped by the urban water supplier. The description and analysis shall be based on information that is reasonably available, including, but not limited to, historic use records. R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Provide the actual source and volume of water for the year 2015 in Table 6-8: Water Supplies Actual. In Table 6-9: Water Supplies Projected, provide the volume of water, by source, that is reasonably available, based on historical deliveries for average years. The tables also provide a column for optional reporting of the volume of the agency s total water right or total capacity. For some agencies, these values will be identical. Water supply projections from wholesale agencies are a source for reasonably available supply data for retail agencies that receive water from wholesalers. The State Water Project (SWP) Delivery Capability Report 2015 (Report) is also a source of data that can be used to estimate future water supplies from the SWP. Note that the format and the content of the Report have changed from previous reports. Most significantly, the 2015 report does not provide projections of SWP deliveries; rather, it provides SWP delivery capability under several possible scenarios that address changes in climate, regulations, and facilities. (See Report Final Appendices FINAL

185 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL TABLES RUWMPs will use multiple versions of Tables 6-8 and 6-9; one for each participating agency. Table 6-8 Water Supplies Actual Complete Table 6-8 with information on the actual water supplies for the year Table 6-9 Projected groundwater supplies will be reported in Table 6-9 Water Supplies Projected. When listing groundwater sources, basin names are to be taken from DWR Bulletin 118. If an agency has more than one source of groundwater, add additional rows to the tables. Complete Table 6-9 with information on projected water supplies. The projections will be based on information that is reasonably available to the supplier, including, but not limited to, historical use records. Note: For purposes of the UWMP, water conservation is not classified as a source of water but should be reflected as a decrease in demand, as described in Chapter 4. W Table 6-8 Wholesale: Water Supplies Actual Water Supply Drop down list May use each category multiple times. These are the only water supply categories that will be recognized by the WUEdata online submittal tool Additional Detail on Water Supply Actual Volume 2015 Water Quality Drop Down List Total Right or Safe Yield (optional) Purchased or Imported Water Supply from Storage Groundwater Surface water Recycled Water Desalinated Water Stormwater Use Transfers Exchanges Other NOTES: Total Drinking Water Raw Water Recycled Water FINAL

186 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R Table 6-8 Retail: Water Supplies Actual Water Supply Drop down list May use each category multiple times. These are the only water supply categories that will be recognized by the WUEdata online submittal tool Additional Detail on Water Supply Actual Volume 2015 Water Quality Drop Down List Total Right or Safe Yield (optional) Purchased or Imported Water Drinking Water Supply from Storage Raw Water Groundwater Recycled Water Surface water Recycled Water Desalinated Water Stormwater Use Transfers Exchanges Other Total 0 0 NOTES: 6-32 FINAL

187 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL W 6-33 FINAL

188 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R 6-34 FINAL

189 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL 6.10 Climate Change Impacts to Supply R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS A discussion of climate change impacts to an agency s water supply is not required by the CWC. RECOMMENDED DWR recommends that water agencies complete the IRWM Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment (Appendix I) and include in this chapter a narrative summary of Section II Water Supply FINAL

190 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL This page left blank for two-sided printing 6-36 FINAL

191 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Chapter 7 Water Supply Reliability Assessment Assessment of water supply reliability is complex and dependent upon a number of factors, such as the number of water sources, regulatory and legal constraints, climate change, and expected growth, among others. Water agencies are to make their best determination of the reliability of their water supply(ies) based upon what is known by the agency at the time the 2015 UWMP is prepared. This chapter of the Guidebook provides guidance for describing the long term reliability of an urban water supplier s water supplies. Shorter term reliability planning that may require immediate action, such as drought or a catastrophic supply interruption, is addressed in Chapter 8, Water Shortage Contingency Planning. Specific guidance an urban water supplier may consider in preparing this part of a UWMP includes: DWR s Draft State Water Project Delivery Capability Report Weather information from The National Weather Service Runoff data from: o DWR o US Geological Survey o Operators of local dams The following subsections are included in this chapter: 7.1 Constraints on Water Sources 7.2 Reliability by Type of Year 7.3 Supply and Demand Assessment 7.4 Regional Supply Reliability 7-1 FINAL

192 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL 7.1 Constraints on Water Sources CWC (c)(2) For any water source that may not be available at a consistent level of use, given specific legal, environmental, water quality, or climatic factors, describe plans to supplement or replace that source with alternative sources or water demand management measures, to the extent practicable. CWC The plan shall include information, to the extent practicable, relating to the quality of existing sources of water available to the supplier over the same five-year increments as described in subdivision (a) of Section 10631, and the manner in which water quality affects water management strategies and supply reliability. R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Provide, to the extent practicable, a description of any constraints on the agency s water supply, such as inconsistent availability or water quality issues, that have been identified by the water agency. Also include the management strategies that have been, or will be, employed to address the constraint. This narrative description is critical to explaining the degree and probability of any constraint to a water source. Agencies that are both wholesalers and retailers should clearly identify if a particular constraint is related to their wholesale or retail operation. The narrative will include: A description of any particular circumstances that would make a source inconsistent; for example, a legal, environmental or climatic factor. This estimation of inconsistent sources is determined by the water agency, is based on the information known by the water agency at the time the 2015 UWMP is prepared, and projects to the foreseeable future; Known future constraints on water supplies, such as declining groundwater levels, sea level rise, or diminishing snow pack; A description of the quality of source water and how the water quality may affect water management strategies and/or supply reliability for the water agency. This estimation is determined by the water agency, based on the information reasonably available at the time the 2015 UWMP is prepared; 7-2 FINAL

193 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R W Planned actions and water management strategies to address noted vulnerabilities and inconsistencies. A description of plans to supplement or replace these sources with alternative sources or water demand management measures, to the extent practicable. If there is another section within the UWMP that describes a constraint on a particular water source and/or plans to supplement this source, there is no need to repeat this information in this section. Refer the reader to the other sections within the UWMP that provide these details. RECOMMENDED Agencies may choose to include the most recent Consumer Confidence Report for water supplies as an appendix. Maps, charts, graphs, or other visual tools are recommended when they can illustrate a water quality issue. Include a summary of the water quality information from such documents as the Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment, Groundwater Management Plans, Salt and Nutrient Plans, and other relevant documents, as applicable. 7.2 Reliability by Type of Year CWC (c)(1) Describe the reliability of the water supply and vulnerability to seasonal or climatic shortage, to the extent practicable, and provide data for each of the following: (A) an average water year, (B) a single dry water year, (C) multiple dry water years. 7-3 FINAL

194 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Describe the historic reliability of the water supply and any vulnerability to seasonal or climatic shortage, to the extent practicable. Complete Table 7-1: Bases of Water Year Data. This table lists the years that the agency identifies as their historical average, single driest year, and driest multi-year period. These years are known as the Base Years. In the Base Year column of the table, the UWMP preparer will specify the years that represent each year type. Historic hydrologic data are commonly used to establish water year types. In the Available Supplies column of Table 7-1, the preparer will specify the percentage and/or volume of water supply expected if there were to be a repeat of the hydrology from that type of year. Percentage - The percentage of an average year water supply that would be available if the dry year hydrology were repeated. Volume - The volume of water that would be available from all sources if the dry year hydrology were to occur again. RECOMMENDED Provide the source, or describe the method used, to estimate water reliability and to determine which years represent the agency s average, single-dry and multiple-dry years Types of Years R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Average Year A year, or an averaged range of years, that most closely represents the average water supply available to the agency. The UWMP Act uses the term normal conditions. Within this guidebook the terms normal and average are used interchangeably Single-dry year The single-dry year is the year that represents the lowest water supply available to the agency. 7-4 FINAL

195 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R W Multiple-dry year period The multiple dry year period is the period that represents the lowest average water supply availability to the agency for a consecutive multiple year period (three years or more). This is generally considered to be the lowest average runoff for a consecutive multiple year period (three years or more) for a watershed since DWR has interpreted multiple dry years to mean three dry years, however, water agencies may project their water supplies for a longer time period Sources for Water Data For State Water Project contractors, information on water supply capacity of the SWP under several scenarios is available in the SWP Delivery Capability Report Weather information is available at: The National Weather Service website California Irrigation Management Information Systems (CIMIS) Runoff data is available at: DWR U.S. Geological Survey Operators of local dams Groundwater information is available at: State of California Sustainable Groundwater Management website California Statewide Groundwater Eleveation Monitoring (CASGEM) FINAL

196 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Agencies with Multiple Sources of Water R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Many agencies have multiple water sources and each may have a different hydrology, resulting in different base years for each source. For example, an imported water source may have experienced its single driest year in the same year that a local surface water source experienced a normal year. Reporting of different base years for multiple water sources in Table 7-1 may be done by including multiple versions of Table 7-1. TABLES Table 7-1: Bases of Water Year Data RUWMPs will use multiple versions of Table 7-1; one for each participating agency. W Table 7-1 Wholesale: Basis of Water Year Data Available Supplies if Year Type Repeats Year Type Base Year If not using a calendar year, type in the last year of the fiscal or water year, for example, water year , use 2000 Quantification of available supplies is not compatible with this table and is provided elsewhere in the UWMP. Location Quantification of available supplies is provided in this table as either volume only, percent only, or both. Volume Available % of Average Supply Average Year 100% Single- Dry Year Multiple- Dry Years 1st Year Multiple- Dry Years 2nd Year Multiple- Dry Years 3rd Year Multiple- Dry Years 4th Year Optional Multiple- Dry Years 5th Year Optional Multiple- Dry Years 6th Year Optional Agency may use multiple versions of Table 7-1 if different water sources have different base years and the supplier chooses to report the base years for each water source separately. If an agency uses multiple versions of Table 7-1, in the "Note" section of each table, state that multiple versions of Table 7-1 are being used and identify the particular water source that is being reported in each table. NOTES: 7-6 FINAL

197 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R Table 7-1 Retail: Basis of Water Year Data Available Supplies if Year Type Repeats Year Type Base Year If not using a calendar year, type in the last year of the fiscal or water year, for example, water year , use 2000 Quantification of available supplies is not compatible with this table and is provided elsewhere in the UWMP. Location Quantification of available supplies is provided in this table as either volume only, percent only, or both. Volume Available % of Average Supply Average Year 100% Single- Dry Year Multiple- Dry Years 1st Year Multiple- Dry Years 2nd Year Multiple- Dry Years 3rd Year Multiple- Dry Years 4th Year Optional Multiple- Dry Years 5th Year Optional Multiple- Dry Years 6th Year Optional Agency may use multiple versions of Table 7-1 if different water sources have different base years and the supplier chooses to report the base years for each water source separately. If an agency uses multiple versions of Table 7-1, in the "Note" section of each table, state that multiple versions of Table 7-1 are being used and identify the particular water source that is being reported in each table. NOTES: 7.3 Supply and Demand Assessment CWC (a) Every urban water supplier shall include, as part of its urban water management plan, an assessment of the reliability of its water service to its customers during normal, dry, and multiple dry water years. This water supply and demand assessment shall compare the total water supply sources available to the water supplier with the total projected water use over the next 20 years, in five-year increments, for a normal water year, a single dry water year, and multiple dry water years. The water service reliability assessment shall be based upon the information compiled pursuant to Section 10631, including available data from state, regional or local agency population projections within the service area of the urban water supplier. 7-7 FINAL

198 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Provide the water supplier s expected water supply reliability for normal (average), single-dry year, and multiple-dry years for 2020, 2025, 2030 and Water agencies are to make the best determination of the reliability of their water supply(ies) based upon what information is reasonably available at the time the 2015 UWMP is prepared. The water service reliability assessment shall be based upon the agency s compiled information regarding the service area, water sources, water supply reliability, and water demand as described in CWC Section 10631, including available data from State, regional or local agency population projections within the service area of the urban water supplier. Include a brief narrative describing the information and process used to develop the supply and demand reliability assessment. RECOMMENDED If Tables 7-2, 7-3, or 7-4 show a surplus or a shortage when comparing projected supply and demand, DWR recommends that the UWMP preparer include a discussion of management actions that the agency may take in response to the surplus or shortage. Some factors to consider in the assessment include the potential for acquiring supplemental water supplies, potential for increased irrigation demand because of low rainfall, expected demand reduction due to increased implementation of demand management measures, implementation of drought stages, savings from codes and standards, and increased drought messaging. 7-8 FINAL

199 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL TABLES RUWMPs will use multiple versions of Tables 7-2, 7-3, and 7-4; one for each participating agency. Tables 7-2, 7-3, and 7-4 Include a quantification of supply and demand for the various types of years using Table 7-2: Normal Year Supply and Demand Comparison, Table 7-3: Single Dry Year Supply and Demand Comparison, and Table 7-4: Multiple Dry Years Supply and Demand Comparison. Table 7-2 Table 7-2 records the data for a normal year. These values will already have been entered into Table 4-2 (Demand) and Table 6-8 (Supply) and will be copied to this table. This will be done manually in the Excel spreadsheets and will be automated in the WUEdata online submittal tool. Tables 7-3 and 7-4 The UWMP preparer will enter the estimated dry and multiple dry water year supplies and demands for the 20 year planning horizon. W Table 7-2 Wholesale: Normal Year Supply and Demand Comparison Supply totals (autofill fm Table 6-9) Demand totals (autofill fm Table 4-3) (Opt) Difference NOTES: R Table 7-2 Retail: Normal Year Supply and Demand Comparison Supply totals (autofill fm Table 6-9) Demand totals (autofill fm Table 4-3) (Opt) Difference NOTES: 7-9 FINAL

200 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL W Table 7-3 Wholesale: Single Dry Year Supply and Demand Comparison Supply totals (Opt) Demand totals Difference NOTES: R Table 7-3 Retail: Single Dry Year Supply and Demand Comparison (Opt) Supply totals Demand totals Difference NOTES: 7-10 FINAL

201 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL W Table 7-4 Wholesale: Multiple Dry Years Supply and Demand Comparison (Opt) Supply totals First year Demand totals Difference Supply totals Second year Demand totals Difference Supply totals Third year Demand totals Difference Fourth year (optional) Fifth year (optional) Sixth year (optional) NOTES: Supply totals Demand totals Difference Supply totals Demand totals Difference Supply totals Demand totals Difference FINAL

202 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R Table 7-4 Retail: Multiple Dry Years Supply and Demand Comparison (Opt) Supply totals First year Demand totals Difference Supply totals Second year Demand totals Difference Supply totals Third year Demand totals Difference Fourth year (optional) Fifth year (optional) Sixth year (optional) NOTES: Supply totals Demand totals Difference Supply totals Demand totals Difference Supply totals Demand totals Difference FINAL

203 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL 7.4 Regional Supply Reliability CWC (f) An urban water supplier shall describe in the plan water management tools and options used by that entity that will maximize resources and minimize the need to import water from other regions. R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Provide a summary of the water management tools and options that are being implemented, or are planned for implementation, that maximize the use of local water resources and minimize the need to import water from other regions. For example, this description may include actions such as increased implementation of demand management measures, increased use of recycled water, enhanced groundwater management, or improvements in regional water management and coordination. RECOMMENDED Water suppliers may quantify increased regional supply reliability by completing the optional tables in Appendix P. These optional tables may be completed for an individual agency, whether retail or wholesale, or may be completed for a region FINAL

204 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL This page left blank for two-sided printing 7-14 FINAL

205 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Chapter 8 Water Shortage Contingency Planning Water shortage contingency planning is a strategic planning process to prepare for and respond to water shortages. Good planning and preparation can help agencies maintain reliable supplies and reduce the impacts of supply interruptions. This chapter provides guidance for describing the water shortage contingency planning of an urban water supplier. Guidance is included for reporting the staged response to a water shortage, such as a drought, that occurs over a period of time, as well catastrophic supply interruptions which occur suddenly. A water shortage contingency plan (WSCP) is a document that can be created separately from the UWMP and amended as needed without amending the corresponding UWMP. However, the most current version of the WSCP must be included as part of the UWMP when the UWMP is submitted to DWR. Specific guidance for consideration in preparing this part of a UWMP includes: DWR Urban Drought Guidebook (2008 Edition) This publication provides extensive guidance on water shortage contingency planning for urban water suppliers, DWR California Drought Contingency Plan (2010) California s Most Significant Droughts: Comparing Historical and Recent Conditions, DWR CWC (a) The plan shall provide an urban water shortage contingency analysis that includes each of the following elements that are within the authority of the urban water supplier. Water agencies are only required to submit information in a WSCP that is within their authority. 8-1 FINAL

206 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL The following sections are included in this chapter: 8.1 Stages of Action 8.2 Prohibitions on End Uses 8.3 Penalties, Charges, Other Enforcement of Prohibitions 8.4 Consumption Reduction Methods 8.5 Determining Water Shortage Reductions 8.6 Revenue and Expenditure Impacts 8.7 Resolution or Ordinance 8.8 Catastrophic Supply Interruption 8.9 Minimum Supply Next Three Years 8-2 FINAL

207 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL 8.1 Stages of Action CWC (a)(1) Stages of action to be undertaken by the urban water supplier in response to water supply shortages, including up to a 50 percent reduction in water supply, and an outline of specific water supply conditions which are applicable to each stage. R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS The number of stages of action in a WSCP is at the discretion of the water supplier. Typically, water agencies will include between three and five stages of action in a WSCP. The stages reflect decreasing water supplies with increasing levels of prohibitions and consumption reduction methods. Agencies must include a stage that addresses a reduction of 50 percent in the water supply. Indicate the specific water supply conditions applicable to each stage. Many agencies have more than one water source and will rely on the different sources as they are available. This situation provides a level of complexity that is not easily captured in a data table. Therefore, a narrative description is necessary. Some examples of water supply conditions include specific reservoir levels, levels of precipitation, groundwater availability, or water delivery estimates from other water agencies. RECOMMENDED DWR recommends that a narrative description of the stages include an outline of the process that will be used to implement the stages of action. For example, moving from one stage to another may be automatically triggered once water supplies have reached a certain percent of average supply, or, perhaps the governing board is required to make the determination that it is necessary to move to a different stage. An agency may designate the first stage in their WSCP as a stage that is in force at all times and prohibits water waste. Though not required by the CWC, DWR recommends that water agencies include a stage, or a plan of action to address severe water shortages of over a 50 percent reduction in water supply. This can be especially important in a series of dry years and particularly for water agencies that have only one source of supply. A description of this stage, or plan of action, may include a discussion of possible sources of additional water supply and a discussion of actions that may be implemented to address basic health and safety needs of the community. 8-3 FINAL

208 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL TABLES Table 8-1 Complete Table 8-1: Stages of WSCP. This table identifies the water supply conditions associated with each stage of action. In this table, water agencies will identify each stage by the supply reduction and the water supply condition. RUWMPs will use multiple versions of Table 8-1; one for each participating agency. W Table 8-1 Wholesale Stages of Water Shortage Contingency Plan Complete Both Stage Supply Reduction 1 Water Supply Condition (Narrative description) Add additional rows as needed 1 One stage in the Water Shortage Contingency Plan must address a water shortage of 50%. NOTES: 8-4 FINAL

209 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R Table 8-1 Retail Stages of Water Shortage Contingency Plan Complete Both Stage Percent Supply Reduction 1 Numerical value as a percent Water Supply Condition (Narrative description) Add additional rows as needed NOTES: 1 One stage in the Water Shortage Contingency Plan must address a water shortage of 50%. 8.2 Prohibitions on End Uses CWC (a)(4) Additional, mandatory prohibitions against specific water use practices during water shortages, including, but not limited to, prohibiting the use of potable water for street cleaning. (5) Consumption reduction methods in the most restrictive stages. Each urban water supplier may use any type of consumption reduction methods in its water shortage contingency analysis that would reduce water use, are appropriate for its area, and have the ability to achieve a water use reduction consistent with up to a 50 percent reduction in water supply. 8-5 FINAL

210 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R RETAIL O N LY Agencies will make their own determination as to which prohibitions, and which stage for each prohibition, are most appropriate for their service area. Agencies may reference any document in this section that provides additional details of prohibitions and stages. RECOMMENDED Agencies may discuss the expected water savings at each stage based on the actions that will be taken. These expected savings may be estimated based on an agency s past experiences, or from studies and reports that have determined savings based on specific implementation. TABLES Complete Table 8-2: Restrictions and Prohibitions on End Uses. RUWMPs will use multiple versions of Table 8-2; one for each participating agency. This table reports the prohibitions that the agency places on end uses in each stage. Categories of prohibitions are provided in Table 8-2 in a drop down menu. Agencies are not required to select any of these categories of prohibitions. The categories provided are a compilation of common categories that were reported in the 2010 UWMPs and are the only prohibitions that will be accepted by the online submittal tool. If an agency utilizes a prohibition that is not listed, this will be reported using Other. A column in Table 8-2 provides an optional field for the UWMP preparer to include additional detail about the restriction or prohibition category selected, if needed. This table also includes a column for reporting of any penalties, charges, or other enforcement (see Section 8.3) that may be associated with the listed prohibitions. These categories are described, with examples, in the sections below. 8-6 FINAL

211 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R Table 8-2 Retail Only: Restrictions and Prohibitions on End Uses Stage Restrictions and Prohibitions on End Users Drop down list These are the only categories that will be accepted by the WUEdata online submittal tool Additional Explanation or Reference (optional) Penalty, Charge, or Other Enforcement? Drop Down List Landscape - Restrict or prohibit runoff from landscape irrigation Yes Landscape - Limit landscape irrigation to specific times No Landscape - Limit landscape irrigation to specific days Landscape - Prohibit certain types of landscape irrigation Landscape - Prohibit all landscape irrigation Landscape - Other landscape restriction or prohibition CII - Lodging establishment must offer opt out of linen service CII - Restaurants may only serve water upon request CII - Commercial kitchens required to use pre-rinse spray valves CII - Other CII restriction or prohibition Water Features - Restrict water use for decorative water features, such as fountains Pools and Spas - Require covers for pools and spas Pools - Allow filling of swimming pools only when an appropriate cover is in place. Other water feature or swimming pool restriction Other - Customers must repair leaks, breaks, and malfunctions in a timely manner Other - Require automatic shut of hoses Other - Prohibit use of potable water for construction and dust control Other - Prohibit use of potable water for washing hard surfaces Other - Prohibit vehicle washing except at facilities using recycled or recirculating water Other NOTES: 8-7 FINAL

212 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Landscape Irrigation R RETAIL O N LY The following categories of prohibitions on landscape irrigation are provided in a drop down menu in Table 8.2. The section below includes examples of restrictions or prohibitions that may fall within these categories. Agencies are not required to select any of these categories of prohibitions. Note that Other landscape restriction or prohibition is a category that will be used to include prohibitions that do not fall into the listed categories. Restrict or prohibit runoff from landscape irrigation - Examples include: Irrigation runoff is to be prevented; Excessive irrigation runoff is prohibited; Irrigation runoff is prohibited. Limit landscape irrigation to specific times - Examples include: Landscape irrigation is limited to between the hours of 9:00pm and 6:00am; Landscape irrigation is limited to eight minutes per day duration. Limit landscape irrigation to specific days - Examples include: Even numbered addresses are allowed to water only on Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday; Landscape irrigation is allowed only two days per week; Landscape irrigation is allowed only one day per week. Prohibit certain types of landscape irrigation - Examples include: The use of sprinkler irrigation is prohibited; Irrigation of turf is prohibited, except with recycled water; Only irrigation of trees and shrubs is allowed. Prohibit all landscape irrigation - Examples include: All landscape irrigation using potable water is prohibited: All landscape irrigation is prohibited. Other landscape restriction or prohibition - Examples include: Any other landscape restriction or prohibition utilized by the agency. RECOMMENDED Key savings are to be found in restrictions and prohibitions on irrigation of landscape, particularly turf. Water agencies are encouraged to include measures that limit turf and other landscape irrigation. 8-8 FINAL

213 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Commercial, Industrial, and Institutional (CII) R RETAIL ONLY The following categories of prohibitions on CII are provided in a drop down menu in Table 8.2. The section below includes examples of restrictions or prohibitions that may fall within these categories. Agencies are not required to select any of these categories of prohibitions. Note that Other CII restriction or prohibition is a category that will be used to include prohibitions that do not fall into the listed categories. Lodging establishments must offer opt out of linen service Examples include: Lodging establishments are required to place notices in each room that inform the guest that they may opt out of linen service. Restaurants may only serve water upon request Examples include: Restaurants may not serve water to customers unless requested. Commercial kitchens are required to use pre-rinse spray valves Examples include: Any commercial kitchen is required to use a pre-rinse spray valve as part of their dish washing operation. Other CII restriction or prohibition Examples include: Any other CII restriction or prohibition selected by the agency that does not fall into the categories listed above Water Features and Swimming Pools R RETAIL ONLY The following categories of prohibitions on water features and swimming pools are provided in a drop down menu in Table 8.2. The section below includes examples of restrictions or prohibitions that may fall within these categories. Agencies are not required to select any of these categories of prohibitions. Note that Other water feature or swimming pool restriction is also a category to include prohibitions that do not fall into the listed categories. Restrict water use for decorative water features, such as fountains Examples include: Decorative water features may only be operated if they use recirculating water; Decorative water features shall not be allowed to operate. 8-9 FINAL

214 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R Require covers for pools and spas Examples include: Every swimming pool and spa is required to cover the surface of the pool or spa with a cover that reduces evaporation during hours that the pool or spa is not in use; Allow filling of swimming pools only when an appropriate pool cover is in place. Other water feature or swimming pool restriction Examples include: Any other restriction or prohibition selected by the agency for reducing water use in water features or swimming pools Defining Water Features CWC (b) Commencing with the urban water management plan update due July 1, 2016, for purposes of developing the water shortage contingency analysis pursuant to subdivision (a), the urban water supplier shall analyze and define water features that are artificially supplied with water, including ponds, lakes, waterfalls, and fountains, separately from swimming pools and spas, as defined in subdivision (a) of Section of the Health and Safety Code. Health and Safety Code Section As used in this article the following terms have the following meanings: (a) Swimming pool or pool means any structure intended for swimming or recreational bathing that contains water over 18 inches deep. Swimming pool includes in-ground and aboveground structures and includes, but is not limited to, hot tubs, spas, portable spas, and non-portable wading pools. R RETAIL ONLY If an agency includes a limitation on, or prohibition of, water use for water features, this prohibition or limitation is restricted to decorative water features only and does not apply to swimming pools or spas, which must be listed separately. Agencies that wish to include limitations on pools or spas must specifically list those separately from limitations on water features. RECOMMENDED Agencies may provide terminology in their WSCP that distinguishes water features from swimming pools, for example, decorative water features and recreational water features FINAL

215 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Other R RETAIL ONLY The following categories of other prohibitions or restrictions are provided in a drop down menu in Table 8.2. The section below includes examples of restrictions or prohibitions that may fall within these categories. Agencies are not required to select any of these categories of prohibitions. Note that Other is a category that will be used to include prohibitions that do not fall into the listed categories. Customers must repair leaks, breaks, and malfunctions in a timely manner Examples include: Broken or malfunctioning sprinkler heads must be repaired within 48 hours after the customer receives a notification from the water agency; All leaks or breaks must be repaired by the customer within 48 hours of receiving a notification from the water agency. Require hoses to have automatic shut off nozzles Examples include: Hoses may only be operated out of doors if they are equipped with an automatic shut off nozzle. Prohibit use of potable water for construction and dust control Examples include: Potable water may not be used for construction or dust control. Prohibit use of potable water for washing hard surfaces Examples include: Potable water may not be used to wash hard surfaces, such as driveways or sidewalks, except in cases of health and safety. Prohibit vehicle washing except at facilities using recycled or recirculating water Examples include: Vehicles may not be washed except at a facility that uses recycled or recirculating water. Other Examples include: Any other restriction or prohibition selected by the water agency to reduce water consumption that does not fall into the categories above FINAL

216 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL 8.3 Penalties, Charges, Other Enforcement of Prohibitions CWC (a)(6) Penalties or charges for excessive use, where applicable. R RETAIL ONLY Include a narrative description of the supplier s method(s) for enforcing the prohibitions listed in Table 8-2, where applicable. For example, an agency may issue a warning for violating a prohibition followed by increasing levels of fines for repeat offenses. If an agency utilizes their rate structure as an enforcement mechanism, they may provide detailed information of their drought and/or conservation rate structures in an appendix and summarize the key points in the main body of the UWMP in the following sections, as applicable: Section 8.3 Penalties, Charges, and Other Enforcement Section 8.6 Impacts to Revenue and Expenditure Section Conservation Rate Structures Agencies will indicate whether or not the water agency has a penalty, charge, or other mechanism for enforcing the stated limitation or prohibition in Table Consumption Reduction Methods CWC (a)(5) Consumption reduction methods in the most restrictive stages. Each urban water supplier may use any type of consumption reduction methods in its water shortage contingency analysis that would reduce water use, are appropriate for its area, and have the ability to achieve a water use reduction consistent with up to a 50 percent reduction in water supply FINAL

217 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Consumption reduction methods are actions that are taken by the water agency to reduce water demand within the service area, whereas the prohibitions, addressed in Section 8.2, limit specific uses of water. Agencies will make their own determination as to which consumption reduction methods, and which stages for employing the methods, are most appropriate for their service area. Agencies may reference any document in this section that provides additional details of methods and stages in order to capture specific language. RECOMMENDED The agency may discuss the expected water savings at each stage based on the actions that will be taken. These expected savings may be estimated based on an agency s past experiences, or from studies and reports that have determined savings based on implementation of specific consumption reduction methods Categories of Consumption Reduction Methods R RETAIL ONLY The following categories of consumption reduction methods are provided in a drop down menu in Table 8.3. These are the only consumption reduction methods that will be accepted by the WUEdata online submittal tool. The section below includes examples of consumption reduction methods that fall within these categories. Agencies are not required to implement any of these categories of consumption reduction methods. Note that Other is a category that will be used to include consumption reduction methods that do not fall into the listed categories. Expand Public Information Campaign Examples include: Begin or enlarge media campaign; Create bill insert with conservation information; Write articles for local newspaper; Conduct water efficiency workshops for different customer sectors. Improve Customer Billing Examples include: Increase billing frequency; Change bill format to report consumption in gallons per capita per day; Add information to the bill that compares the customer s use to the water use of similar customers. Increase Frequency of Meter Reading Examples include: Change from bi-monthly to monthly meter reading; Employ Advance Metering Infrastructure (AMI) so that meters are read in real time FINAL

218 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R Offer Water Use Surveys Examples include: Actively reach out to high water users to offer water use surveys; Expand water use survey program to include new sectors. Provide Rebates or Giveaways of Plumbing Fixtures and Devices Examples include: Implement new (toilet, clothes washer, etc.) rebate programs; Implement new (shower head, aerator, etc.) giveaway programs; Expand rebate programs by including new types of rebates; Offer a higher dollar value for each rebate; Expand funding for existing rebate or giveaway programs. Provide Rebates for Landscape Irrigation Efficiency Examples include: Implement a new landscape efficiency rebate program that provides rebates for landscape conversion, irrigation controllers, sprinkler heads, etc.; Expand an existing rebate program that provides rebates for landscape conversion, irrigation controllers, sprinkler heads, etc. Decrease Line Flushing Examples include: Decrease the length of time for each line flushing; Decrease the frequency of line flushing. Reduce System Water Loss Examples include: Implement a water audit program to identify leaks in the water system; Expand the leak repair program to control system losses. Refer to Chapter 4, Section 4.3 for required distribution system audit protocols. Increase Water Waste Patrols Examples include: Implement a Water Waste Patrol program; Increase staffing for Water Waste Patrol; Increase authority of Water Waste Patrol. Moratorium or Net Zero Demand Increase on New Connections Examples include: The water supplier will only approve a new connection if the applicant can demonstrate a net zero demand increase for the new connection. ( Net Zero Demand Increase requires that a project s water use is offset with conservation projects inside or outside of the project area); The water supplier does not approve new water service connections. Implement or Modify Drought Rate Structure or Surcharge (see Note on Drought Rate Structures or Surcharges on the next page.) Examples include: Implement a drought rate structure; Modify a drought rate structure; Implement a drought surcharge on all customers. Other Any other consumption reduction method that the agency may take that does not fall into the categories listed above FINAL

219 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R Note on Drought Rate Structures or Surcharges A drought rate structure or surcharge that is implemented in times of water shortage differs from a conservation rate structure, which is in place at all times. When considering a new rate structure, some agencies have embedded a drought rate structure within their proposed conservation rate structure. This avoids the difficulty and delay of instituting a drought structure during an emergency and streamlines the public process so that all rate structures are reviewed together. Appendix N provides a case study of a retail water agency s experience changing to a new rate structure which includes a drought rate structure embedded in the WSCP. Agencies may provide detailed information of their drought and/or conservation rate structures in an appendix and summarize the key points in the main body of the UWMP where applicable. W WHOLESALE ONLY The water shortage contingency analysis for wholesale agencies must describe the agency s plan for reducing consumption, or, perhaps more aptly for a wholesaler, the agency s strategy for supply management. RECOMMENDED If the wholesale agency has a study or report addressing planned consumption reduction/ supply management by the agency, this may be briefly summarized in this section and either included as an attachment to the UWMP or referenced within the UWMP FINAL

220 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL TABLES Complete Table 8-3: Stages of WSCP - Consumption Reduction Methods. RUWMPs will use multiple versions of Table 8-3; one for each participating agency. R Table 8-3 Retail Only: Stages of WSCP - Consumption Reduction Methods Stage Consumption Reduction Methods by Water Supplier Drop down list These are the only categories that will be accepted by the WUEdata online submittal tool Additional Explanation or Reference (optional) Expand Public Information Campaign Improve Customer Billing Increase Frequency of Meter Reading Offer Water Use Surveys Provide Rebates on Plumbing Fixtures and Devices Provide Rebates for Landscape Irrigation Efficiency Provide Rebates for Turf Replacement Decrease Line Flushing Reduce System Water Loss Increase Water Waste Patrols Moratorium or Net Zero Demand Increase on New Connections Implement or Modify Drought Rate Structure or Surcharge Other NOTES: 8-16 FINAL

221 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL 8.5 Determining Water Shortage Reductions CWC (a)(9) A mechanism for determining actual reductions in water use pursuant to the urban water shortage contingency analysis. R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Discuss how the water supplier will measure and determine actual water savings made from implementing the stages of the water shortage contingency plan. This requirement may be addressed by relying upon water meters to record the production and consumption of water. UWMP preparers will state that fact in the UWMP, if applicable. If the water agency is not metered, a description of the method used to measure consumption reduction must be included in the UWMP. Consumption reduction may be measured by tracking any decrease in water production 8.6 Revenue and Expenditure Impacts CWC (a)(7) An analysis of the impacts of each of the actions and conditions described in paragraphs (1) to (6), inclusive, on the revenues and expenditures of the urban water supplier, and proposed measures to overcome those impacts, such as the development of reserves and rate adjustments. R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Discuss the expected change in revenue and expenditure to the water agency as a result of implementing the WSCP. Depending on their rate structures, some agencies may experience a decrease in revenue with reduced water sales. Expenditures may also be expected to increase during water shortages as a result of increased outreach to customers about water conservation, purchases of more expensive water supplies, and possibly, developing and/or implementing a drought rate structure FINAL

222 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Drought Rate Structures and Surcharges R RETAIL ONLY Well-designed drought rate structures can reduce the potential financial effects of water shortages and enable the supplier to recover its purchase, treatment, and delivery costs, as well as the additional costs related to the water shortage response program. If an agency includes a discussion of rate structures as part of the revenue and expenditure discussion, it may provide detailed information of its drought and/or conservation rate structures in an appendix and summarize the key points in the main body of the UWMP in the following sections, as applicable: Section 8.3 Penalties, Charges, and Other Enforcement Section 8.6 Revenue and Expenditure Impacts Section Conservation Rate Structures Drought surcharges are added to customers water bills to ensure sufficient revenue to operate, manage, and maintain infrastructure and services even when volumetric sales are low. If an agency includes a drought surcharge as part of its WSCP, UWMP preparers will provide a narrative description of the surcharge Use of Financial Reserves R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Discuss the agency s planned use of financial reserves to address decreased water sales during a water shortage (if applicable) FINAL

223 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Other Measures R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Include a discussion of any other proposed measures that the water agency may take to overcome impacts to revenues and expenditures. For example, some agencies may consider postponement of capital improvements or other reductions in agency costs. 8.7 Resolution or Ordinance CWC (a)(8) A draft water shortage contingency resolution or ordinance. R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Water agencies are required to develop a water shortage contingency resolution or ordinance for submittal with the UWMP. Include a draft or approved/adopted water shortage contingency resolution or ordinance in the UWMP. It is at the discretion of the agency to choose to adopt a water shortage contingency resolution or ordinance in advance of a water shortage, or to hold it as a draft to be adopted when needed. The WSCP and the resolution or ordinance may be adopted with the UWMP or may be adopted separately. The WSCP is considered a stand-alone document; if the WSCP is updated after the UWMP has been submitted to DWR, it is not necessary to amend the UWMP. The most recent WSCP (draft or adopted) must be included when a UWMP is adopted by the governing body of the water agency FINAL

224 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL 8.8 Catastrophic Supply Interruption CWC (a)(3) Actions to be undertaken by the urban water supplier to prepare for, and implement during, a catastrophic interruption of water supplies including, but not limited to, a regional power outage, an earthquake, or other disaster. R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Identify what actions will be taken by a water supplier if there is a catastrophic reduction in water supplies. Catastrophic supply interruptions differ from the staged drought responses addressed earlier in this chapter in that catastrophic interruptions occur suddenly and can immediately jeopardize a large portion, or all, of an agency s water supply. The CWC requires that agencies specifically address catastrophic interruptions due to a regional power outage or an earthquake. Some actions that agencies may have in place include system interconnections with other suppliers in the region, participation in comprehensive regional disaster plans, or participation in the Water/ Wastewater Agency Response Network (WARN). WARN is a network of agencies that supports and promotes statewide emergency preparedness, disaster response, and mutual assistance for public and private water and wastewater utilities. More information on WARN can be found at their website: To address catastrophic interruptions, an agency may summarize language from its Emergency Response Plan (ERP), as required by the Public Health Security and Bioterrorism Preparedness and Response Act of 2002 (Public Law ). Section 1433(b) requires community water systems serving populations greater than 3,300 to either prepare or revise an ERP that incorporates the results of its Vulnerability Assessment, found in Section 1433(a) FINAL

225 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL 8.9 Minimum Supply Next Three Years CWC (a)(2) An estimate of the minimum water supply available during each of the next three water years based on the driest three-year historic sequence for the agency s water supply. R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Water agencies must provide an estimate of the minimum water supply available during each of the next three water years, 2016, 2017, and This will reflect the combined availability of all water sources and will assume the same hydrology as was noted during the historical multiple-dry year period. (Chapter 7, Section 7.3). The estimate of the minimum supply for the next three years is based on data that is reasonably available to the water supplier at the time the 2015 UWMP is written. TABLES Table 8-4 Complete Table 8-4: Minimum Supply Next Three Years. RUWMPs will use multiple versions of Table 8-4; one for each participating agency. W Table 8-4 Wholesale: Minimum Supply Next Three Years Available Water Supply NOTES: R Table 8-4 Retail: Minimum Supply Next Three Years Available Water Supply NOTES: 8-21 FINAL

226 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Chapter 9 Demand Management Measures The goal of the Demand Management Measures (DMM) section in a UWMP is to provide a comprehensive description of the water conservation programs that a supplier has implemented, is currently implementing, and plans to implement in order to meet its urban water use reduction targets. This chapter provides the opportunity for water suppliers to communicate their efforts to promote conservation and to reduce the demand on the water supply. The section of the CWC addressing DMMs was significantly modified in 2014, based on recommendations from the Independent Technical Panel (ITP) to the legislature. The ITP was formed by DWR to provide information and recommendations to DWR and the Legislature on new demand management measures, technologies and approaches to water use efficiency (see In its report to the Legislature, the ITP recommended that the UWMP Act should be amended to simplify, clarify, and update the demand management measure reporting requirements. The ITP recommended, and the legislature enacted, streamlining the retail agency requirements from 14 specific measures to six more general requirements plus an other category. For wholesalers, the requirements changed to three specific measures, an other category, as well as a requirement for a narrative description of asset management and wholesale supplier assistance programs. The following organization is not required. Agencies may use other types of organization, such as organizing by type of DMM. This chapter contains the following sections: 9.1 Demand Management Measures for Wholesale Agencies 9.2 Demand Management Measures for Retail Agencies 9.3 Implementation over the Past Five Years 9.4 Planned Implementation to Achieve Water Use Targets 9.5 Members of the California Urban Water Conservation Council 9-1 FINAL

227 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL 9.1 Demand Management Measures for Wholesale Agencies CWC (f) Provide a description of the (wholesale) supplier s water demand management measures. This description shall include all of the following: (1)(B) The narrative pursuant to this paragraph shall include descriptions of the following water demand management measures: (ii) Metering. (iv) Public education and outreach. (vi) Water conservation program coordination and staffing support. (vii) Other demand management measures that have a significant impact on water use as measured in gallons per capita per day, including innovative measures, if implemented. (2) For an urban wholesale water supplier, as defined in Section , (provide) a narrative description of the items in clauses (ii), (iv), (vi), and (vii) of subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1), and a narrative description of its distribution system asset management and wholesale supplier assistance programs. W WHOLESALE ONLY Wholesale agencies must provide narrative descriptions of four specific measures, metering, public education and outreach, water conservation program coordination and staffing support, and other demand management measures, as well as a narrative of asset management and wholesale supplier assistance programs. Additionally, wholesale suppliers are required to address their DMM implementation over the past five years. Guidance to address this requirement is described in Section FINAL

228 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Metering W WHOLESALE ONLY A wholesale agency that is fully metered should state that fact in the UWMP. If an agency is not yet fully metered, it should discuss its plans for becoming fully metered. RECOMMENDED Agencies are encouraged to include a discussion of their programs for meter replacement and/or calibration Public education and outreach W WHOLESALE ONLY Describe the public education and outreach efforts by the wholesale water agency, if any. This may include actions that are taken to assist the retail agencies that are served by the wholesaler. Examples include: Mass media campaigns encouraging conservation; School education programs; Information booths at fairs and public events; Newsletters; Informative websites, online tools, or social media; Newspaper articles; Other activities not listed here. 9-3 FINAL

229 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Water conservation program coordination and staffing support W WHOLESALE ONLY Describe the activities of the wholesale supplier s water conservation coordinator, if any. RECOMMENDED The description may include the name and contact information of the water conservation coordinator(s), the number of staff in the program and a description of program funding Other demand management measures W WHOLESALE ONLY This category provides wholesale agencies the ability to report additional or innovative approaches to demand management that do not belong to the categories listed above. If a wholesale agency includes a discussion of rate structures or supply management as part of its demand management measure discussion, it may provide detailed information of the rate structure in an appendix and summarize the key points in the main body of the UWMP Asset management W WHOLESALE ONLY Provide a narrative description of the wholesale supplier s distribution system asset management program, including distribution system maintenance and improvements. Asset management programs will vary greatly from one supplier to another, from responding to needed repairs as they arise, to sophisticated GIS mapping with a structured improvement and repair program. RECOMMENDED Provide, or reference, any appropriate documentation related to the agency s asset management program. 9-4 FINAL

230 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Wholesale supplier assistance programs W WHOLESALE ONLY Provide a description of the wholesale supplier s assistance programs to the retail water agencies that it serves. This may include assistance with rebate programs, public education and outreach on water conservation, or other efforts to reduce water demand. It is not necessary to duplicate descriptions that may have been provided in Section Public Education and Outreach. UWMP preparers may simply provide a reference to that section, as applicable. 9.2 Demand Management Measures for Retail Agencies CWC (f)(a) The narrative shall describe the water demand management measure that the supplier plans to implement to achieve its water use targets pursuant to Section (B) The narrative pursuant to this paragraph shall include descriptions of the following water demand management measures: (i) Water waste prevention ordinances. (ii) Metering. (iii) Conservation pricing. (iv) Public education and outreach. (v) Programs to assess and manage distribution system real loss. (vi) Water conservation program coordination and staffing support. (vii) Other demand management measures that have a significant impact on water use as measured in gallons per capita per day, including innovative measures, if implemented. 9-5 FINAL

231 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R RETAIL ONLY Describe the planned efforts of the retail water agency in implementing each of the following DMM categories to meet water use targets. Agencies are also required to report these efforts over the previous five years. Guidance for this is provided in Section Water waste prevention ordinances R RETAIL ONLY A water waste ordinance explicitly states that the waste of water is to be prohibited. The ordinance may prohibit specific actions that waste water, such as excessive runoff from landscape irrigation, or use of a hose outdoors without a shut off nozzle. A water waste prevention ordinance is in place at all times and is not dependent upon a water shortage for implementation. However a water waste ordinance may include increasingly restrictive prohibitions that may be implemented in response to shortages. If the water supplier has a water waste prevention ordinance in place, or another equivalent mechanism, include it as an attachment in the UWMP. RECOMMENDED Some agencies include a water waste prohibition in the first stage of their WSCP and this stage remains in place at all times. 9-6 FINAL

232 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Metering CWC 526 (a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, an urban water supplier that, on or after January 1, 2004, receives water from the federal Central Valley Project under a water service contract or subcontract... shall do both of the following: (1) On or before January 1, 2013, install water meters on all service connections to residential and nonagricultural commercial buildings... located within its service area. CWC 527 (a) An urban water supplier that is not subject to Section 526 shall do both the following: (1) Install water meters on all municipal and industrial service connections located within its service area on or before January 1, R RETAIL ONLY An agency that is fully metered will state that fact in the UWMP. If an agency is not yet fully metered (the CWC requires full metering by 2025), it will discuss its plans for becoming fully metered in accordance with CWC 527 (see text box above). RECOMMENDED Agencies are encouraged to include a discussion of their programs for meter replacement and/or calibration. Agencies may include a discussion of any significant sub-metering programs, especially landscape irrigation sub-metering, that they have implemented or plan to implement. Agencies are also encouraged to include a discussion of any innovative metering programs, such as Advanced Metering Infrastructure (AMI), or Automatic Meter Reading (AMR) that are employed within their service area. 9-7 FINAL

233 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Conservation pricing R RETAIL ONLY In this section, describe the pricing structure that is used by the water agency. A conservation pricing structure is always in place and is not dependent upon a water shortage for implementation, although a conservation rate structure could include drought rate structures. See Appendix N for an example of a conservation rate structure that includes a drought rate structure to be implemented as needed. Drought rate structures and surcharges are addressed in Chapter 8, Water Shortage Contingency Planning. Conservation pricing sends a signal to customers regarding their water use. A common example of conservation pricing is a tiered rate structure, where efficient water use is billed at a low price and higher water use billed at progressively higher prices. Another example is the use of water budgets, wherein each customer is given a water budget and if that budget is exceeded, the customer must pay a penalty, or a higher water rate, for that portion of water that exceeds the water budget. Agencies may provide detailed information of their drought and/or conservation rate structures in an appendix and summarize the key points in the main body of the UWMP in the following sections, as applicable: Section 8.4 Penalties, Charges, and Other Enforcement; Section 8.6 Impacts to Revenue and Expenditure; Section Conservation Rate Structures. The UWMP preparer may use the language from the agency s California Urban Water Conservation Council (CUWCC) report, if applicable, when describing the agency s conservation rate structure. 9-8 FINAL

234 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Public education and outreach R RETAIL ONLY Describe the public education and outreach efforts by the water agency. This may include: Marketing of rebates and give-aways; Communicating water use via water bills (e.g., increased frequency of billing, an easy to understand bill format, or bills that compare a customer s water use to the water use of similar customers); Providing school education programs; Information booths at fairs and public events; Newsletters; Informative websites, online tools, or social media; Newspaper articles; Other activities not listed here Programs to assess and manage distribution system real loss R RETAIL ONLY Describe the agency s programs to detect and repair distribution system leaks. A reference to the distribution system losses reported in Chapter 4 is appropriate to include here. RECOMMENDED An agency may also include a description of routine and planned system maintenance to prevent losses. 9-9 FINAL

235 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Water conservation program coordination and staffing support R RETAIL ONLY Describe the activities of the water conservation program, if any. RECOMMENDED The description may include the name and contact information of the water conservation coordinator(s), the number of staff in the program and a description of program funding Other demand management measures R RETAIL ONLY This category provides agencies the ability to report additional or innovative approaches to demand management that do not belong to any of the categories above. This may include rebate programs offered by the agency. 9.3 Implementation over the Past Five Years CWC (f) Provide a description of the supplier s water demand management measures. This description shall include all of the following: (1)(A) a narrative description that addresses the nature and extent of each water demand management measure implemented over the past five years FINAL

236 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Suppliers shall provide a narrative description addressing the nature and extent of each DMM implemented over the past five years, from 2010 through Each DMM listed in Section 9.1 for wholesalers and 9.2 for retailers must be addressed. Retail water suppliers should clearly describe those DMMs that are implemented by a wholesale agency on their behalf. This will avoid double counting DMM implementation. Nature Describe the DMM program (e.g. the dollar value for individual toilet replacements, the process used to inform customers of a landscape water budget program, or the content of a school education program.) Extent Quantify the implementation of the DMM (e.g., the number of customers that have used the toilet rebate program, the number of large landscape accounts that have been assigned a water budget, or the number of school presentations given by the agency). 9.4 Planned Implementation to Achieve Water Use Targets CWC (f) Provide a description of the supplier s water demand management measures. This description shall include all of the following: (1)(A) The narrative shall describe the water demand management measures that the supplier plans to implement to achieve its water use targets pursuant to Section R RETAIL ONLY Using the list of DMMs in Section 9.2, describe the DMMs that the agency plans to implement in order to achieve its water use targets (as described in CWC and Chapter 5 Baselines and Targets). RECOMMENDED Additional information, such as a description of the methods used to estimate the expected water savings from DMMs, or the agency s implementation plan for a particular DMM, may also be included FINAL

237 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL 9.5 Members of the California Urban Water Conservation Council CWC (i) For purposes of this part, urban water suppliers that are members of the California Urban Water Conservation Council shall be deemed in compliance with the requirements of subdivision (f) by complying with all the provisions of the Memorandum of Understanding Regarding Urban Water Conservation in California, dated December 10, 2008, as it may be amended, and by submitting the annual reports required by Section 6.2 of that memorandum. R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS CUWCC members have the option of submitting their Best Management Practice (BMP) annual reports in lieu of, or in addition to, describing the DMMs in their UWMP. The option of submitting the CUWCC BMP report in lieu of describing the DMMs is only available if the supplier is in full compliance with the CUWCC s Memorandum of Understanding (MOU). The submitted reports must include documentation from the CUWCC that the supplier has met the MOU coverage requirements and is in full compliance with the MOU FINAL

238 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Chapter 10 Plan Adoption, Submittal, and Implementation This chapter provides guidance for addressing the CWC requirements for a public hearing, the UWMP adoption process, submitting an adopted UWMP, plan implementation, and the process for amending an adopted UWMP. This chapter includes the following sections: 10.1 Inclusion of all 2015 Data 10.2 Notice of Public Hearing 10.3 Public Hearing and Adoption 10.4 Plan Submittal 10.5 Public Availability 10.6 Amending an Adopted UWMP 10-1 FINAL

239 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL 10.1 Inclusion of All 2015 Data R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS 2015 UWMPs must include the water use and planning data for the entire year of If an agency is reporting on a calendar year basis, the 2015 UWMP cannot be completed before the end of the calendar year If an agency is reporting on a fiscal year basis, they may complete their 2015 UWMP at the end of their fiscal year Notice of Public Hearing R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Water suppliers must hold a public hearing prior to adopting the Plan. The public hearing provides an opportunity for the public to provide input to the plan before it is adopted. The governing body shall consider all public input. There are two audiences to be noticed for the public hearing; cities and counties, and the public Notice to Cities and Counties CWC (b) Every urban water supplier required to prepare a plan shall at least 60 days prior to the public hearing on the plan notify any city or county within which the supplier provides waters supplies that the urban water supplier will be reviewing the plan and considering amendments or changes to the plan. CWC The urban water supplier shall provide notice of the time and place of hearing to any city or county within which the supplier provides water supplies. A privately owned water supplier shall provide an equivalent notice within its service area 10-2 FINAL

240 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS The following subsections provide guidance for the two required notices to cities and counties Day Notification The CWC states that cities and counties must be notified that the supplier will be reviewing the UWMP and considering amendments to the Plan. This notice must be sent AT LEAST 60 days prior to the public hearing. (See also Section 2.5.3). RECOMMENDED In order to provide cities and counties ample opportunity to participate in the UWMP process, water agencies are encouraged to send this notification at the beginning of the UWMP planning process, well in advance of the required 60 days prior to the public hearing Notice of Public Hearing The water supplier shall provide notice of the time and place of the public hearing to any city or county within which the supplier provides water. This applies to both public and private water suppliers. RECOMMENDED The notices to the cities and counties should include the location where the 2015 UWMP can be viewed, the UWMP revision schedule, and contact information of the UWMP preparer. Notification letters can be addressed to the City Manager, County Administrator, or other local contacts, as appropriate for the supplier s service area FINAL

241 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL TABLES Table 10-1 Complete Table 10-1: Notification to cities and counties. RUWMPs will use multiple versions of Table 10-1; one for each participating agency. W Table 10-1 Wholesale: Notification to Cities and Counties (select one) Supplier has notified more than 10 cities or counties in accordance with CWC (b) and Completion of the table below is not required. Provide a separate list of the cities and counties that were notified. Provide the page location in the UWMP of this list. Supplier has notified 10 or fewer cities or counties. Complete the table below. City Name 60 Day Notice Notice of Public Hearing Up to 10 entries allowed County Name 60 Day Notice Notice of Public Hearing NOTES: Up to 10 entries allowed 10-4 FINAL

242 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R Table 10-1 Retail: Notification to Cities and Counties City Name 60 Day Notice Notice of Public Hearing County Name Up to 10 entries allowed 60 Day Notice Notice of Public Hearing NOTES: Up to 10 entries allowed 10-5 FINAL

243 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Notice to the Public CWC Prior to adopting a plan, the urban water supplier shall make the plan available for public inspection Prior to the hearing, notice of the time and place of hearing shall be published within the jurisdiction of the publicly owned water supplier pursuant to Section 6066 of the Government Code Government Code 6066 Publication of notice pursuant to this section shall be once a week for two successive weeks. Two publications in a newspaper published once a week or oftener, with at least five days intervening between the respective publication dates not counting such publication dates, are sufficient. The period of notice commences upon the first day of publication and terminates at the end of the fourteenth day, including therein the first day. R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS The public hearing must be noticed in a local newspaper as prescribed in Government Code This notice must include time and place of hearing, as well as the location where the plan is available for public inspection. In order to verify that this notification has taken place, the UWMP shall include a copy of the public notice Public Hearing and Adoption CWC Prior to adopting a plan, the urban water supplier shall hold a public hearing thereon. CWC (a) In complying with this part, an urban retail water supplier shall conduct at least one public hearing to accomplish all of the following: (1) Allow community input regarding the urban retail water supplier s implementation plan for complying with this part. (2) Consider the economic impacts of the urban retail water supplier s implementation plan for complying with this part. (3) Adopt a method, pursuant to subdivision (b) of Section for determining its urban water use target FINAL

244 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS The public hearing may take place at the same meeting as the adoption hearing of the governing board. If a water supplier chooses to combine these meetings, the agenda must include the public hearing as an agenda item. R RETAIL ONLY As part of the public hearing, the retail supplier shall provide information on their baseline values, water use targets, and implementation plan required in the Water Conservation Act of This information is fully explained in Chapter 5 Baselines and Targets Adoption CWC After the hearing, the plan shall be adopted as prepared or as modified after the hearing. R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS The adoption hearing of the governing body may be combined with the public hearing; however the public hearing portion must take place before the adoption portion. This allows the governing body the opportunity to modify the UWMP in response to public input before adoption. Before submitting the UWMP to DWR, the governing body must formally adopt the plan. Water agencies shall include the adoption resolution in the UWMP. This may be included as an attachment to the UWMP or as a web address indicating where the adoption resolution can be found online FINAL

245 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL 10.4 Plan Submittal CWC (d) An urban water supplier shall update and submit its 2015 plan to the department by July 1, CWC (a)(1) An urban water supplier shall submit to the department, the California State Library, and any city or county within which the supplier provides water supplies a copy of its plan no later than 30 days after adoption. CWC (b) The urban water supplier shall provide that portion of its urban water management plan prepared pursuant to this article to any city or county within which it provides water supplies no later than 60 days after the submission of its urban water management plan. The following sections provide guidance for submitting UWMPs to DWR, the State library, and cities and counties Submitting a UWMP to DWR R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS 2015 UWMPs must be submitted to DWR within 30 days of adoption and by July 1, UWMP submittal will be done electronically through WUEdata, an online submittal tool that will be available in adequate time for UWMP submittal. After the UWMP has been submitted, DWR will review the plan utilizing the provided checklist (Appendix F) and make a determination as to whether or not the UWMP addresses the requirements of the CWC. The DWR reviewer will contact the water supplier as needed during the review process. Upon completion of the Plan review, DWR will issue a letter to the agency with the results of the review FINAL

246 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Electronic Data Submittal R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS DWR is in the process of developing an online submittal tool, WUEdata, which will be used for the 2015 UWMPs. The tool will accept complete UWMPs, as well as tabular data from all the data tables. The WUE data online submittal tool is online at The availability of the tool will be announced to the Guidebook Advisory Committee, the Urban Stakeholder Committee, DWR s UWMP list serve, the Water Plan ENews, and posted on the DWR Urban Water Management webpage at Submitting a UWMP to the California State Library R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS No later than 30 days after adoption, the water agency shall submit a CD or hardcopy of the adopted 2015 UWMP to the California State Library at: California State Library Government Publications Section P.O. Box Sacramento, CA Attention: Coordinator, Urban Water Management Plans If delivered by courier or overnight carrier to the State Library, use the following street address instead of the PO Box: California State Library Government Publications Section 914 Capitol Mall Sacramento, CA FINAL

247 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL Submitting a UWMP to Cities and Counties R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS No later than 30 days after adoption, the water agency shall submit a copy of the adopted 2015 UWMP to any city or county to which the supplier provides water. This copy may be in an electronic format. This will also satisfy Water Code Section 10635(b) Public Availability CWC Not later than 30 days after filing a copy of its plan with the department, the urban water supplier and the department shall make the plan available for public review during normal business hours. R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS Include a statement in the UWMP describing the availability of the adopted UWMP for public review during normal business hours. Examples of public availability include placing a copy of the UWMP at the front desk of the agency s office, or posting the UWMP on the agency s website for public viewing FINAL

248 2015 UWMP Guidebook for Urban Water Suppliers FINAL 10.6 Amending an Adopted UWMP CWC (c) The amendments to, or changes in, the plan shall be adopted and filed in the manner set forth in Article 3 (commencing with Section 10640). CWC (a)(1) Copies of amendments or changes to the plans shall be submitted to the department, the California State Library, and any city or county within which the supplier provides water supplies within 30 days after adoption. R W ALL URBAN WATER SUPPLIERS If the supplier amends an adopted UWMP, each of the steps for notification, public hearing, adoption, and submittal must also be followed for the amended plan FINAL

249 2015 Urban Water Management Plan Appendix B: DWR Urban Water Management Plan Checklist Padre Dam Municipal Water District B-1

250 Appendix B Checklist Final Appendix B UWMP Checklist This checklist is developed directly from the Urban Water Management Planning Act and SB X7-7. It is provided to support water suppliers during preparation of their UWMPs. Two versions of the UWMP Checklist are provided the first one is organized according to the California Water Code and the second checklist according to subject matter. The two checklists contain duplicate information and the water supplier should use whichever checklist is more convenient. In the event that information or recommendations in these tables are inconsistent with, conflict with, or omit the requirements of the Act or applicable laws, the Act or other laws shall prevail. Each water supplier submitting an UWMP can also provide DWR with the UWMP location of the required element by completing the last column of eitherchecklist. This will support DWR in its review of these UWMPs. The completed form can be included with the UWMP. If an item does not pertain to a water supplier, then state the UWMP requirement and note that it does not apply to the agency. For example, if a water supplier does not use groundwater as a water supply source, then there should be a statement in the UWMP that groundwater is not a water supply source. B - 1

251 Appendix B Checklist Final Checklist Arranged by Water Code Section CWC Section UWMP Requirement Subject Guidebook Location (b) Retail suppliers shall adopt a 2020 water use target using one of four methods (e) Retail suppliers shall provide baseline daily per capita water use, urban water use target, interim urban water use target, and compliance daily per capita water use, along with the bases for determining those estimates, including references to supporting data Retail suppliers per capita daily water use reduction shall be no less than 5 percent of base daily per capita water use of the 5 year baseline. This does not apply if the suppliers base GPCD is at or below (a) Retail suppliers shall meet their interim target by December 31, (d)(2) If the retail supplier adjusts its compliance GPCD using weather normalization, economic adjustment, or extraordinary events, it shall provide the basis for, and data supporting the adjustment (a) Retail suppliers shall conduct a public hearing to discuss adoption, implementation, and economic impact of water use targets Wholesale suppliers shall include an assessment of present and proposed future measures, programs, and policies to help their retail water suppliers achieve targeted water use reductions Retail suppliers shall report on their progress in meeting their water use targets. The data shall be reported using a standardized form (b) Every person that becomes an urban water supplier shall adopt an urban water management plan within one year after it has become an urban water supplier (d)(2) Coordinate the preparation of its plan with other appropriate agencies in the area, including other water suppliers that share a common source, water management agencies, and relevant public agencies, to the extent practicable. B - 2 Baselines and Targets Baselines and Targets Baselines and Targets Baselines and Targets Baselines and Targets Plan Adoption, Submittal, and Implementation Baselines and Targets Baselines and Targets Section 5.7 and App E Chapter 5 and App E UWMP Location (Optional Column for Agency Use) Section 5.5 and App D Section 5 and App D Section Section 5.5 and Table 5-3 Section 5.8 and App E Section Section 5.5 and App D N/A Section 10.3 Section 10 Section 5.1 Section 6.8 Section 5.8 and App E App D Plan Preparation Section 2.1 Section 2.1 Plan Preparation Section Section 2.2 and Table 2-5

252 Appendix B Checklist Final 10620(f) 10621(b) 10621(d) Describe water management tools and options to maximize resources and minimize the need to import water from other regions. Notify, at least 60 days prior to the public hearing, any city or county within which the supplier provides water that the urban water supplier will be reviewing the plan and considering amendments or changes to the plan. Each urban water supplier shall update and submit its 2015 plan to the department by July 1, Water Supply Reliability Assessment Plan Adoption, Submittal, and Implementation Plan Adoption, Submittal, and Implementation 10631(a) Describe the water supplier service area. System Description 10631(a) 10631(a) Describe the climate of the service area of the supplier. Indicate the current population of the service area (a) Provide population projections for 2020, 2025, 2030, and (a) Describe other demographic factors affecting the supplier s water management planning (b) Identify and quantify the existing and planned sources of water available for 2015, 2020, 2025, 2030, and (b) Indicate whether groundwater is an existing or planned source of water available to the supplier (b)(1) Indicate whether a groundwater management plan has been adopted by the water supplier or if there is any other specific authorization for groundwater management. Include a copy of the plan or authorization. System Description System Description and Baselines and Targets System Description System Description Section 7.4 Sections 6.5, 6.6, 6.8, 7.4 Section Section 10 and Table 10-1 Sections and 10.4 Section 3.1 Sections 10 and 2.1 Sections 3.1 and 3.2 Section 3.3 Section 3.3 Sections 3.4 and 5.4 Sections 3.4 and 5.4 Section 3.4 Section 3.4 Section 3.4 Section System Supplies Chapter 6 Section 6 System Supplies Section 6.2 Section 6.2 System Supplies Section Section (b)(2) Describe the groundwater basin. System Supplies Section Section (b)(2) Indicate if the basin has been adjudicated System Supplies Section Section 6.2 and include a copy of the court order or decree and a description of the amount of water the supplier has the legal right to pump (b)(2) For unadjudicated basins, indicate whether or not the department has identified the basin as overdrafted, or projected to become overdrafted. Describe efforts by the supplier to eliminate the long-term overdraft condition. System Supplies Section Section 6.2 B - 3

253 Appendix B Checklist Final 10631(b)(3) Provide a detailed description and analysis of the location, amount, and sufficiency of groundwater pumped by the urban water supplier for the past five years 10631(b)(4) Provide a detailed description and analysis of the amount and location of groundwater that is projected to be pumped (c)(1) Describe the reliability of the water supply and vulnerability to seasonal or climatic shortage (c)(1) Provide data for an average water year, a single dry water year, and multiple dry water years 10631(c)(2) For any water source that may not be available at a consistent level of use, describe plans to supplement or replace that source (d) Describe the opportunities for exchanges or transfers of water on a short-term or longterm basis (e)(1) Quantify past, current, and projected water use, identifying the uses among water use sectors (e)(3)(A) Report the distribution system water loss for the most recent 12-month period available (f)(1) Retail suppliers shall provide a description of the nature and extent of each demand management measure implemented over the past five years. The description will address specific measures listed in code (f)(2) Wholesale suppliers shall describe specific demand management measures listed in code, their distribution system asset management program, and supplier assistance program (g) Describe the expected future water supply projects and programs that may be undertaken by the water supplier to address water supply reliability in average, single-dry, and multiple-dry years (h) Describe desalinated water project opportunities for long-term supply (i) CUWCC members may submit their CUWCC BMP annual reports in lieu of, or in addition to, describing the DMM implementation in their UWMPs. This option is only allowable if the supplier has been found to be in full compliance with the CUWCC MOU. System Supplies Section Section 6.2 System Supplies Sections 6.2 and 6.9 Water Supply Reliability Assessment Water Supply Reliability Assessment Water Supply Reliability Assessment Section 7.1 Section 6.2 Sections 7.2 and 7.4 Section 7.2 Section 7.2 Section 7.1 Section 7.1 System Supplies Section 6.7 Section 6.7 System Water Use System Water Use Demand Management Measures Demand Management Measures Section 4.2 Section 4.1 Section 4.3 Section 4.2 Sections 9.2 and 9.3 Sections 9.1 and 9.3 Appendix H App H System Supplies Section 6.8 Section 6.8 System Supplies Section 6.6 Section 6.6 Demand Management Measures Section 9.5 Section 9 B - 4

254 Appendix B Checklist Final 10631(j) 10631(j) (a) 10632(a) and 10632(a)(1) 10632(a)(2) 10632(a)(3) 10632(a)(4) 10632(a)(5) 10632(a)(6) 10632(a)(7) 10632(a)(8) Retail suppliers will include documentation that they have provided their wholesale supplier(s) if any - with water use projections from that source. Wholesale suppliers will include documentation that they have provided their urban water suppliers with identification and quantification of the existing and planned sources of water available from the wholesale to the urban supplier during various water year types. Include projected water use needed for lower income housing projected in the service area of the supplier. Provide an urban water shortage contingency analysis that specifies stages of action and an outline of specific water supply conditions at each stage. Provide an estimate of the minimum water supply available during each of the next three water years based on the driest threeyear historic sequence for the agency. Identify actions to be undertaken by the urban water supplier in case of a catastrophic interruption of water supplies. Identify mandatory prohibitions against specific water use practices during water shortages. Specify consumption reduction methods in the most restrictive stages. Indicated penalties or charges for excessive use, where applicable. Provide an analysis of the impacts of each of the actions and conditions in the water shortage contingency analysis on the revenues and expenditures of the urban water supplier, and proposed measures to overcome those impacts. Provide a draft water shortage contingency resolution or ordinance (a)(9) Indicate a mechanism for determining actual reductions in water use pursuant to the water shortage contingency analysis For wastewater and recycled water, coordinate with local water, wastewater, groundwater, and planning agencies that operate within the supplier's service area. B - 5 System Supplies Section Section 2.1 System Supplies Section N/A System Water Use Water Shortage Contingency Planning Water Shortage Contingency Planning Water Shortage Contingency Planning Water Shortage Contingency Planning Water Shortage Contingency Planning Water Shortage Contingency Planning Water Shortage Contingency Planning Water Shortage Contingency Planning Water Shortage Contingency Planning System Supplies (Recycled Water) Section 4.5 Section 4.3 Section 8.1 Section 8.1 Section 8.9 Section 8.9 Section 8.8 Section 8.8 Section 8.2 Section 8.2 Section 8.4 Section 8.4 Section 8.3 Section 8.3 Section 8.6 Section 8.6 Section 8.7 Section 8.7 Section 8.5 Section 8.5 Section Sections 6.4 and 6.5

255 Appendix B Checklist Final 10633(a) 10633(b) 10633(c) 10633(d) 10633(e) 10633(f) 10633(g) Describe the wastewater collection and treatment systems in the supplier's service area. Include quantification of the amount of wastewater collected and treated and the methods of wastewater disposal. Describe the quantity of treated wastewater that meets recycled water standards, is being discharged, and is otherwise available for use in a recycled water project. Describe the recycled water currently being used in the supplier's service area. Describe and quantify the potential uses of recycled water and provide a determination of the technical and economic feasibility of those uses. Describe the projected use of recycled water within the supplier's service area at the end of 5, 10, 15, and 20 years, and a description of the actual use of recycled water in comparison to uses previously projected. Describe the actions which may be taken to encourage the use of recycled water and the projected results of these actions in terms of acre-feet of recycled water used per year. Provide a plan for optimizing the use of recycled water in the supplier's service area Provide information on the quality of existing sources of water available to the supplier and the manner in which water quality affects water management strategies and supply reliability 10635(a) Assess the water supply reliability during normal, dry, and multiple dry water years by comparing the total water supply sources available to the water supplier with the total projected water use over the next 20 years (b) Provide supporting documentation that Water Shortage Contingency Plan has been, or will be, provided to any city or county within which it provides water, no later than 60 days after the submission of the plan to DWR Provide supporting documentation that the water supplier has encouraged active involvement of diverse social, cultural, and economic elements of the population within the service area prior to and during the preparation of the plan. System Supplies (Recycled Water) System Supplies (Recycled Water) System Supplies (Recycled Water) System Supplies (Recycled Water) System Supplies (Recycled Water) System Supplies (Recycled Water) System Supplies (Recycled Water) Water Supply Reliability Assessment Water Supply Reliability Assessment Plan Adoption, Submittal, and Implementation Section Section 6.4 Section Section and Section Section 6.5 Section 6.5 Section Section Section 6.5 Section Section 6.5 Section Section 6.5 Section 7.1 Section 7.1 Section 7.3 Section 7.2 Section Section 10 Plan Preparation Section Section 2 B - 6

256 Appendix B Checklist Final Provide supporting documentation that the urban water supplier made the plan available for public inspection, published notice of the public hearing, and held a public hearing about the plan. Plan Adoption, Submittal, and Implementation Sections , 10.3, and 10.5 Section The water supplier is to provide the time and place of the hearing to any city or county within which the supplier provides water Provide supporting documentation that the plan has been adopted as prepared or modified (a) Provide supporting documentation that the urban water supplier has submitted this UWMP to the California State Library (a)(1) 10644(a)(2) Provide supporting documentation that the urban water supplier has submitted this UWMP to any city or county within which the supplier provides water no later than 30 days after adoption. The plan, or amendments to the plan, submitted to the department shall be submitted electronically Provide supporting documentation that, not later than 30 days after filing a copy of its plan with the department, the supplier has or will make the plan available for public review during normal business hours. Plan Adoption, Submittal, and Implementation Plan Adoption, Submittal, and Implementation Plan Adoption, Submittal, and Implementation Plan Adoption, Submittal, and Implementation Plan Adoption, Submittal, and Implementation Plan Adoption, Submittal, and Implementation Sections Section 10 Section Section 10 Section Section 10 Section Section 10 Sections Section and Section 10.5 Section 10 B - 7

257 Appendix B Checklist Final Checklist Arranged by Subject CWC Section UWMP Requirement Subject Guidebook Location 10620(b) Every person that becomes an urban water Plan Preparation Section 2.1 supplier shall adopt an urban water management plan within one year after it has become an urban water supplier (d)(2) Coordinate the preparation of its plan with Plan Preparation Section other appropriate agencies in the area, including other water suppliers that share a common source, water management agencies, and relevant public agencies, to the extent practicable Provide supporting documentation that the Plan Preparation Section water supplier has encouraged active involvement of diverse social, cultural, and economic elements of the population within the service area prior to and during the preparation of the plan (a) Describe the water supplier service area. System Description Section (a) Describe the climate of the service area of the supplier (a) Provide population projections for 2020, 2025, 2030, and (a) Describe other demographic factors affecting the supplier s water management planning (a) Indicate the current population of the service area (e)(1) 10631(e)(3)(A) (a) (b) Quantify past, current, and projected water use, identifying the uses among water use sectors. Report the distribution system water loss for the most recent 12-month period available. Include projected water use needed for lower income housing projected in the service area of the supplier. Retail suppliers shall adopt a 2020 water use target using one of four methods. System Description System Description System Description System Description and Baselines and Targets System Water Use System Water Use System Water Use Baselines and Targets Section 3.3 Section 3.4 Section 3.4 Sections 3.4 and 5.4 Section 4.2 Section 4.3 Section 4.5 Section 5.7 and App E UWMP Location (Optional Column for Agency Use) B - 8

258 Appendix B Checklist Final (e) Retail suppliers shall provide baseline daily per capita water use, urban water use target, interim urban water use target, and compliance daily per capita water use, along with the bases for determining those estimates, including references to supporting data Retail suppliers per capita daily water use reduction shall be no less than 5 percent of base daily per capita water use of the 5 year baseline. This does not apply if the suppliers base GPCD is at or below (a) Retail suppliers shall meet their interim target by December 31, (d)(2) If the retail supplier adjusts its compliance GPCD using weather normalization, economic adjustment, or extraordinary events, it shall provide the basis for, and data supporting the adjustment Wholesale suppliers shall include an assessment of present and proposed future measures, programs, and policies to help their retail water suppliers achieve targeted water use reductions Retail suppliers shall report on their progress in meeting their water use targets. The data shall be reported using a standardized form. Baselines and Targets Baselines and Targets Baselines and Targets Baselines and Targets Baselines and Targets Baselines and Targets Chapter 5 and App E Section Section 5.8 and App E Section Section 5.1 Section 5.8 and App E 10631(b) 10631(b) 10631(b)(1) Identify and quantify the existing and planned sources of water available for 2015, 2020, 2025, 2030, and Indicate whether groundwater is an existing or planned source of water available to the supplier. Indicate whether a groundwater management plan has been adopted by the water supplier or if there is any other specific authorization for groundwater management. Include a copy of the plan or authorization. System Supplies Chapter 6 System Supplies Section 6.2 System Supplies Section (b)(2) Describe the groundwater basin. System Supplies Section (b)(2) 10631(b)(2) Indicate if the basin has been adjudicated and include a copy of the court order or decree and a description of the amount of water the supplier has the legal right to pump. For unadjudicated basins, indicate whether or not the department has identified the basin as overdrafted, or projected to become overdrafted. Describe efforts by the supplier to eliminate the long-term overdraft condition. B - 9 System Supplies Section System Supplies Section 6.2.3

259 Appendix B Checklist Final 10631(b)(3) Provide a detailed description and analysis of the location, amount, and sufficiency of groundwater pumped by the urban water supplier for the past five years 10631(b)(4) Provide a detailed description and analysis of the amount and location of groundwater that is projected to be pumped (d) Describe the opportunities for exchanges or transfers of water on a short-term or longterm basis (g) Describe the expected future water supply projects and programs that may be undertaken by the water supplier to address water supply reliability in average, single-dry, and multiple-dry years (h) Describe desalinated water project opportunities for long-term supply (j) Retail suppliers will include documentation that they have provided their wholesale supplier(s) if any - with water use projections from that source (j) Wholesale suppliers will include documentation that they have provided their urban water suppliers with identification and quantification of the existing and planned sources of water available from the wholesale to the urban supplier during various water year types For wastewater and recycled water, coordinate with local water, wastewater, groundwater, and planning agencies that operate within the supplier's service area (a) Describe the wastewater collection and treatment systems in the supplier's service area. Include quantification of the amount of wastewater collected and treated and the methods of wastewater disposal (b) Describe the quantity of treated wastewater that meets recycled water standards, is being discharged, and is otherwise available for use in a recycled water project (c) Describe the recycled water currently being used in the supplier's service area (d) Describe and quantify the potential uses of recycled water and provide a determination of the technical and economic feasibility of those uses. System Supplies Section System Supplies Sections 6.2 and 6.9 System Supplies Section 6.7 System Supplies Section 6.8 System Supplies Section 6.6 System Supplies Section System Supplies Section System Supplies (Recycled Water) System Supplies (Recycled Water) System Supplies (Recycled Water) System Supplies (Recycled Water) System Supplies (Recycled Water) Section Section Section Section and Section B - 10

260 Appendix B Checklist Final 10633(e) 10633(f) 10633(g) Describe the projected use of recycled water within the supplier's service area at the end of 5, 10, 15, and 20 years, and a description of the actual use of recycled water in comparison to uses previously projected. Describe the actions which may be taken to encourage the use of recycled water and the projected results of these actions in terms of acre-feet of recycled water used per year. Provide a plan for optimizing the use of recycled water in the supplier's service area (f) Describe water management tools and options to maximize resources and minimize the need to import water from other regions (c)(1) Describe the reliability of the water supply and vulnerability to seasonal or climatic shortage (c)(1) Provide data for an average water year, a single dry water year, and multiple dry water years 10631(c)(2) For any water source that may not be available at a consistent level of use, describe plans to supplement or replace that source Provide information on the quality of existing sources of water available to the supplier and the manner in which water quality affects water management strategies and supply reliability 10635(a) Assess the water supply reliability during normal, dry, and multiple dry water years by comparing the total water supply sources available to the water supplier with the total projected water use over the next 20 years (a) and 10632(a)(1) 10632(a)(2) 10632(a)(3) 10632(a)(4) Provide an urban water shortage contingency analysis that specifies stages of action and an outline of specific water supply conditions at each stage. Provide an estimate of the minimum water supply available during each of the next three water years based on the driest threeyear historic sequence for the agency. Identify actions to be undertaken by the urban water supplier in case of a catastrophic interruption of water supplies. Identify mandatory prohibitions against specific water use practices during water shortages. System Supplies (Recycled Water) System Supplies (Recycled Water) System Supplies (Recycled Water) Water Supply Reliability Assessment Water Supply Reliability Assessment Water Supply Reliability Assessment Water Supply Reliability Assessment Water Supply Reliability Assessment Water Supply Reliability Assessment Water Shortage Contingency Planning Water Shortage Contingency Planning Water Shortage Contingency Planning Water Shortage Contingency Planning Section Section Section Section 7.4 Section 7.1 Section 7.2 Section 7.1 Section 7.1 Section 7.3 Section 8.1 Section 8.9 Section 8.8 Section 8.2 B - 11

261 Appendix B Checklist Final 10632(a)(5) 10632(a)(6) 10632(a)(7) 10632(a)(8) Specify consumption reduction methods in the most restrictive stages. Indicated penalties or charges for excessive use, where applicable. Provide an analysis of the impacts of each of the actions and conditions in the water shortage contingency analysis on the revenues and expenditures of the urban water supplier, and proposed measures to overcome those impacts. Provide a draft water shortage contingency resolution or ordinance (a)(9) Indicate a mechanism for determining actual reductions in water use pursuant to the water shortage contingency analysis (f)(1) Retail suppliers shall provide a description of the nature and extent of each demand management measure implemented over the past five years. The description will address specific measures listed in code (f)(2) Wholesale suppliers shall describe specific demand management measures listed in code, their distribution system asset management program, and supplier assistance program (i) CUWCC members may submit their CUWCC BMP annual reports in lieu of, or in addition to, describing the DMM implementation in their UWMPs. This option is only allowable if the supplier has been found to be in full compliance with the CUWCC MOU (a) Retail suppliers shall conduct a public hearing to discuss adoption, implementation, and economic impact of water use targets (b) Notify, at least 60 days prior to the public hearing, any city or county within which the supplier provides water that the urban water supplier will be reviewing the plan and considering amendments or changes to the plan (d) Each urban water supplier shall update and submit its 2015 plan to the department by July 1, Water Shortage Contingency Planning Water Shortage Contingency Planning Water Shortage Contingency Planning Water Shortage Contingency Planning Water Shortage Contingency Planning Demand Management Measures Demand Management Measures Demand Management Measures Plan Adoption, Submittal, and Implementation Plan Adoption, Submittal, and Implementation Plan Adoption, Submittal, and Implementation Section 8.4 Section 8.3 Section 8.6 Section 8.7 Section 8.5 Sections 9.2 and 9.3 Sections 9.1 and 9.3 Section 9.5 Section 10.3 Section Sections and 10.4 B - 12

262 Appendix B Checklist Final 10635(b) Provide supporting documentation that Water Shortage Contingency Plan has been, or will be, provided to any city or county within which it provides water, no later than 60 days after the submission of the plan to DWR. Plan Adoption, Submittal, and Implementation Section Provide supporting documentation that the urban water supplier made the plan available for public inspection, published notice of the public hearing, and held a public hearing about the plan The water supplier is to provide the time and place of the hearing to any city or county within which the supplier provides water Provide supporting documentation that the plan has been adopted as prepared or modified. Plan Adoption, Submittal, and Implementation Plan Adoption, Submittal, and Implementation Plan Adoption, Submittal, and Implementation Sections , 10.3, and 10.5 Sections Section (a) Provide supporting documentation that the urban water supplier has submitted this UWMP to the California State Library. Plan Adoption, Submittal, and Implementation Section (a)(1) Provide supporting documentation that the urban water supplier has submitted this UWMP to any city or county within which the supplier provides water no later than 30 days after adoption. Plan Adoption, Submittal, and Implementation Section (a)(2) The plan, or amendments to the plan, submitted to the department shall be submitted electronically Provide supporting documentation that, not later than 30 days after filing a copy of its plan with the department, the supplier has or will make the plan available for public review during normal business hours. Plan Adoption, Submittal, and Implementation Plan Adoption, Submittal, and Implementation Sections and Section 10.5 B - 13

263 2015 Urban Water Management Plan Appendix C: San Diego IRWMP Vulnerability Checklist Padre Dam Municipal Water District C-1

264 Appendix 7-D: San Diego IRWM Climate Change Study

265

266 Climate Change Planning Study Final Prepared by: May 2013

267 Climate Change Planning Study May 2013 Table of Contents Chapter 1 Climate Change in Water Resources Introduction Adaptation Relationship Water-Energy Nexus Legislative and Policy Context AB 32 Scoping Plan and CARB Strategies California Climate Action Registry/The Climate Registry Climate Action Plans and Climate Initiatives... 7 Chapter 2 Climate Change in IRWM Planning DWR Requirements Adaptation and Mitigation Analysis San Diego IRWM Region Climate Change Study Chapter 3 Effects of Climate Change on Region Impacts and Effects on Region Identification of Vulnerabilities Chapter 4 Vulnerability Analysis Vulnerability Prioritization Process Vulnerability Prioritization Results Chapter 5 Climate Change Management Strategies Identification of Strategies Strategy Prioritization Performance Measures/Metrics for Adaptation and Mitigation Strategies Chapter 6 Recommendations Adaptive Management Climate Change Related Objectives and Targets Climate Change in Project Selection Considerations References List of Tables Table 1: IRWM Plan Standards in Relation to Climate Change... 9 Table 2: Impacts and Effects of Climate Change on Region...12 Table 3: Climate Change Vulnerability Indicator Questions...14 Table 4: Prioritized Climate Change Vulnerability Issues...19 Table 5: Initial Strategy Prioritization Criteria...26 Table 6: Tier 1 Climate Change Management Strategies...27 Table 7: Tier 2 Climate Change Management Strategies...29 Table 8: Tier 3 Climate Change Management Strategies...30 Table 9: Additionally Reviewed Climate Change Management Strategies...30 Table 10: Sample Performance Measures/Metrics...31 Table 11: Climate Change Project Scoring Criteria...34 List of Figures Figure 1: Climate Change Analysis Process...10 Figure 2: Projected 2050 Coastal Inundation with Sea Level Rise in La Jolla...21 Figure 3: General Adaptive Management Plan...33 Appendices Appendix A - Appendix B - Detailed Strategy Prioritization Table Sample Climate Change Scoring Sheet for Projects i

268 Climate Change Planning Study May 2013 Acknowledgements Development of the San Diego IRWM Climate Change Study would not have been possible without the efforts of the San Diego IRWM Climate Change Workgroup and other contributors, including: Tim Bombardier, San Diego County Water Authority Donna Chralowicz, City of San Diego Linda Flournoy, Sustainability Consultant and Climate Change Workgroup Chair Sarah Harvey, Equinox Center Lauma Jurkevics, California Department of Water Resources, Southern Region Cheryl Laskowski, AECOM Peter Livingston, County of San Diego Anna Lowe, County of San Diego Fiona Lyons, San Diego County Water Authority Linda Pratt, City of San Diego Brendan Reed, City of Chula Vista Leslie Ryan, New School Jack Simes, U.S. Bureau of Reclamation Mark Stadler, San Diego County Water Authority Ann Tartre, Equinox Center Goldy Thach, City of San Diego Kathy Weldon, City of Encinitas ii

269 Climate Change Planning Study May 2013 List of Abbreviations AB AF CalEPA CARB CAT CCAR CCAS CEC CEQA CH4 CNRA CO2 DWR EO EPA GHG HFCs IRWM kwh MMTCO2E MSHCP N2O NF3 OPC OPR PFCs RMS SB SDCWA Assembly Bill Acre-foot California Environmental Protection Agency California Air Resources Board Climate Action Team California Climate Action Registry California Climate Action Strategy California Energy Commission California Environmental Quality Act Methane California Natural Resources Agency Carbon Dioxide Department of Water Resources Executive Order Environmental Protection Agency Greenhouse Gas Hydrofluorocarbons Integrated Regional Water Management kilowatt hours Million metric tons carbon dioxide equivalent Multiple Species Habitat Conservation Plan Nitrous Oxide Nitrogen Trifluoride Ocean Protection Council Office of Planning and Research Perfluorocarbons Resource Management Strategy Senate Bill San Diego County Water Authority iii

270 Climate Change Planning Study May 2013 SDG&E SDRIP SF6 SLR SWP SWRCB TCR TMDL TDS USEPA WET-CAT San Diego Gas & Electric San Diego River Improvement Project Sulfur Hexafluoride Sea Level Rise State Water Project State Water Resources Control Board The California Registry Total Maximum Daily Load Total Dissolved Solids United States Environmental Protection Agency Water Energy Team of the Climate Action Team iv

271 Climate Change Planning Study May Climate Change in Water Resources This chapter addresses requirements set forth in the Resource Management Strategies (RMS) Standard in the 2012 IRWM Program Guidelines (DWR 2012). As such, this chapter considers each RMS listed in the California Water Plan (CWP) Update 2009 (DWR 2009), documents which RMS will help achieve the IRWM Plan Update objectives, presents all RMS considered for the IRWM Plan Update, and includes an evaluation of the adaptability of water management systems in the San Diego IRWM Region to climate change. 1.1 Introduction Climate change projections have shown that California can expect to be impacted by changes to temperature and precipitation in the future, and even now California is beginning to experience the effects of these impacts. Water resource planners already face challenges interpreting new climate change information and discerning which response methods and approaches will be most appropriate for their planning needs. This Climate Change Planning Study (Study) examines current climate change science, policies, and regulations in terms of how they affect the San Diego Integrated Regional Water Management Region (Region). This Study serves as an initial guide for the Region to begin incorporating climate change adaptation and mitigation measures into its Integrated Regional Water Management (IRWM) Plan, where adaptation is how the Region can respond to climate change effects and mitigation is how the Region can reduce future climate change effects, and includes the following sections: Chapter 1: Climate Change in Water Resources Chapter 2: Climate Change in IRWM Planning Chapter 3: Effects of Climate Change on the Region Chapter 4: Vulnerability Analysis Chapter 5: Climate Change Management Strategies Chapter 6: Recommendations 1.2 Adaptation Relationship Climate change is expected to directly impact a number of areas related to water resources, in particular temperature, precipitation, and sea level rise. As global temperature increases, seasonal precipitation patterns including the timing, intensity and form of precipitation, are projected to continue to change. Sea level rise, which has risen about seven inches over the last century due to warming, is expected to rise further in the future. In order for the Region to adapt to, or protect against, climate change, it must first identify the impacts climate change is expected to have on the Region. These impacts are expected to further impact local water resources as follows (DWR, 2011): Temperature increases: o More winter precipitation falling as rain rather than snow, leading to reduced snowpack water storage, reduced long term soil humidity, reduced groundwater and downstream flows, and reduced imported water deliveries 1

272 Climate Change Planning Study May 2013 o o o Higher irrigation demands as temperatures alter evapotranspiration rates, and growing seasons become longer Exacerbated water quality issues associated with dissolved oxygen levels, increased algal blooms and increased concentrations of salinity and other constituents Impacted habitats for temperature-sensitive fish and other life forms, and increased susceptibility of aquatic habitats to eutrophication Precipitation pattern changes: o Increased flooding (both coastal and inland) caused by more intense storms o Changes to growth and life cycle patterns caused by shifting weather patterns o Threats to soil permeability, adding to increased flood threat and decreased water availability o Reduced water supply caused by the inability to capture precipitation from more intense storms, and a projected progressive reduction in average annual runoff (though some models suggest that there may be some offset from tropical moisture patterns increasingly moving northward) o Increased turbidity caused by more extreme storm events, leading to increased water treatment needs and impacts to habitat o Increased wildfires with less frequent, but more intense rainfall, and possibly differently timed rainfall through the year, potentially resulting in vegetation cover changes o Reduction in hydropower generation potential Sea level rise: o Inundation and erosion of coastal areas (coastal bluffs in particular), including coastal infrastructure o Saline intrusion of coastal aquifers o Increased risk of storm surges and coastal flooding and erosion during and after storms o Changes in near-shore protective biogeography such as loss of sand, tide pools and kelp beds Although the extent of these changes is uncertain, scientists agree that some level of change is inevitable; therefore, it will be necessary to implement flexible adaptation measures that will allow natural and human systems to respond to these climate change impacts in timely and effective ways. Adaptation measures may be implemented in response to climate change impacts that have already occurred, or expected impacts that are projected to occur. It is important to take note that water resources decisions made in the future will impact the rate of climate change. In addition to adapting to climate change, the Region has the opportunity to mitigate against climate change by minimizing greenhouse gas emissions emitted by water supply and wastewater activities. The relationship between water resources and greenhouse gas emissions is discussed further in the next section. 2

273 Climate Change Planning Study May Water-Energy Nexus To understand how water is related to climate change, it s helpful to understand the connection between water resources planning and energy, which is known as the water-energy nexus. Energy production accounts for between 30% and 40% of total GHG production in California, and can emit a number of different types of GHGs. California s Air Resources Board recognizes and inventories the following GHGs: carbon dioxide (CO2), methane (CH4), nitrous oxide (N2O), sulfur hexafluoride (SF6), hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs), perfluorocarbons (PFCs), and nitrogen trifluoride (NF3). These GHGs vary in magnitude in terms of their GHG strength, and therefore are converted to be equivalent to CO2 for the purposes of measuring GHG emissions across the state. CO2 emissions (or the equivalent for other GHGs) are the common measurement for GHG emissions. (CARB, 2013). Currently, statewide water use accounts for nearly 20% of electricity use, and 30% of non-power plant related natural gas consumption (CEC, 2006). Water use and energy are linked in at least three critical ways (CEC, 2011): 1. Water pumping and purification: The amount of energy used to pump water will depend upon the source (e.g., surface versus groundwater), the distance and height the water must be moved, and the treatment requirements. For example, pumping water to San Diego County through the State Water Project, which accounts for nearly 80% of the County s water supply, uses about 4,600 kilowatt hours (kwh) per acre-foot of electricity (DWR, 2012a), while groundwater pumping typically uses 300 kwh/af (Cohen, 2007). 2. Wastewater treatment: The amount of energy used in wastewater treatment plant typically ranges from 1,100 to 4,600 kwh per million gallons of wastewater treated (CEC, 2006). 3. Water heating: In an average California home, 41 percent of the water is used for dishwashing, faucets, laundry, and bathing water that is often heated. These amounts, in total, are so significant that we must also count the amount of GHGs from the fossil fuels that are burned to produce the oil, gas, coal and other combustibles which are then burned to produce the electricity. Understanding the water-energy nexus in California provides opportunities to attain significant energy benefits through two primary strategies (CEC, 2006): 1. Conserving water saves the energy that would have been used to convey, treat, and distribute the water, and energy that may have been needed to collect, treat and dispose of the wastewater. 2. Reducing the energy intensity of water operations reduces the total amount of energy consumed in the water sector and ultimately reduces the value of energy embedded in saved water. By reducing the energy used through the above strategies, GHG production can be reduced. It should be noted that, at times, the above processes may also be used to generate energy, such as through cogeneration at wastewater treatment plants, or capturing energy as water flows downhill. Concurrently, energy production processes require water for steam production for thermoelectric power and to cool equipment by absorbing waste heat. Energy conservation in the Region can reduce this need. These strategies are reflected in California s legislation and policy regarding climate change mitigation and greenhouse (GHG) emissions reduction discussed in the remainder of Chapter 1. 3

274 Climate Change Planning Study May Legislative and Policy Context In order to address currently-projected climate change impacts to California s water resources, the Department of Water Resources (DWR s) 2012 IRWM Grant Program Guidelines require that IRWM Plans describe and consider climate change adaptation and mitigation. Below is a summary of State legislation and policy that were considered as part of this IRWM Plan. Executive Order S-3-05 Executive Order (EO) S-3-05, signed on June 1, 2005 by Governor Arnold Schwarzenegger, is one of the key pieces of legislation that has laid the foundation for California s climate change policy. This piece of legislation recognizes California s vulnerabilities to the impacts of climate change, which include its water-related natural resources. EO S-3-05 established three GHG reduction targets for California: By 2010, reduce GHG emissions to 2000 California levels By 2020, reduce GHG emissions to 1990 California levels By 2050, reduce GHG emissions to 80 percent below 1990 California levels In addition to establishing GHG reduction targets for California, EO S-3-05 dictates that the Secretary of the California Environmental Protection Agency (CalEPA) establish the Climate Action Team (CAT) for State agencies to coordinate oversight of efforts to meet these targets. As laid out in EO S-3-05, the CAT submits biannual reports to the governor and State legislature describing progress made toward reaching the targets. There are currently 12 sub-groups within the CAT, one of which is the Water-Energy group (also known as WET-CAT). WET-CAT was tasked with coordinating the study of GHG effects on California s water supply system, including the development of GHG mitigation strategies for energy consumption related to water use. Since the adoption of the Assembly Bill 32 Scoping Plan (see the following section), WET-CAT has been working on the implementation and analyses of six water-related measures identified in the Scoping Plan: Water Use Efficiency Water Recycling Water System Energy Efficiency Reuse Urban Runoff Increase Renewable Energy Production Public Goods Charge for Water Assembly Bill 32: The California Global Warming Solutions Act of 2006 Assembly Bill (AB) 32, the California Global Warming Solutions Act of 2006 was signed by Governor Schwarzenegger to codify the mid-term GHG reduction target established in EO S-3-05 (reduce GHG emissions to 1990 levels by 2020) through, among other mechanisms, imposing an enforceable cap on GHG emissions. AB 32 directed the California Air Resources Board (CARB) to develop discrete early actions to reduce GHG emissions by 2007, and to adopt regulations to implement early action measures by January 1,

275 Climate Change Planning Study May 2013 Climate Change Scoping Plan AB 32 also required CARB to prepare a Scoping Plan to identify and achieve reductions in GHG emissions in California. The approved Climate Change Scoping Plan, adopted by CARB in December 2008, recommends specific strategies for different business sectors, including water management, to achieve the 2020 GHG emissions limit. The Scoping Plan as it relates to water resources is discussed further in Section 0 below. Senate Bill 97 Senate Bill 97 (SB 97) directed the Governor s Office of Planning and Research (OPR) to develop amendments to the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) Guidelines to determine how climate change is analyzed in documents required by CEQA. On December 31, 2009, the California Natural Resources Agency adopted amendments to the CEQA Guidelines and sent them to the California Office of Administrative Law for approval and filing with the Secretary of State. These CEQA Guideline amendments became effective on March 18, The CEQA Guidelines are not prescriptive; rather they encourage lead agencies to consider many factors in performing a CEQA analysis, and maintain discretion with lead agencies to make their own determinations based on substantial evidence. Managing an Uncertain Future: Climate Change Adaptation Strategies for California s Water DWR, in collaboration with the State Water Resources Control Board, other state agencies, and numerous stakeholders, has initiated a number of projects to begin climate change adaptation planning for the water sector. In October 2009, DWR released the first state-level climate change adaptation strategy for water resources in the U.S., and the first adaptation strategy for any sector in California. Entitled Managing an Uncertain Future: Climate Change Adaptation Strategies for California s Water, the report details how climate change is currently affecting the state s water supplies, and sets forth ten adaptation strategies to help avoid or reduce climate change impacts to water resources. Central to these adaptation efforts will be the full implementation of IRWM plans, which address regionally-appropriate management practices that incorporate climate change adaptation. These plans will evaluate and provide a comprehensive, economical, and sustainable water use strategy at the watershed level for California. Executive Order S Given the potentially serious threat of sea level rise to California's water supply and coastal resources, and the subsequent impact it would have on our state's economy, population, and natural resources, Governor Schwarzenegger issued EO S to enhance the state's management of climate impacts from sea level rise, increased temperatures, shifting precipitation, and extreme weather events. It requested a California Sea Level Rise Assessment Report to be conducted by the National Academy of Sciences, which was released in June California Climate Adaptation Strategy In response to the passage of EO S-13-08, the California Natural Resources Agency released the report entitled 2009 California Climate Adaptation Strategy that summarizes the best known science on climate change impacts in the state, assesses vulnerabilities, and outlines possible solutions that can be implemented within and across the state agencies to promote resilience to climate change. 5

276 Climate Change Planning Study May 2013 GHG Reporting Rule While California has taken the lead in climate change policy and legislation, there have been several recent important developments at the federal level. On September 22, 2009, the United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) released its final GHG Reporting Rule (Reporting Rule). Starting in 2010, facility owners that emit 25,000 metric tons of CO2 emissions or more per year are required to submit an annual GHG emissions report with detailed calculations of facility GHG emissions. These activities will dovetail with the AB 32 reporting requirements in California. Water Code Section California has included climate change in its water code to ensure that it is considered as part of water management. California Water Code Section contains requirements for considering climate change in IRWM Plans. Specifically, it states that the guidelines for IRWM Plans are required to include: Consideration of GHG emissions of identified programs and projects Evaluation of the adaptability to climate change of water management systems in the region 1.5 AB 32 Scoping Plan and CARB Strategies As stated previously, AB 32 required CARB to prepare a Scoping Plan to identify and achieve reductions in GHG emissions in California, and recommended specific strategies for different business sectors to achieve the 2020 GHG emissions limit. This Scoping Plan was introduced in 2005, and adopted in Water use is identified in the AB 32 Scoping Plan as a sector requiring significant amounts of energy, and sets a goal to continue efficiency programs and use cleaner energy sources to move and treat water. This goal recognizes that California has a history of advancing water efficiency and conservation programs. The Scoping Plan identifies six greenhouse gas emissions reduction (mitigation) measures for the water sector that could reduce GHGs if implemented statewide (please note that not all of these measures may be applicable to the San Diego IRWM Region): 1. Water Use Efficiency: Through increases in water use efficiency measures, reduce total statewide emissions 2. Water Recycling: Through increases in water recycling, reduce total statewide emissions 3. Water system energy efficiency: Through increases in water system energy efficiency, reduce total statewide emissions 4. Reuse of urban runoff: Through reuse of urban runoff, reduce total statewide emissions 5. Increase renewable energy production: Through the increase in renewable energy production, reduce statewide emissions 6. Public goods charge: To be determined The first three of the measures will reduce energy requirements associated with providing reliable water supplies. The next two measures will reduce the amount of non-renewable electricity associated with conveying and treating water. The final measure (public goods charge) focuses on providing sustainable funding for implementing these actions. Other sectors identified in the Scoping Plan, such as Agriculture and Green Building, recognize that water use efficiency measures 6

277 Climate Change Planning Study May 2013 will help to decrease GHG emissions as well, but do not calculate water use efficiency savings separately. The Scoping Plan states that to implement these GHG reduction measures, CARB and other State agencies will work with stakeholders and the public to develop regulatory measures and other programs. 1.6 California Climate Action Registry/The Climate Registry The California Climate Action Registry (CCAR) was a program of the Climate Action Reserve which closed in December It served as a voluntary GHG registry to promote early actions to reduce GHG emissions by organizations. CCAR members voluntarily measured, verified, and publicly reported their GHG emissions. Members of the CCAR have been transitioned over to The Climate Registry (TCR), which is a nonprofit GHG emissions registry for North America that provides organizations with the tools to help them calculate, verify, report and manage their GHG emissions within a single registry. A number of agencies and organizations in the IRWM Region are voluntary members of TCR, including: San Diego County Water Authority City of San Diego County of San Diego Metropolitan Water District of Southern California TCR s tools and database are particularly useful to those entities required to report their GHG emissions according to the EPA s Greenhouse Gas Reporting Rule (74 FR 56260) which requires reporting of GHG data and other relevant information from large sources and suppliers in the United States, and went into effect in January Though primarily affecting facilities that supply fossil fuels or industrial GHGs, manufacturers of vehicles and engines, this rule also applies to facilities that are responsible for the emission of 25,000 metric tons or more of GHG emissions per year, and therefore may apply to water and wastewater utilities, and large water purchasers. In addition to meeting USEPA requirements, by becoming a member of TCR, a utility, agency or company may better be able to respond to California s requirements for reporting and reducing GHG emissions. 1.7 Climate Action Plans and Climate Initiatives Climate action plans are becoming more common among California s cities and counties. A climate action plan, which may also be referred to as a climate mitigation and adaptation plan, is a set of strategies intended to guide efforts for reducing GHG emissions, and typically covers a range of sectors such as energy, transportation, water, wastewater, solid waste, infrastructure, urban forestry and agriculture, and public health. Plans may also include strategies to guide efforts for reducing the impact of climate change effects on the area. Within the Region, the County and a number of cities and agencies have developed or are developing climate action plans and adaptation plans: County of San Diego Climate Action Plan San Diego County Water Authority Climate Action Plan and Climate Mitigation Plan City of San Diego Climate Mitigation and Adaptation Plan 7

278 Climate Change Planning Study May 2013 City of San Diego Long Range Water Resources Plan City of Chula Vista Adaptation and Mitigation Plan City of Encinitas Climate Action Plan City of Escondido Climate Action Plan City of San Marcos Climate Action Plan Port of San Diego Climate Mitigation and Adaptation Plan San Diego Association of Governments (SANDAG) Regional Energy Strategy and Climate Action Strategy San Diego Bay Sea Level Rise Adaptation Study San Diego Foundation Focus 2050 Study In addition to the Climate Action Plans developed in the Region, the San Diego Foundation has developed a Climate Initiative to support community awareness about the local impacts of climate change. This initiative aims to educate the community about climate change, support climate change research, partner with local governments to address climate change, and provide technical assistance for climate action planning. As part of this initiative, every jurisdiction in the County has completed a GHG emissions inventory. 2 Climate Change in IRWM Planning 2.1 DWR Requirements As previously discussed, the California Water Code contain language stating that IRWM Plan guidelines require climate change be considered as part of IRWM Plans. In line with this, DWR has included a Climate Change Standard in the IRWM Guidelines that requires IRWM plans to include a cursory analysis of the effects on the region due to climate change, with the intent that a more refined analysis be required as additional guidance is made available. To meet these guidelines, DWR has suggested that climate change be included in IRWM Plans as shown in Table 1. 8

279 Climate Change Planning Study May 2013 Table 1: IRWM Plan Standards in Relation to Climate Change Plan Section According to IRWM Plan Standards Climate Change Information to Include 1 Region Description Plan Objectives Resource Management Strategies Project Review Process Relation to Local Water Planning Relation to Local Land Use Planning Plan Performance and Monitoring Coordination Language that describes likely climate change impacts on the Region as determined from a vulnerability assessment Adaptation to climate change: Address adapting to changes in the amount, intensity, timing, quality and variability precipitation, runoff and recharge. Consider sea level rise effects on water supply and other water resource conditions (e.g., recreation, habitat) and identify suitable adaptation measures. Consider OPC s Sea Level Rise Policy Reducing emissions (mitigation of greenhouse gasses) Reduce carbon consumption, especially the energy embedded in water use, and ultimately reduce GHG emissions Consider the strategies adopted by CARB in its AB 32 Scoping Plan, including innovative applications Consider options for carbon sequestration where such options are integrally(directly or indirectly) tied to supporting IRWM Plan objectives Identify and implement adaptation strategies that address region-specific or local climate change contributions or impacts Include the following factors: Contribution of the project to adapting to climate change Contribution of the project in reducing GHG emissions as compared to project alternatives Consider and incorporate water management issues and climate change adaptation and mitigation strategies from local plans into the IRWM Plan. Demonstrate information sharing and collaboration with regional land use planning in order to management multiple water demands through the state (as described in CWP Update 2009), adapt water management systems to climate change, and potentially offset climate change impacts to water supply. Contain policies and procedures that promote adaptive management. Consider the following: Stay involved in CNRA s California Adaptation Strategy process Consider joining The California Registry ( 1. Based on information in DWR s 2012 Prop 84 and Prop 1E IRWM Guidelines, Appendix C, Table Adaptation and Mitigation Analysis In order to meet the IRWM Plan standards discussed in the previous section, the climate change analysis process shown in Figure 1 was followed. As previously discussed in this Study, climate change includes both adaptation (responding to climate change) and mitigation (reducing GHGs), and therefore is reflected in the analysis process below. While both the adaptation analysis and mitigation analysis include a literature review, strategy identification and performance metrics 9

280 Climate Change Planning Study May 2013 development, the adaptation analysis includes an extra step to identify and prioritize climate change vulnerabilities. The information gathered through this climate change analysis will be incorporated into the Region s IRWM Plan update. By working through each of these steps, the Region can meet the requirements contained in DWR s IRWM Plan Guidelines. Figure 1: Climate Change Analysis Process 2.3 San Diego IRWM Region Climate Change Study To fulfill DWR s requirements and work through the climate change analysis discussed above, the Region established a Climate Change Workgroup (Workgroup) comprised of various water resources and planning representatives that have experience in climate change planning within the Region to work with a consultant to develop this Climate Change Planning Study (Study). In addition, local climate change efforts, in particular the San Diego Foundation Regional Focus 2050 Study which defines Region-specific climate change impacts, were used in the climate change assessment. 10

281 Climate Change Planning Study May Effects of Climate Change on Region 3.1 Impacts and Effects on Region Estimating the impacts of climate change at a regional level is challenging due to the coarse spatial scale of models that project climate change impacts of temperature and rainfall, and due to the long time scale evaluated in many models (to the year 2100). Recently, state and local entities have been working to downscale climate models to allow for climate change planning at a level that can be useful for planning efforts. The timescale used for these models has also been downscaled to provide outputs for the year 2050, and though this is still a longer timescale than is used in IRWM planning, is still useful for assessing climate change. To incorporate climate change into water resources management, downscaled temperature and precipitation projections are input into other models, such as hydrologic models, to project impacts to water supply, water demand, snow pack, sea level rise, and wildfires. The results of these models have been summarized in a variety of studies and planning documents at the state, regional, and local levels. As part of this Study, a number of these documents were reviewed to determine which best represented the impacts for the Region. These documents include: Regional Focus 2050 Study (San Diego Foundation, 2008a & 2008b) 2010 Urban Water Management Plan (San Diego County Water Authority, 2011) Using Future Climate Projections to Support Water Resources Decision Making in California, (California Climate Change Center, 2009) Reconciling Projections of Colorado River Streamflow, Southwest Hydrology (Hoerling et al., 2009) Climate change impacts and effects are based on very different climate change assumptions and analysis approaches. Table 2 summarizes the impacts and effects of climate change on the San Diego Region by 2050 (unless otherwise indicated), which are typically based on an average of various climate change analyses. Generally, climate change is expected to increase temperature in the region. Rainfall projections vary with some projections showing that the Region will receive as much as 35% less rainfall and some showing up to 17% more rainfall (San Diego Foundation, 2008a). It s generally accepted that storms will be less frequent, but more intense (San Diego Foundation, 2008a). With higher temperatures and changes in rainfall volume and frequency, additional impacts will be felt in the Region. Imported water supply from the State Water Project is projected to decrease by up to 25% (California Climate Change Center, 2009), while Colorado River Aqueduct supply may decrease by up to 20% (Hoerling et al, 2009). An overall shortfall of 164,000 acre-feet per year (AFY) in imported water is expected by 2050 (San Diego Foundation, 2008b). Preliminary analysis of regional water demand trends in the San Diego County Water Authority service area indicate that climate change impacts may result in a slight demand increase, between 0.6 and 1.8%, by the year (SDCWA, 2011). In currently accepted models, sea level rise is projected to be at least 12 to 18 inches by 2050, which would both inundate the coast due to the average rise, and impact coastal flood control during storms (San Diego Foundation, 2008a). 11

282 Climate Change Planning Study May 2013 The changes to climate are also expected to increase the frequency of wildfires. Studies suggest that there will be a 40% increase in Coastal Sage Scrub acreage burned (San Diego Foundation, 2008a), and that 54% more acreage in the Western U.S. will burn compared to present (San Diego Foundation, 2008a). Increases in wildfires have the potential to increase sedimentation and turbidity of surface waters, and increase flash flooding. Knowing what climate change impacts and effects are projected to have on the Region, it s possible to determine what water resources in the Region are most vulnerable to climate change. The next sections identify and prioritize the vulnerabilities to determine how to best apply management practices. These effects were presented to and vetted by the Workgroup at a meeting held on June 12, Impact Table 2: Impacts and Effects of Climate Change on Region by 2050 Effect Temperature 1.5 F to 4.5 F average temperature increase Rainfall Supply Variable projections predict between 35% drier and 17% wetter Increase in variability between years Up to 25% decrease in SWP supply Up to 20% decrease in Colorado River supply 164,000 afy average shortfall in imported supply Demand Potential 0.6% to 1.8% increase in demand by 2035 Sea level rise 12 to 18 inch rise in mean sea level rise Wildfires 40% increase in California Coastal Shrub acreage burned in Southwestern U.S. 54% increase in overall acreage burned in Western U.S. 3.2 Identification of Vulnerabilities Understanding the potential impacts and effects that climate change is projected to have on the Region allows an informed vulnerability assessment to be conducted for the Region s water resources. A climate change vulnerability assessment helps a Region to assess its water resource sensitivity to climate change, prioritize climate change vulnerabilities, and ultimately guides decisions as to what strategies and projects would most effectively adapt to and mitigate against climate change. DWR has identified a series of questions to help regions identify key indicators of potential vulnerability, including (DWR, 2011): Currently observable climate change impacts (climate sensitivity) Presence of particularly climate sensitive features, such as specific habitats and flood control infrastructure (internal exposure) Resiliency of a region s resources (adaptive capacity) The Workgroup developed an analysis of the Region s vulnerabilities to climate change at the June 12, 2012 climate change workshop by asking a series of questions suggested by DWR in its 2011 Climate Change Handbook for Regional Water Planning. Table 3 summarizes the analysis, which includes: Vulnerability Question: Taken from Box 4-1 of DWR s Climate Change Handbook 12

283 Climate Change Planning Study May 2013 Answer: Provided at June 12, 2012 workshop Justification: Why Y (yes) or N (no) was selected Vulnerability Issue: What is the climate change vulnerability issue that is identified by asking the question? Following this analysis, the vulnerability issues were prioritized by the Workgroup. This activity and results are described in Chapter 4. 13

284 Climate Change Planning Study May 2013 Table 3: Climate Change Vulnerability Indicator Questions Vulnerability Question Answer Justification Vulnerability Issue Water Demand Are there major industries that require cooling/process water in your planning region? Y Electronics and aerospace manufacturing, energy generation, research development, pharmaceutical. Biotech and energy growing. Room for efficiency improvements Increase in industrial demand Are crops grown in your region climate-sensitive? Would shifts in daily heat patterns, such as how long heat lingers before night-time cooling, be prohibitive for some crops? Y Primary crops include avocados, nurseries and citrus which can be climate sensitive, but agricultural land use is expected to decrease. Rise in smaller agricultural/urban farms/residential gardens, and increased crop diversity. Decrease in larger agricultural users. Increase in agricultural crop water demand per acre; small food production use of permaculture could decrease per acre use Do groundwater supplies in your region lack resiliency after drought events? Y The small groundwater basins in the Region tend to decrease resiliency. Increasing impermeability reduces recharge. Sweetwater, Oceanside, Escondido/Vista. Salt water intrusion as water tables drop. Lack of groundwater storage to buffer drought Are water use curtailment measures effective in your region? Y Shortage management activities currently in place were effective in meeting demands during the last major drought which began in Management measures not previously considered, such as soil conditions, may provide additional opportunities. Perceived limited ability to conserve further Does water use vary by more than 50% seasonally in parts of your region? Y Water agencies have peaking factors ranging from 2:1 to 6:1. Some of the higher peaking agencies dependent on imported water will have reduced peaking as agricultural use declines and more development occurs. Limited ability to meet summer demand Are some in-stream flow requirements in your region either currently insufficient to support aquatic life, or occasionally unmet? N Most streams are intermittent; however, some agencies that move water between reservoirs via streams have in-stream requirements to protect species during certain times of the year which impacts when water can be moved. Habitat demand would be impacted Water Supply Does a portion of the water supply in your region come from snowmelt? Y Imported supplies (SWP, Colorado River) come from snowmelt. Decrease in imported supply Does part of your region rely on water diverted from the Delta, imported from the Colorado River, or imported from other climate-sensitive systems outside your region? Y Approximately 80% of the Region's supplies are imported. Decrease in imported supply 14

285 Climate Change Planning Study May 2013 Vulnerability Question Answer Justification Vulnerability Issue Would your region have difficulty in storing carryover supply surpluses from year to year? N No, the County has sufficient storage capacity, and is currently completing an emergency storage carryover project. It should be noted that there is little transfer market available in California, with a focus of storage in northern California. Decrease in reliability Does part of your region rely on coastal aquifers? Has salt intrusion been a problem in the past? Y Some brackish groundwater exists near the coast which limits the use of coastal aquifers. Decrease in groundwater supply Has your region faced a drought in the past during which it failed to meet local water demands? Y Drought management plans had to be put into effect. It should be noted that the Region has never failed to meet its customers demands once drought measures were put into place. Development of additional supplies may reduce the Region s vulnerability to this issue. Sensitivity due to higher drought potential Does your region have invasive species management issues at your facilities, along conveyance structures, or in habitat areas? Y Quagga, Arundo, Tamarisk Invasives can reduce supply available Water Quality Are increased wildfires a threat in your region? If so, does your region include reservoirs with firesusceptible vegetation nearby which could pose a water quality concern from increased erosion? Y Wildfires are a common occurrence in the area, and often cause increased erosion in the Region's watersheds. Increased erosion and sedimentation Does part of your region rely on surface water bodies with current or recurrent water quality issues related to eutrophication, such as low dissolved oxygen or algal blooms? Are there other water quality constituents potentially exacerbated by climate change? Y Several water bodies are 303(d) listed for water quality issues related to eutrophication including the Lake Hodges, Famosa Slough, Guajome Lake, Loma Alta Slough, Mission Bay at the mouths of Rose Creek and Tecolote Creek, lower San Diego River, Sal Elijo Lagoon, Santa Margarita Lagoon, Tijuana River, and the Tijuana River Estuary. Increased eutrophication Are seasonal low flows decreasing for some water bodies in your region? If so, are the reduced low flows limiting the water bodies assimilative capacity? Y At times during the year, the only flow in some streams is irrigation overflow, which in turn increase the concentration of constituents. Increased constituent concentration Are there beneficial uses designated for some water bodies in your region that cannot always be met due to water quality issues? Y At times recreation use in some reservoirs is impacted, and beach closures occur. Wildlife habitat and freshwater habitat issues as well. Decrease in recreational opportunity 15

286 Climate Change Planning Study May 2013 Vulnerability Question Answer Justification Vulnerability Issue Does part of your region currently observe water quality shifts during rain events that impact treatment facility operation? Y Total dissolved solids (TDS), turbidity and nutrient levels in reservoirs may increase during storm events, impacting water treatment, particularly after fires. Oils and feces show up in reservoirs as well. Increase in treatment needs and cost Sea Level Rise Has coastal erosion already been observed in your region? Y Coastal erosion occurs at unstable bluffs along the coast, for example: Sunset cliff, bluffs along City of San Diego, Encinitas, military infrastructure at Coronado Island and Camp Pendleton.. Decrease in land due to erosion Do tidal gauges along the coastal parts of your region show an increase over the past several decades? Is there land subsidence in the coastal areas of your region? Y San Diego Bay Adaptation shows increasing levels Damage to coastal recreation/tourism due to N None noted inundation Are there coastal structures, such as levees or breakwaters, in your region? Y Examples include Mission Bay, San Diego Harbor Is there significant coastal infrastructure, such as residences, recreation, water and wastewater treatment, tourism, and transportation) at less than six feet above mean sea level in your region? Y Beach community - wide-spread Are there climate-sensitive low-lying coastal habitats in your region? Y Habitat type - salt marsh Damage to ecosystems/habitats Are there areas in your region that currently flood during extreme high tides or storm surges? Y Mission Valley flooded from San Diego river during high tidal events Storm drains and sewer systems will be inundated Flooding Does critical infrastructure in your region lie within the 200-year floodplain? Y There is low-lying water and wastewater infrastructure. Pump stations. Increases in inland flooding Does aging critical flood protection infrastructure exist in your region? Y San Diego River Flood Improvement project. San Diego River Improvement Project (SDRIP) at Mission Valley. 16

287 Climate Change Planning Study May 2013 Vulnerability Question Answer Justification Vulnerability Issue Have flood control facilities (such as impoundment structures) been insufficient in the past? Y Flooding (and flash flooding in particular) has been a danger in certain areas of the Region due to overflowing drainage channels, low lying areas with poor drainage, and debris build-up in basins. Some areas identified by the County include localized areas in Mission Valley, Moreno Valley, Ocotillo Wells, Lemon Crest, below San Vicente Reservoir, Ramona, etc. Are wildfires a concern in parts of your region? Y Wildfires are a common occurrence in the Region. Increases in flash flooding Does part of your region lie within the Sacramento-San Joaquin Drainage District? N Not applicable Not applicable Ecosystem and Habitat Does your region include inland or coastal aquatic habitats vulnerable to erosion and sedimentation issues? Y Erosion and sedimentation issues in Penasquitos Canyon, San Onofre, Crest Canyon, San Dieguito lagoon, Del Mar area, Encinitas area, Increased impacts to coastal species Does your region include estuarine habitats which rely on seasonal freshwater flow patterns? Y A number of brackish lagoons exist along the coast including Batiquitos Lagoon, Buena Vista Lagoon, Agua Hedionda Lagoon, and San Elijo Lagoon. Do estuaries, coastal dunes, wetlands, marshes, or exposed beaches exist in your region? If so, are coastal storms possible/frequent in your region? Y Estuaries, coastal dunes, wetlands, marshes and exposed beaches exist along the entire coast of the region. Historically, coastal storms have caused erosion. Do climate-sensitive fauna or flora populations live in your region? Y Numerous species dependent upon the Mediterranean climate live in the Region Decreases in ecosystem services Do endangered or threatened species exist in your region? Are changes in species distribution already being observed in parts of your region? Y A number of endangered and threatened species exist in the Region. Decrease in available, necessary habitat Does the region rely on aquatic or water-dependent habitats for recreation or other economic activities? Y Beach tourism, reservoir recreation, river trails Are there areas of fragmented estuarine, aquatic, or wetland wildlife habitat within your region? Are there movement corridors for species to naturally migrate? Are there infrastructure projects planned that might preclude species movement? Y Multiple Species Habitat Conservation Plans (MSHCPs) working on ensuring corridors but some need to be created 17

288 Climate Change Planning Study May 2013 Vulnerability Question Answer Justification Vulnerability Issue Does your region include one or more of the habitats described in the Endangered Species Coalition s Top 10 habitats vulnerable to climate change? N No, the Region is not within any of the ten listed habitats. Are there rivers in your region with quantified environmental flow requirements or known water quality/quantity stressors to aquatic life? Y Some rivers and streams have quantified flow requirements but are primarily related to water rights. There is a bacteria Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) covers almost every water body in region. Nutrient TMDLs on lots of water bodies Decrease in environmental flows Hydropower Is hydropower a source of electricity in your region? Y Approximately 10% of electricity provided by SDG&E is hydropower. The Water Authority also produces hydroelectric power which is sold to San Diego Gas & Electric (SDG&E). Decrease in hydropower potential Are energy needs in your region expected to increase in the future? If so, are there future plans for hydropower generation facilities or conditions for hydropower generation in your region? Y Energy demand is expected to increase in the future with population increase and development. Additional hydropower was recently created at Lake Hodges/Olivenhain Reservoir, and an additional project is possible at the San Vicente Dam. 18

289 Climate Change Planning Study May Vulnerability Analysis Once the Workgroup identified the Region s areas of concern in terms of climate change issues, it was able to begin examining the adaptability of its water resources to climate change by prioritizing the vulnerability issues. In prioritizing the vulnerability issues, the Workgroup identified those water resources that are of highest concern to the Region in terms of the significance of the impact of climate change and therefore the level of adaptation that will be needed. 4.1 Vulnerability Prioritization Process The vulnerabilities identified were then prioritized during an exercise conducted with the Working group. Each member selected five vulnerability issues they determined should have the highest priority in being addressed. In total, the nine members of the Workgroup resulted in 45 votes. Votes were spread across nearly all of the categories, indicating the Workgroup perceived there to be a wide range of climate change vulnerabilities. The vulnerability issues were then grouped into five priority levels ranging from very high to very low according to the number of votes: very high (nine votes), high (three to four votes), medium (two to three votes), low (one to two votes), very low (no votes). At a subsequent meeting held on July 26, 2012, the Workgroup reviewed the results and made suggestions for refinements that could be made to better align the prioritization with the vulnerabilities identified in planning documents. These suggestions were incorporated into the prioritized vulnerability issues which are shown in the next section. 4.2 Vulnerability Prioritization Results The Region s list of prioritized vulnerabilities developed by the Workgroup is shown in Table 4, and discussed further below. Table 4: Prioritized Climate Change Vulnerability Issues Priority Level Category and Vulnerability Issue Very High Water Supply: Decrease in imported supply High Water Supply: Sensitivity due to higher drought potential Water Quality: Increased constituent concentrations Flooding: Increases in flash flooding and inundation (extreme weather) Sea Level Rise: Inundation of storm drains and sewer systems Ecosystem/Habitat: Decrease in available necessary habitatecosystem/habitat: Decrease in ecosystem services Medium Water Demand: Crop demand would increase Water Demand: Industrial demand would increase Water Supply: Decrease in groundwater supply Water Quality: Increase in treatment cost Sea Level Rise: Damage to coastal recreation / tourism due to inundation Low Water Demand: Limited ability to conserve further Water Supply: Lack of groundwater storage to buffer drought Water Quality: Increased eutrophication Flooding: Increases in inland flooding Ecosystem/Habitat: Increased impacts to coastal species San Diego Integrated Regional Water Management Plan 19 DRAFT

290 Climate Change Planning Study May 2013 Priority Level Category and Vulnerability Issue Very Low Water Demand: Limited ability to meet summer demand Water Supply: Invasives can reduce supply available Water Quality: Decrease in recreational opportunity Sea Level Rise: Decrease in land Sea Level Rise: Damage to ecosystem/habitat Ecosystem/habitat: Decrease in environmental flows Hydropower: Decrease in hydropower potential Very High Prioritization Water supply: Decrease in imported supply The water supply vulnerability issue of decrease in imported supply was identified by the Workgroup as the highest priority issue. The Region is highly dependent on imported water with nearly 80% of its supplies currently coming from the State Water Project and the Colorado River aqueduct. Given the Region s limited local water supplies and the projected 20% to 25% decrease in imported water supply, a decrease in imported supply with climate change could have a significant impact on the Region and is an issue that needs to be addressed. High Prioritization Water Supply: Sensitivity due to higher drought potential Climate change is expected to increase drought potential in the Region. In past years, water suppliers in the Region have successfully implemented drought management measures in order to lower demand. However, there are limits on the effectiveness of drought management measures. For example, tourists visiting the area are not likely to take part in drought management measures. Taking these issues into account, the Region is expected to be more susceptible to drought conditions. As drought is expected to increase in frequency and severity, more direct/long-term measures may be warranted as well as evaluation of revenue impacts to local water districts. Water Quality: Increased constituent concentrations The water quality vulnerability issue of increased constituent concentrations with climate change was ranked highly as water bodies in the area already require treatment to meet water quality standards, such as pathogens and nutrients. Climate change is expected to decrease local water resources in the future, which will increase constituent concentrations leading to difficulty in meeting water quality standards and increases to treatment cost. Flooding: Increases in flash flooding and inundation (extreme weather) Flash flooding has been an issue for the Region in the past. Foothill areas are especially in danger from flash floods from large seasonal storms, which become a greater concern as the Region is prone to wildfires. Given that more frequent and intense storms are predicted as a consequence of climate change, in addition to increased wildfire risk, increases in flash flooding and inundation are of high concern. Sea Level Rise: Inundation of storm drains and sewer systems Regional studies have found that sea level rise is already occurring, and is expected to continue to rise an additional 12 and 18 inches by This new sea level will inundate a number of low-lying areas along the Region s coast such as Oceanside, La Jolla, Del Mar, Mission Beach, Coronado Island San Diego Integrated Regional Water Management Plan 20 DRAFT

291 Climate Change Planning Study May 2013 and Camp Pendleton (Coastal Data Information Program, 2008), and impact their storm drains, wastewater systems, and other facilities and infrastructure. Coastal stormwater infrastructure and wastewater infrastructure that discharge to the ocean will be inundated with increased sea level rise, in particular during coastal storms, causing increased coastal flooding and sewer system overflows. An example of the extent of sea level rise on La Jolla is shown in Figure 2. Concern over aging systems and systems not designed for the increased capacity that will be needed with sea level rise led the group to give this issue a high-priority ranking Figure 2: Projected 2050 Coastal Inundation with Sea Level Rise in La Jolla (CDIP, 2008) Ecosystem/Habitat: Decrease in available necessary habitat The Region has numerous unique habitat areas extending from the mountains to the oceans which sensitive and endangered species are dependent upon. Anticipated higher temperatures, longer more frequent droughts, and more extreme precipitation events are projected to cause shifts and San Diego Integrated Regional Water Management Plan 21 DRAFT

292 Climate Change Planning Study May 2013 loss of habitat necessary for these species. Of particular concern to IRWM planning is the shift and loss of riparian and wetland habitat. Riparian habitat will be altered due to decreased flows, increased water temperatures and increased constituent concentrations. These reductions in habitat and associated loss of sensitive and endangered species will, in turn, create biodiversity shifts and increase invasive species. Ecosystem/Habitat: Decrease in ecosystem services Ecosystem services provide important functions, such as material cycling and treatment of stormwater runoff that, if decreased, may result in the need for additional water treatment. As discussed above, climate change is expected to decrease available necessary habitat. This reduction in habitat and associated biodiversity shift and increase in invasive species is expected to decrease ecosystem services in the Region, and could result in additional cost. Medium Prioritization Water Demand: Increase in agricultural crop water demand per acre Crop water demands are expected to increase with the increased temperatures caused by climate change. Though the number of acres of agricultural land is expected to decrease slightly in the future, the net demand for irrigation supply on the remaining acres may exceed current demand under climate change conditions. Through current jurisdictional plans, notably the County of San Diego General Plan, it is apparent that agriculture is an important industry to the Region, particularly smaller agricultural productions and urban farms that provide an economic base and community character to the Region. Given that agricultural land is decreasing, the Workgroup has given this climate change vulnerability issue a medium prioritization. Water Demand: Increase in industrial demand Industrial demand is expected to increase with temperature increases due to the need for cooling and process water. This vulnerability issue is particularly of concern for industries such as electronics and aerospace manufacturing, energy generation, research development and the pharmaceutical industry. Industrial demand increases are of concern in particular as increased demand in the Region could impact companies decision to locate their plants within the Region, which would impact economic development. Water Supply: Decrease in groundwater supply Groundwater supply is projected to decline by seven inches per year with climate change. In addition, sea water intrusion caused by rising sea levels also has the potential to impact groundwater supply quality, which will reduce the amount of groundwater available for pumping. Despite these impacts, this vulnerability issue was prioritized as medium since the Region only obtains a small portion of its supplies through groundwater due to the limited size of the groundwater basins. This issue may be of a higher priority in localized areas such as the community of Lakeside, the Marine Corps Base at Camp Pendleton, Pauma Valley, the San Luis Rey River area, and National City where groundwater is a greater portion of supply. Water Quality: Increase in treatment cost Total dissolved solids (TDS) levels in reservoirs may increase due to increases in precipitation intensity, particularly after fires, which would in turn increase the cost of water treatment. The Region has a number of reservoirs which are downstream of forested watersheds, and are San Diego Integrated Regional Water Management Plan 22 DRAFT

293 Climate Change Planning Study May 2013 susceptible to increased turbidity due to runoff from the surrounding area. However, this is not currently a large issues and therefore, the Workgroup rated this vulnerability issue as medium. Sea Level Rise: Damage to coastal recreation / tourism due to inundation As discussed previously, sea level rise is already documented as occurring, and is expected to continue to rise to between 12 and 18 inches by This rise in sea level is expected to cause damage to coastal recreation and tourism areas (such as beaches), though planning efforts such as the Sea Level Rise Adaptation Strategy for San Diego Bay, are ongoing. As the Region s economy relies partially on recreation and tourism, this vulnerability issue has been given a medium prioritization. Low Prioritization Water Demand: Limited ability to conserve further The Region has already succeeded in implementing a large amount of water use efficiency measures. These measures have proven to be successful in mitigating against droughts such as in the severe drought that occurred in With this in mind, the Region may have difficulty in conserving further to meet greater drought frequency and intensity. However, additional savings measures are available and are being incorporated into Urban Water Management Plans and local climate action plans, which allow the Region to classify this issue as low. Water Supply: Lack of groundwater storage to buffer drought As mentioned under the water supply issue of decrease in groundwater supply, the Region s groundwater basins are limited in size, meaning there is very limited storage availability in the groundwater basins for use in buffering drought. Despite this, the Region s low reliability on groundwater makes this issue relatively less of a priority. Water Quality: Increased eutrophication Several water bodies in the Region are 303(d) listed for water quality issues related to eutrophication, including a number of lagoons, Tecolote Creek, lower San Diego River, and the Tijuana River Estuary. Consequently, it s probable that temperature increases caused by climate change could increase eutrophication of the Region s water bodies. This climate change vulnerability was ranked low, however, relative to other water quality vulnerability issues. Flooding: Increases in inland flooding Inland flooding was listed as a low priority for the Region, though there has been localized flooding in low-lying areas caused by insufficient and/or aging flood infrastructure. More extreme storms due to climate change could cause an increase in inland flooding, but as this is not a Region-wide issue, it has been prioritized as low as the Workgroup felt that this issue could best be addressed through local planning efforts. Ecosystem/Habitat: Increased impacts to coastal species Coastal dunes, wetlands, marshes and beaches provide unique habitats for the Region s species. Changes to temperature and precipitation have the potential to impact sensitive species. In addition, brackish lagoons provide estuarine habitat that depends on seasonal freshwater flow patterns. Habitat shifts and loss caused by climate change induced sea level rise, coastal erosion, and changes to freshwater flow patterns could also impact coastal species. Because coastal species San Diego Integrated Regional Water Management Plan 23 DRAFT

294 Climate Change Planning Study May 2013 are already protected and because this is a localized issue, the Workgroup decided to classify it as low priority. Very Low Prioritization Water Demand: Limited ability to meet summer demand Increased seasonal temperatures associated with climate change may create a challenge for the Region in meeting summer demands. However, as this is an issue mainly caused by agricultural and urban irrigation, it is ranked low compared to other vulnerability issues. Water Supply: Invasives can reduce supply available Invasive species in the Region such as Arundo, Tamarisk and Quagga mussels have the potential to damage water conveyance facilities. Climate change is expected to increase invasive species in the region, which has the potential to impact water supplies in the future. However, this is not currently an issues affecting the Region s water supply infrastructure, and therefore is ranked very low. Water Quality: Decrease in recreational opportunity As previously discussed, climate change is expected to increase constituent concentrations in the Region s reservoirs and beaches, a number of which are frequently used for recreation. The Regional already experiences beach closures due to poor stormwater quality which deposits contaminants in near shore areas. A decrease in water quality could impact this beneficial use of these water resources. However, because this is a localized issue, it is ranked very low. Sea Level Rise: Decrease in land Coastal erosion is already occurring in the Region along bluffs and cliffs. The continued rise of sea level with climate change is expected to continue to erode land along the Region s coast, and could eventually begin to impact water and wastewater facilities near to the coast, but is a localized issue. Sea Level Rise: Damage to ecosystem/habitat As discussed under the vulnerability issue of increased impacts to coastal species, sea level rise can be expected to damage coastal ecosystems and habitats. This may occur both through loss of land and through alterations to freshwater flow patterns. Again though, this is a localized issue. Ecosystem/habitat: Decrease in environmental flows Aquatic and wetland species often depend upon a minimum flow to survive, and could be impacted with a decrease in minimum flow caused by climate change. In addition, a reduction in flows may increase constituent concentrations in the Region s waters that could stress aquatic life. There are a number of known water quality issues that have the potential to impact species should they worsen in the future, however, there are currently no minimum environmental flows in the Region s rivers and streams, Hydropower: Decrease in hydropower potential The Region currently generates 40 megawatts of peak hydropower at the Olivenhain Reservoir and additional hydropower at the Rancho Peñasquitos Pressure Control Hydroelectric Facility, and is examining potential for construction of hydropower facilities elsewhere. Alterations to the Region s hydrology could decrease hydropower generation potential, however, hydropower generation within the Region is not currently a major electricity source. San Diego Integrated Regional Water Management Plan 24 DRAFT

295 Climate Change Planning Study May 2013 Vulnerabilities Summary As can be seen in the above discussion, the Region is faced with a wide range of climate change vulnerability issues. Should the Region not implement strategies to adapt to these, it would face a number of risks, such as: Insufficient water supply if current dependence on imported supply is maintained Inability to meet demand during droughts given increased overall seasonal demands without increases in long-term operational storage Poorer water quality that further impacts beneficial uses and increases treatment needs Damage from increased flash flooding and inland flooding Coastal flooding and inundation of storm drains and sewer systems due to sea level rise Damage to coastal ecosystems and habitats, and associated impacts to sensitive species due to reduced terrestrial flows and sea level rise 5 Climate Change Management Strategies The next step in conducting the Region s climate change analysis is to identify appropriate strategies for adapting to the climate change vulnerability issues identified and prioritized in Chapter 4. The strategies selected will help the region to respond to or prevent future impacts of climate change on water resources. These strategies also have the potential to mitigate against further climate change by reducing the energy used to treat or convey water supplies and reducing GHG emissions, and some have the potential to provide carbon sequestration. This chapter details how the Workgroup identified, evaluated and prioritized adaptation and mitigation strategies relevant to the Region. 5.1 Identification of Strategies Strategies were identified through the review of relevant climate change related documents. These documents include: California Water Plan (DWR, 2009) Managing an Uncertain Future (DWR, 2008) Climate Change Scoping Plan (CARB, 2006) Climate Action Team Biennial Report (CalEPA, 2010) Resolution on Sea Level Rise (OPC, 2010) California Climate Extremes Workshop Report (Scripps, 2011) The California Water Plan contains Resource Management Strategies (RMS) that provide the primary list of strategies used for this Study. The remaining documents in the above list were reviewed for additional and/or more detailed versions of the strategies. The Workgroup reviewed the strategies from the above documents, and discussed them relative to each strategy s potential for addressing the vulnerability issues prioritized above and mitigating GHG emissions. San Diego Integrated Regional Water Management Plan 25 DRAFT

296 Climate Change Planning Study May Strategy Prioritization A series of criteria were used by the Workgroup to refine and prioritize the list of strategies. The Workgroup first determined which strategies may be infeasible or not currently relevant to the Region at this time, or were determined not to be desired by the Region, and were not considered further in the strategy identification process. Following the acceptance screening process, the strategies were analyzed further by evaluating each strategy according to the following questions: Is the strategy a no regret strategy? Does the strategy help to adapt to the vulnerability issues identified and evaluated in Chapters 3 and 4 of this Study? Does the strategy help the Region to mitigate GHGs? By definition, no regret strategies are those strategies that would provide benefits today while also reducing vulnerability to climate change impacts. No regret strategies are desirable for immediate implementation as they will provide some benefit even under the uncertainty of climate change projections. The strategies were cross referenced with the vulnerability issues discussed in Chapters 2 and 3 to determine the number and type of climate change vulnerabilities that can be addressed. In addition, a strategy received a higher priority if it addresses vulnerability issues vulnerable determined to be high priority. Finally, the strategies were evaluated to determine whether they would mitigate GHG emissions through energy efficiency, emissions reduction, and/or carbon sequestration. Appendix A shows the results of this evaluation. Using this evaluation, an initial prioritization was completed based on the criteria shown in Table 5. Table 5: Initial Strategy Prioritization Criteria Tier Tier 1 Tier 2 Criteria Considered no regret Mitigates GHGs/is GHG neutral Addresses the imported water (very high) vulnerability Included in other local climate change documents Mitigates GHGs/is GHG neutral Addresses at least 3 vulnerability areas Tier 3 Addresses at least 1 vulnerability or mitigates GHGs This initial prioritization was then presented to the Workgroup at the August 23, 2012 meeting where the listing of strategies and prioritization were further refined to best represent the needs of the Region. The final list of prioritized climate change management strategies and definitions is shown in Table 6, Table 7 and Table 8 as Tier 1, 2, and 3 strategies. Strategies that were not prioritized as they were determined to be infeasible or irrelevant for the Region, or would have opposition, are shown Table 9. By San Diego Integrated Regional Water Management Plan 26 DRAFT

297 Climate Change Planning Study May 2013 prioritizing these strategies, the Region can better define the types of projects and targets that will help respond to climate change. San Diego Integrated Regional Water Management Plan 27 DRAFT

298 Climate Change Planning Study May 2013 Table 6: Tier 1 Climate Change Management Strategies Strategy Description Reduce Water Demand Urban water use efficiency Crop idling for water transfers Education Gray water use Rainfed agriculture Improve Operational Efficiency/Transfers Conveyance - Regional/local System Reoperation Increase Water Supply Conjunctive Management & Groundwater Storage Recycled Municipal Water Improve Water Quality Drinking Water Treatment and Distribution Groundwater/Aquifer Remediation Pollution Prevention Salt and Salinity Management Urban Runoff Management Improve Flood Management Flood Risk Management Practice Resource Stewardship Technological and behavioral improvements that decrease indoor and outdoor residential, commercial, industrial and institutional water use. Remove lands from irrigation (with the aim of returning the lands to irrigation at a later time) in order to make water available for transfer. Implement outreach program to educate urban and agricultural water users in water demand reduction practices. Implement gray water use systems to reduce water supply demand. Transfer crop consumptive use to be supplied directly by rainfall. Improvements to regional and local conveyance facilities that improve conveyance capacity, including locating and widening narrow points that constrict the movement of water to increase the water transmission capacity of the entire system, and improve operational flexibility. Change existing operation and management procedures for existing reservoirs and conveyance facilities to increase water related benefits from these facilities. May improve the efficiency of existing water uses or may increase the emphasis of one use over another. Coordinate and plan use and management of both surface and groundwater resources to maximize the available and reliability of supplies. Increase supply of recycled water through additional wastewater treatment, and/or expand conveyance of recycled water to end users. Develop and maintain adequate water treatment and distribution facilities, and protect the quality and safety of the raw water supply. Remove contaminants that affect the beneficial use of groundwater. Can include passive or active methods. Prevent pollution of local surface waters and groundwater using tools that prevent point and non-point sources of pollution. Examples include water management actions and projects such as the increase of local flows, recharge area protection, etc. Manage salt and salinity in surface and/or groundwater. Examples of methods include dilution and displacement, desalination, and salt collection and storage. The Region is currently working to meet State Salinity/Nutrient Management Planning Guidelines, and will help to implement this strategy. Prevent pollution of local surface waters by implementing best management practices (BMPs) designed to reduce the pollutant loading and reduce the volumes and velocities of urban runoff discharged to surface waters. Enhance flood protection through projects and programs that assist in the management of flood flows and to prepare for, respond to, and recover from a flood. San Diego Integrated Regional Water Management Plan 28 DRAFT

299 Climate Change Planning Study May 2013 Strategy Agricultural Lands Stewardship Economic Incentives (Loans, Grants, Water Pricing) Ecosystem Restoration Land Use Planning and Management Recharge area protection Water-dependent recreation protection Watershed/Soils/Forest management Water-dependent cultural resources and practices preservation Increase urban forest management Sea Level Rise Building water facilities in coordination with land use/sea level rise (SLR) planning Description Conserve natural resources and protect the environment by conserving and improving land for food, fiber and biofuels production, watershed functions, soil, air, energy, plant and other conservation purposes. Can also protect open space and the traditional characteristics of rural communities. Provide incentives such as financial assistance, water pricing, and water market policies intended to influence water management in order to influence amount of use, time of use, wastewater volume, and source of supply. Improve the condition of modified natural landscapes and biological communities to provide for their sustainability and for their use and enjoyment by current and future generations. Integrate land use and water management for the planning of housing and economic development needs of a growing population while providing for the efficient use of water, water quality, energy and other resources. Protect recharge areas to ensure that areas suitable for recharge continue to be capable of adequate recharge rather than covered by urban infrastructure, and prevent pollutants from entering groundwater. Incorporate planning for water-dependent recreation activities in water project, and implement project that protect/create water-dependent recreation opportunities. Create and implement plans, programs, projects and activities to restore, sustain, and enhance watershed functions, soil functions, and forests. Create and implement plans, programs, projects and activities to preserve water-dependent cultural resources and practices Encourage the planting of trees in urban areas to improve urban water quality and local supplies. Integrate water/wastewater resources planning with land use/sea level rise planning. San Diego Integrated Regional Water Management Plan 29 DRAFT

300 Climate Change Planning Study May 2013 Table 7: Tier 2 Climate Change Management Strategies Strategy Description Improve Operational Efficiency/Transfers Conduct emissions inventory and target Increase use of renewable energy sources Increase Water Supply Surface Storage - Regional/local Improve Flood Management Protective Infrastructure Sediment Management Sea Level Rise Protect water facilities through the relocation or removal of vulnerable structures Protect resources and facilities by constructing seawalls or levees Protect/restore/create coastal wetlands Create inventory of all emission coming from water/wastewater operations, and develop a target for reduction of emissions. Use renewable energy sources for the treatment and conveyance of water and wastewater. Add or increase the storage capacity of surface storage reservoirs to increase carryover storage and optimize supplies in drought situations. Construct flood management facilities to reduce the impact of climate change enhanced flooding. Implement sediment management practices to reduce the impact of climate change enhanced flash flooding. Relocate or remove water/wastewater facilities that may be impacted by sea level rise. Construct seawalls or levees to protect from sea level rise caused by climate change. Protect, restore or create coastal wetlands to prevent the loss of wetland due to sea level rise. San Diego Integrated Regional Water Management Plan 30 DRAFT

301 Climate Change Planning Study May 2013 Table 8: Tier 3 Climate Change Management Strategies Strategy Description Reduce Water Demand Water Meters Installation Improve Operational Efficiency/Transfers Treatment and Distribution Efficiency Water Transfers Localized Treatment Shift water use to off-peak hours Optimize Sewer Systems Increase Water Supply Desalination (Seawater or Brackish Groundwater) Indirect Potable Reuse/ Potable Reuse Installation of water meters in order to bill customers volumetrically. Improve treatment and distribution efficiency or water/wastewater systems in order to reduce energy usage. Transfer or exchange of water or water rights that result in temporary or longterm change in the point of diversion, place of use, or purpose of use. Implement localized (or decentralized) treatment of water/wastewater to reduce the energy required for conveyance. Implement policies that will shift water use (e.g. irrigation) to off-peak hours to reduce evaporative loss. Optimize sewer systems (wastewater or stormwater) to adapt to increased precipitation caused by climate change. Construct desalination plant to treat seawater or brackish groundwater. Implement program that will use recycled water to recharge groundwater, or use advanced treated recycled water to augment drinking water supplies. Table 9: Additionally Reviewed Climate Change Management Strategies Strategy Reduce Water Demand Irrigated Land Retirement Improve Operational Efficiency/Transfers Conveyance - Delta Increase Water Supply Waterbag Transport/Storage Technology Precipitation Enhancement Surface Storage CALFED Dewvaporation or Atmospheric Pressure Desalination Fog Collection Matching Quality to Use Sea Level Rise Rolling Easements Expendable/Movable Structures in Risk Areas San Diego Integrated Regional Water Management Plan 31 DRAFT

302 Climate Change Planning Study May Performance Measures/Metrics for Adaptation and Mitigation Strategies The set of strategies evaluated in the previous section were determined to be those that will best help the Region in responding to and reducing climate change impacts. When implementing these strategies, it will be necessary to develop performance measures or metrics to assess the effectiveness of a project in meeting the Region s goals. Though specific measures and metrics will be defined according a specific project or portfolio of projects, Table 10 provides examples of how these measures or metrics might be defined according to general water resource perspective. It should be noted that several of the strategies (the no regret strategies) may apply to additional objectives in the Region s IRWM Plan, and not solely to adapting to and/or mitigating climate change. Without specific metrics, it would be difficult to assess the effectiveness of strategies in responding to climate change. Moreover, some of the strategies implemented to adapt to climate change are good planning for future vulnerabilities and may not be immediately measurable. Many of the effects of climate change are anticipated past the planning horizon of the IRWM Plan. To respond to this uncertainty, the Region should update this climate change analysis during each IRWM Plan update, and implement adaptive management measures which will be discussed in the next chapter. Table 10: Sample Performance Measures/Metrics Strategy Category Sample Performance Measures/Metrics Reduce Water Demand Average (annual) water demand reduction Peak (seasonal, monthly) water demand reduction Improve Operational Additional supply Efficiency Supply reliability Increase Water Supply Additional supply Potable demand offset Supply reliability Salt line migration Improve Water Quality Stream temperature Dissolved oxygen Turbidity Pollutant concentrations Improve Flood Management Practice Resource Stewardship Sea Level Rise Acres of a certain habitat or floodplain function restored/protected Volume of natural flood storage provided Storm return period used for planning Expected damage resulting for a certain return period storm Presence/absence of key indicator species Acres of a certain habitat or floodplain function restored/protected Volume of natural flood storage provided Acres of recharge area protected Acres of coastal wetlands created/restored/protected Miles of pipeline or number of facilities relocated away from coastlines Length of coastline protected by seawalls or levees San Diego Integrated Regional Water Management Plan 32 DRAFT

303 Climate Change Planning Study May Recommendations The Region has taken the first steps in planning for climate change by examining current climate change projections to determine potential impacts, assessing water resource vulnerabilities, and developing a series of strategies that can be used in projects to adapt to climate change and mitigate GHGs. Chapter 6 discussed recommendations that may be used to successfully implement these strategies, including: use of adaptive management, objectives and targets for inclusion in the IRWM Plan, and project selection considerations for including climate change. 6.1 Adaptive Management There is a level of uncertainty in projecting the effects and impacts of climate change. To respond to this, DWR recommends the use of adaptive management in implementing climate change strategies (DWR, 2011). Adaptive management consists of identifying and monitoring the most important uncertainties and translating them into risk triggers or early warning indicators. This allows for a flexible path of actions to take as triggers occur. DWR s Climate Change Handbook recommends the following steps in developing an adaptive management plan: 1. Identify risk triggers associated with important vulnerabilities or uncertainties 2. Quantify impacts and uncertainties 3. Evaluate strategies and define flexible implementation paths of action that allows for multiple options at specific triggers 4. Monitor performance and critical variables in the system 5. Implement or reevaluate strategies when triggers are reached Under Step 1, the Region identifies risk triggers in order to monitor the Region s response to climate change. Risk triggers can be established deterministically (e.g., a threshold) or probabilistically (e.g. frequency of exceedance). The quantification of risk triggers are developed in Step 2, and serve as the basis for the definition of a path for plan implementation under Step 3. Step 3 involves the definition of an implementation path for the evaluated strategies, and is central to the adaptive management process. The implementation path incorporates risk triggers over the course of time to allow the Region to determine what level of climate change adaptation/mitigation strategy should be implemented. Step 4 of the process, performance monitoring, incorporates performance measures and metrics used to evaluate water resources projects, and will help to define whether a risk trigger has been reached. Step 4 leads into the final step of implementing or reevaluating strategies, Step 5. The general structure of an adaptive management plan can be seen in Figure 3. The key to successfully implementing the adaptive management process over time is continued active participation by stakeholders, and a clear understanding of project objectives. This should involve ongoing identification, monitoring, and updating of the most important impacts and uncertainties, and re-evaluation of the Region s vulnerabilities (DWR, 2011). San Diego Integrated Regional Water Management Plan 33 DRAFT

304 Climate Change Planning Study May 2013 Figure 3: General Adaptive Management Plan Implement Tier 1 strategies Yes 2 nd Trigger Yes No Implement Tier 2 and Tier 3 strategies Implement Tier 2 strategies Implement no regret strategies 1 st Trigger Implement partial list of Tier 1 strategies No 2 nd Trigger Yes No Implement remaining Tier 1 and Tier 2 strategies No further investments needed, reassess at later time Timeline 6.2 Climate Change Related Objectives and Targets DWR requires that climate change be incorporated in the development of IRWM Plan objectives in terms of both climate change adaptation and GHG mitigation (DWR, 2012b). The strategies developed in Chapter 4 include both adaptation and mitigation, and therefore can be incorporated into climate change related objectives and targets that will meet DWR s requirement. The following objective and targets are recommended for inclusion in the IRWM Plan: Objective: Effectively address climate change through adaptation and mitigation in water resource management. Target 1: Encourage development of cost-effective carbon-efficient strategies for water management projects. Target 2: Incorporate adaptation strategies to respond to sea-level rise, rainfall variability, and temperature variability in planning for water and wastewater management. Target 3: Reduce or neutralize GHG emissions in all areas of water resource management. 6.3 Climate Change in Project Selection Considerations In order for the Region to adapt to and mitigate against climate change, it will be necessary to ensure that projects utilize strategies identified in this study as helping the Region to adapt to and mitigate against climate change. It is recommended that the Region consider using the strategy priority levels discussed in Chapter 5 to assess the adaptation capacity of the project, and also consider whether the project helps the Region to mitigate GHGs. Oftentimes, a project that implements multiple strategies has the potential to increase the level of benefits provided while reducing the unit cost. A recommended prioritization approach is presented in Table 11. In these prioritization criteria, projects are given higher priority for utilizing Tier 1 strategies and lower priority for Tier 3 strategies. Additionally, projects that contribute to two or more GHG measures, including energy efficiency, emissions reduction and carbon sequestration, are prioritized more highly. Projects that San Diego Integrated Regional Water Management Plan 34 DRAFT

305 Climate Change Planning Study May 2013 contribute to one of these mitigation measures receive higher prioritization, and projects that would increase GHGs receive reduce prioritization. In the future, it is recommended that the Region define a threshold for GHG production or remediation to be used in the prioritization of projects. A worksheet to assist the Region in scoring projects according to the number of strategies utilized can be found in Appendix B. In this way, the Region can ensure that projects will help it to both adapt to climate change vulnerabilities of high concern, and will mitigate against climate change. Table 11: Climate Change Project Prioritization Criteria Adaptation Mitigation 1 Priority Tier 1 Strategy Tier 2 Strategy Tier 3 Strategy Contributes to 2 out of 3 mitigation measures Contributes to 1 out of 3 mitigation measures Increases greenhouse gasses Contributes to 2 out of 3 mitigation measures Contributes to 1 out of 3 mitigation measures Increases greenhouse gasses Contributes to 2 out of 3 mitigation measures Contributes to 1 out of 3 mitigation measures Increases greenhouse gasses High High Medium or Low High Medium Low Medium Low Low 1. Mitigation measures referred to are: energy efficiency, emissions reduction, and carbon sequestration San Diego Integrated Regional Water Management Plan 35 DRAFT

306 Climate Change Planning Study May 2013 References California Air Resources Board (CARB), Climate Change Scoping Plan. CARB, to 2011 Emissions Trends, Mandatory Greenhouse Gas Emissions Reporting. California Climate Action Team (CO-CAT), State of California Sea-Level Rise Interim Guidance Document. Developed by the Sea-Level Rise Rask Force of the Coastal and Ocean Working Group of the California Climate Action Team. California Climate Change Center, Using Future Climate Projections to Support Water Resources Decision Making in California. CEC F. California Energy Commission (CEC), Refining Estimates of Water-Related Energy Use in California. California Energy Commission, PIER Industrial/Agricultural/Water End Use Energy Efficiency Program. CEC California Environmental Protection Agency (CalEPA), Climate Action Team Biennial Report. CEC, Energy Aware Planning Guide: Water Use Strategies.CEC F-VI-D.1. Coastal Data Information Program, Sea Level Rise Maps Developed for the Focus 2050 Regional Assessment. orenvironment/publishedblaskerresearch/sealevelrisemaps.aspx Cohen, Ronnie, The Water-Energy Nexus. Southwest Hydrology. September/October. Department of Water Resources (DWR), 2012a. Management of the California State Water Project, Bulletin DWR, 2012b. Integrated Regional Water Management Proposition 84 & Proposition 1E Draft Guidelines. DWR, Climate Change Handbook for Regional Planning. Prepared for the US Environmental Protection Agency Region 9 and California Department of Water Resources. DWR, California Water Plan. DWR, Managing an Uncertain Future: Climate Change Adaptation Strategies for California s Water. Hoerling, M., et al., Reconciling Projections of Colorado River Streamflow. Southwest Hydrology. May/June. Ocean Protection Council (OPC), Resolution on Sea Level Rise. San Diego County Water Authority (SDCWA), Urban Water Management Plan. ICLEI-Local Governments, Sea Level Rise Adaptation Strategy for San Diego Bay. Prepared with the support of The San Diego Foundation. San Diego Foundation, 2008a. Regional Focus 2050 Study Summary. Summary prepared for the 2008 Climate Change Impacts Assessment, Second Biennial Science Report to the California Climate Action Team. San Diego Foundation, 2008b. Regional Focus 2050 Study Working Papers. Working papers prepared for the 2008 Climate Change Impacts Assessment, Second Biennial Science Report to the California Climate Action Team. San Diego Integrated Regional Water Management Plan 36 DRAFT

307 Climate Change Planning Study May 2013 Scripps, California Climate Extremes Workshop Report. San Diego Integrated Regional Water Management Plan 37 DRAFT

308 2015 Urban Water Management Plan Appendix D: Senate Bill X7-7 Tables Padre Dam Municipal Water District D-1

309 Senate Bill No. 7 CHAPTER 4 An act to amend and repeal Section of, to add Part 2.55 (commencing with Section 10608) to Division 6 of, and to repeal and add Part 2.8 (commencing with Section 10800) of Division 6 of, the Water Code, relating to water. [Approved by Governor November 10, Filed with Secretary of State November 10, 2009.] legislative counsel s digest SB 7, Steinberg. Water conservation. (1) Existing law requires the Department of Water Resources to convene an independent technical panel to provide information to the department and the Legislature on new demand management measures, technologies, and approaches. Demand management measures means those water conservation measures, programs, and incentives that prevent the waste of water and promote the reasonable and efficient use and reuse of available supplies. This bill would require the state to achieve a 20% reduction in urban per capita water use in California by December 31, The state would be required to make incremental progress towards this goal by reducing per capita water use by at least 10% on or before December 31, The bill would require each urban retail water supplier to develop urban water use targets and an interim urban water use target, in accordance with specified requirements. The bill would require agricultural water suppliers to implement efficient water management practices. The bill would require the department, in consultation with other state agencies, to develop a single standardized water use reporting form. The bill, with certain exceptions, would provide that urban retail water suppliers, on and after July 1, 2016, and agricultural water suppliers, on and after July 1, 2013, are not eligible for state water grants or loans unless they comply with the water conservation requirements established by the bill. The bill would repeal, on July 1, 2016, an existing requirement that conditions eligibility for certain water management grants or loans to an urban water supplier on the implementation of certain water demand management measures. (2) Existing law, until January 1, 1993, and thereafter only as specified, requires certain agricultural water suppliers to prepare and adopt water management plans. This bill would revise existing law relating to agricultural water management planning to require agricultural water suppliers to prepare and adopt agricultural water management plans with specified components on or before December 31, 2012, and update those plans on or before December 93

310 Ch , 2015, and on or before December 31 every 5 years thereafter. An agricultural water supplier that becomes an agricultural water supplier after December 31, 2012, would be required to prepare and adopt an agricultural water management plan within one year after becoming an agricultural water supplier. The agricultural water supplier would be required to notify each city or county within which the supplier provides water supplies with regard to the preparation or review of the plan. The bill would require the agricultural water supplier to submit copies of the plan to the department and other specified entities. The bill would provide that an agricultural water supplier is not eligible for state water grants or loans unless the supplier complies with the water management planning requirements established by the bill. (3) The bill would take effect only if SB 1 and SB 6 of the th Extraordinary Session of the Legislature are enacted and become effective. The people of the State of California do enact as follows: SECTION 1. Part 2.55 (commencing with Section 10608) is added to Division 6 of the Water Code, to read: PART SUSTAINABLE WATER USE AND DEMAND REDUCTION Chapter 1. General Declarations and Policy The Legislature finds and declares all of the following: (a) Water is a public resource that the California Constitution protects against waste and unreasonable use. (b) Growing population, climate change, and the need to protect and grow California s economy while protecting and restoring our fish and wildlife habitats make it essential that the state manage its water resources as efficiently as possible. (c) Diverse regional water supply portfolios will increase water supply reliability and reduce dependence on the Delta. (d) Reduced water use through conservation provides significant energy and environmental benefits, and can help protect water quality, improve streamflows, and reduce greenhouse gas emissions. (e) The success of state and local water conservation programs to increase efficiency of water use is best determined on the basis of measurable outcomes related to water use or efficiency. (f) Improvements in technology and management practices offer the potential for increasing water efficiency in California over time, providing an essential water management tool to meet the need for water for urban, agricultural, and environmental uses. (g) The Governor has called for a 20 percent per capita reduction in urban water use statewide by

311 3 Ch. 4 (h) The factors used to formulate water use efficiency targets can vary significantly from location to location based on factors including weather, patterns of urban and suburban development, and past efforts to enhance water use efficiency. (i) Per capita water use is a valid measure of a water provider s efforts to reduce urban water use within its service area. However, per capita water use is less useful for measuring relative water use efficiency between different water providers. Differences in weather, historical patterns of urban and suburban development, and density of housing in a particular location need to be considered when assessing per capita water use as a measure of efficiency It is the intent of the Legislature, by the enactment of this part, to do all of the following: (a) Require all water suppliers to increase the efficiency of use of this essential resource. (b) Establish a framework to meet the state targets for urban water conservation identified in this part and called for by the Governor. (c) Measure increased efficiency of urban water use on a per capita basis. (d) Establish a method or methods for urban retail water suppliers to determine targets for achieving increased water use efficiency by the year 2020, in accordance with the Governor s goal of a 20-percent reduction. (e) Establish consistent water use efficiency planning and implementation standards for urban water suppliers and agricultural water suppliers. (f) Promote urban water conservation standards that are consistent with the California Urban Water Conservation Council s adopted best management practices and the requirements for demand management in Section (g) Establish standards that recognize and provide credit to water suppliers that made substantial capital investments in urban water conservation since the drought of the early 1990s. (h) Recognize and account for the investment of urban retail water suppliers in providing recycled water for beneficial uses. (i) Require implementation of specified efficient water management practices for agricultural water suppliers. (j) Support the economic productivity of California s agricultural, commercial, and industrial sectors. (k) Advance regional water resources management (a) (1) Water use efficiency measures adopted and implemented pursuant to this part or Part 2.8 (commencing with Section 10800) are water conservation measures subject to the protections provided under Section (2) Because an urban agency is not required to meet its urban water use target until 2020 pursuant to subdivision (b) of Section , an urban retail water supplier s failure to meet those targets shall not establish a violation of law for purposes of any state administrative or judicial proceeding prior to January 1, Nothing in this paragraph limits the use of data reported to the department or the board in litigation or an 93

312 Ch. 4 4 administrative proceeding. This paragraph shall become inoperative on January 1, (3) To the extent feasible, the department and the board shall provide for the use of water conservation reports required under this part to meet the requirements of Section 1011 for water conservation reporting. (b) This part does not limit or otherwise affect the application of Chapter 3.5 (commencing with Section 11340), Chapter 4 (commencing with Section 11370), Chapter 4.5 (commencing with Section 11400), and Chapter 5 (commencing with Section 11500) of Part 1 of Division 3 of Title 2 of the Government Code. (c) This part does not require a reduction in the total water used in the agricultural or urban sectors, because other factors, including, but not limited to, changes in agricultural economics or population growth may have greater effects on water use. This part does not limit the economic productivity of California s agricultural, commercial, or industrial sectors. (d) The requirements of this part do not apply to an agricultural water supplier that is a party to the Quantification Settlement Agreement, as defined in subdivision (a) of Section 1 of Chapter 617 of the Statutes of 2002, during the period within which the Quantification Settlement Agreement remains in effect. After the expiration of the Quantification Settlement Agreement, to the extent conservation water projects implemented as part of the Quantification Settlement Agreement remain in effect, the conserved water created as part of those projects shall be credited against the obligations of the agricultural water supplier pursuant to this part. Chapter 2. Definitions Unless the context otherwise requires, the following definitions govern the construction of this part: (a) Agricultural water supplier means a water supplier, either publicly or privately owned, providing water to 10,000 or more irrigated acres, excluding recycled water. Agricultural water supplier includes a supplier or contractor for water, regardless of the basis of right, that distributes or sells water for ultimate resale to customers. Agricultural water supplier does not include the department. (b) Base daily per capita water use means any of the following: (1) The urban retail water supplier s estimate of its average gross water use, reported in gallons per capita per day and calculated over a continuous 10-year period ending no earlier than December 31, 2004, and no later than December 31, (2) For an urban retail water supplier that meets at least 10 percent of its 2008 measured retail water demand through recycled water that is delivered within the service area of an urban retail water supplier or its urban wholesale water supplier, the urban retail water supplier may extend the calculation described in paragraph (1) up to an additional five years to a maximum of 93

313 5 Ch. 4 a continuous 15-year period ending no earlier than December 31, 2004, and no later than December 31, (3) For the purposes of Section , the urban retail water supplier s estimate of its average gross water use, reported in gallons per capita per day and calculated over a continuous five-year period ending no earlier than December 31, 2007, and no later than December 31, (c) Baseline commercial, industrial, and institutional water use means an urban retail water supplier s base daily per capita water use for commercial, industrial, and institutional users. (d) Commercial water user means a water user that provides or distributes a product or service. (e) Compliance daily per capita water use means the gross water use during the final year of the reporting period, reported in gallons per capita per day. (f) Disadvantaged community means a community with an annual median household income that is less than 80 percent of the statewide annual median household income. (g) Gross water use means the total volume of water, whether treated or untreated, entering the distribution system of an urban retail water supplier, excluding all of the following: (1) Recycled water that is delivered within the service area of an urban retail water supplier or its urban wholesale water supplier. (2) The net volume of water that the urban retail water supplier places into long-term storage. (3) The volume of water the urban retail water supplier conveys for use by another urban water supplier. (4) The volume of water delivered for agricultural use, except as otherwise provided in subdivision (f) of Section (h) Industrial water user means a water user that is primarily a manufacturer or processor of materials as defined by the North American Industry Classification System code sectors 31 to 33, inclusive, or an entity that is a water user primarily engaged in research and development. (i) Institutional water user means a water user dedicated to public service. This type of user includes, among other users, higher education institutions, schools, courts, churches, hospitals, government facilities, and nonprofit research institutions. (j) Interim urban water use target means the midpoint between the urban retail water supplier s base daily per capita water use and the urban retail water supplier s urban water use target for (k) Locally cost effective means that the present value of the local benefits of implementing an agricultural efficiency water management practice is greater than or equal to the present value of the local cost of implementing that measure. (l) Process water means water used for producing a product or product content or water used for research and development, including, but not limited to, continuous manufacturing processes, water used for testing and maintaining equipment used in producing a product or product content, and 93

314 Ch. 4 6 water used in combined heat and power facilities used in producing a product or product content. Process water does not mean incidental water uses not related to the production of a product or product content, including, but not limited to, water used for restrooms, landscaping, air conditioning, heating, kitchens, and laundry. (m) Recycled water means recycled water, as defined in subdivision (n) of Section 13050, that is used to offset potable demand, including recycled water supplied for direct use and indirect potable reuse, that meets the following requirements, where applicable: (1) For groundwater recharge, including recharge through spreading basins, water supplies that are all of the following: (A) Metered. (B) Developed through planned investment by the urban water supplier or a wastewater treatment agency. (C) Treated to a minimum tertiary level. (D) Delivered within the service area of an urban retail water supplier or its urban wholesale water supplier that helps an urban retail water supplier meet its urban water use target. (2) For reservoir augmentation, water supplies that meet the criteria of paragraph (1) and are conveyed through a distribution system constructed specifically for recycled water. (n) Regional water resources management means sources of supply resulting from watershed-based planning for sustainable local water reliability or any of the following alternative sources of water: (1) The capture and reuse of stormwater or rainwater. (2) The use of recycled water. (3) The desalination of brackish groundwater. (4) The conjunctive use of surface water and groundwater in a manner that is consistent with the safe yield of the groundwater basin. (o) Reporting period means the years for which an urban retail water supplier reports compliance with the urban water use targets. (p) Urban retail water supplier means a water supplier, either publicly or privately owned, that directly provides potable municipal water to more than 3,000 end users or that supplies more than 3,000 acre-feet of potable water annually at retail for municipal purposes. (q) Urban water use target means the urban retail water supplier s targeted future daily per capita water use. (r) Urban wholesale water supplier, means a water supplier, either publicly or privately owned, that provides more than 3,000 acre-feet of water annually at wholesale for potable municipal purposes. Chapter 3. Urban Retail Water Suppliers (a) The state shall achieve a 20-percent reduction in urban per capita water use in California on or before December 31,

315 7 Ch. 4 (b) The state shall make incremental progress towards the state target specified in subdivision (a) by reducing urban per capita water use by at least 10 percent on or before December 31, (a) (1) Each urban retail water supplier shall develop urban water use targets and an interim urban water use target by July 1, Urban retail water suppliers may elect to determine and report progress toward achieving these targets on an individual or regional basis, as provided in subdivision (a) of Section , and may determine the targets on a fiscal year or calendar year basis. (2) It is the intent of the Legislature that the urban water use targets described in subdivision (a) cumulatively result in a 20-percent reduction from the baseline daily per capita water use by December 31, (b) An urban retail water supplier shall adopt one of the following methods for determining its urban water use target pursuant to subdivision (a): (1) Eighty percent of the urban retail water supplier s baseline per capita daily water use. (2) The per capita daily water use that is estimated using the sum of the following performance standards: (A) For indoor residential water use, 55 gallons per capita daily water use as a provisional standard. Upon completion of the department s 2016 report to the Legislature pursuant to Section , this standard may be adjusted by the Legislature by statute. (B) For landscape irrigated through dedicated or residential meters or connections, water efficiency equivalent to the standards of the Model Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance set forth in Chapter 2.7 (commencing with Section 490) of Division 2 of Title 23 of the California Code of Regulations, as in effect the later of the year of the landscape s installation or An urban retail water supplier using the approach specified in this subparagraph shall use satellite imagery, site visits, or other best available technology to develop an accurate estimate of landscaped areas. (C) For commercial, industrial, and institutional uses, a 10-percent reduction in water use from the baseline commercial, industrial, and institutional water use by (3) Ninety-five percent of the applicable state hydrologic region target, as set forth in the state s draft 20x2020 Water Conservation Plan (dated April 30, 2009). If the service area of an urban water supplier includes more than one hydrologic region, the supplier shall apportion its service area to each region based on population or area. (4) A method that shall be identified and developed by the department, through a public process, and reported to the Legislature no later than December 31, The method developed by the department shall identify per capita targets that cumulatively result in a statewide 20-percent reduction in urban daily per capita water use by December 31, In developing urban daily per capita water use targets, the department shall do all of the following: (A) Consider climatic differences within the state. 93

316 Ch. 4 8 (B) Consider population density differences within the state. (C) Provide flexibility to communities and regions in meeting the targets. (D) Consider different levels of per capita water use according to plant water needs in different regions. (E) Consider different levels of commercial, industrial, and institutional water use in different regions of the state. (F) Avoid placing an undue hardship on communities that have implemented conservation measures or taken actions to keep per capita water use low. (c) If the department adopts a regulation pursuant to paragraph (4) of subdivision (b) that results in a requirement that an urban retail water supplier achieve a reduction in daily per capita water use that is greater than 20 percent by December 31, 2020, an urban retail water supplier that adopted the method described in paragraph (4) of subdivision (b) may limit its urban water use target to a reduction of not more than 20 percent by December 31, 2020, by adopting the method described in paragraph (1) of subdivision (b). (d) The department shall update the method described in paragraph (4) of subdivision (b) and report to the Legislature by December 31, An urban retail water supplier that adopted the method described in paragraph (4) of subdivision (b) may adopt a new urban daily per capita water use target pursuant to this updated method. (e) An urban retail water supplier shall include in its urban water management plan required pursuant to Part 2.6 (commencing with Section 10610) due in 2010 the baseline daily per capita water use, urban water use target, interim urban water use target, and compliance daily per capita water use, along with the bases for determining those estimates, including references to supporting data. (f) When calculating per capita values for the purposes of this chapter, an urban retail water supplier shall determine population using federal, state, and local population reports and projections. (g) An urban retail water supplier may update its 2020 urban water use target in its 2015 urban water management plan required pursuant to Part 2.6 (commencing with Section 10610). (h) (1) The department, through a public process and in consultation with the California Urban Water Conservation Council, shall develop technical methodologies and criteria for the consistent implementation of this part, including, but not limited to, both of the following: (A) Methodologies for calculating base daily per capita water use, baseline commercial, industrial, and institutional water use, compliance daily per capita water use, gross water use, service area population, indoor residential water use, and landscaped area water use. (B) Criteria for adjustments pursuant to subdivisions (d) and (e) of Section (2) The department shall post the methodologies and criteria developed pursuant to this subdivision on its Internet Web site, and make written copies 93

317 9 Ch. 4 available, by October 1, An urban retail water supplier shall use the methods developed by the department in compliance with this part. (i) (1) The department shall adopt regulations for implementation of the provisions relating to process water in accordance with subdivision (l) of Section , subdivision (e) of Section , and subdivision (d) of Section (2) The initial adoption of a regulation authorized by this subdivision is deemed to address an emergency, for purposes of Sections and of the Government Code, and the department is hereby exempted for that purpose from the requirements of subdivision (b) of Section of the Government Code. After the initial adoption of an emergency regulation pursuant to this subdivision, the department shall not request approval from the Office of Administrative Law to readopt the regulation as an emergency regulation pursuant to Section of the Government Code. (j) An urban retail water supplier shall be granted an extension to July 1, 2011, for adoption of an urban water management plan pursuant to Part 2.6 (commencing with Section 10610) due in 2010 to allow use of technical methodologies developed by the department pursuant to paragraph (4) of subdivision (b) and subdivision (h). An urban retail water supplier that adopts an urban water management plan due in 2010 that does not use the methodologies developed by the department pursuant to subdivision (h) shall amend the plan by July 1, 2011, to comply with this part Notwithstanding the method adopted by an urban retail water supplier pursuant to Section , an urban retail water supplier s per capita daily water use reduction shall be no less than 5 percent of base daily per capita water use as defined in paragraph (3) of subdivision (b) of Section This section does not apply to an urban retail water supplier with a base daily per capita water use at or below 100 gallons per capita per day (a) Each urban retail water supplier shall meet its interim urban water use target by December 31, (b) Each urban retail water supplier shall meet its urban water use target by December 31, (c) An urban retail water supplier s compliance daily per capita water use shall be the measure of progress toward achievement of its urban water use target. (d) (1) When determining compliance daily per capita water use, an urban retail water supplier may consider the following factors: (A) Differences in evapotranspiration and rainfall in the baseline period compared to the compliance reporting period. (B) Substantial changes to commercial or industrial water use resulting from increased business output and economic development that have occurred during the reporting period. (C) Substantial changes to institutional water use resulting from fire suppression services or other extraordinary events, or from new or expanded operations, that have occurred during the reporting period. 93

318 Ch (2) If the urban retail water supplier elects to adjust its estimate of compliance daily per capita water use due to one or more of the factors described in paragraph (1), it shall provide the basis for, and data supporting, the adjustment in the report required by Section (e) When developing the urban water use target pursuant to Section , an urban retail water supplier that has a substantial percentage of industrial water use in its service area, may exclude process water from the calculation of gross water use to avoid a disproportionate burden on another customer sector. (f) (1) An urban retail water supplier that includes agricultural water use in an urban water management plan pursuant to Part 2.6 (commencing with Section 10610) may include the agricultural water use in determining gross water use. An urban retail water supplier that includes agricultural water use in determining gross water use and develops its urban water use target pursuant to paragraph (2) of subdivision (b) of Section shall use a water efficient standard for agricultural irrigation of 100 percent of reference evapotranspiration multiplied by the crop coefficient for irrigated acres. (2) An urban retail water supplier, that is also an agricultural water supplier, is not subject to the requirements of Chapter 4 (commencing with Section ), if the agricultural water use is incorporated into its urban water use target pursuant to paragraph (1) (a) In complying with this part, an urban retail water supplier shall conduct at least one public hearing to accomplish all of the following: (1) Allow community input regarding the urban retail water supplier s implementation plan for complying with this part. (2) Consider the economic impacts of the urban retail water supplier s implementation plan for complying with this part. (3) Adopt a method, pursuant to subdivision (b) of Section , for determining its urban water use target. (b) In complying with this part, an urban retail water supplier may meet its urban water use target through efficiency improvements in any combination among its customer sectors. An urban retail water supplier shall avoid placing a disproportionate burden on any customer sector. (c) For an urban retail water supplier that supplies water to a United States Department of Defense military installation, the urban retail water supplier s implementation plan for complying with this part shall consider the United States Department of Defense military installation s requirements under federal Executive Order (d) (1) Any ordinance or resolution adopted by an urban retail water supplier after the effective date of this section shall not require existing customers as of the effective date of this section, to undertake changes in product formulation, operations, or equipment that would reduce process water use, but may provide technical assistance and financial incentives to those customers to implement efficiency measures for process water. This section shall not limit an ordinance or resolution adopted pursuant to a declaration of drought emergency by an urban retail water supplier. 93

319 11 Ch. 4 (2) This part shall not be construed or enforced so as to interfere with the requirements of Chapter 4 (commencing with Section ) to Chapter 13 (commencing with Section ), inclusive, of Part 7 of Division 104 of the Health and Safety Code, or any requirement or standard for the protection of public health, public safety, or worker safety established by federal, state, or local government or recommended by recognized standard setting organizations or trade associations (a) An urban retail water supplier may meet its urban water use target within its retail service area, or through mutual agreement, by any of the following: (1) Through an urban wholesale water supplier. (2) Through a regional agency authorized to plan and implement water conservation, including, but not limited to, an agency established under the Bay Area Water Supply and Conservation Agency Act (Division 31 (commencing with Section 81300)). (3) Through a regional water management group as defined in Section (4) By an integrated regional water management funding area. (5) By hydrologic region. (6) Through other appropriate geographic scales for which computation methods have been developed by the department. (b) A regional water management group, with the written consent of its member agencies, may undertake any or all planning, reporting, and implementation functions under this chapter for the member agencies that consent to those activities. Any data or reports shall provide information both for the regional water management group and separately for each consenting urban retail water supplier and urban wholesale water supplier All costs incurred pursuant to this part by a water utility regulated by the Public Utilities Commission may be recoverable in rates subject to review and approval by the Public Utilities Commission, and may be recorded in a memorandum account and reviewed for reasonableness by the Public Utilities Commission Urban wholesale water suppliers shall include in the urban water management plans required pursuant to Part 2.6 (commencing with Section 10610) an assessment of their present and proposed future measures, programs, and policies to help achieve the water use reductions required by this part Urban water retail suppliers shall report to the department on their progress in meeting their urban water use targets as part of their urban water management plans submitted pursuant to Section The data shall be reported using a standardized form developed pursuant to Section The department shall review the 2015 urban water management plans and report to the Legislature by December 31, 2016, on progress towards achieving a 20-percent reduction in urban water use by December 31, The report shall include recommendations on changes to water efficiency standards or urban water use targets in order to achieve 93

320 Ch the 20-percent reduction and to reflect updated efficiency information and technology changes The department, in conjunction with the California Urban Water Conservation Council, by April 1, 2010, shall convene a representative task force consisting of academic experts, urban retail water suppliers, environmental organizations, commercial water users, industrial water users, and institutional water users to develop alternative best management practices for commercial, industrial, and institutional users and an assessment of the potential statewide water use efficiency improvement in the commercial, industrial, and institutional sectors that would result from implementation of these best management practices. The taskforce, in conjunction with the department, shall submit a report to the Legislature by April 1, 2012, that shall include a review of multiple sectors within commercial, industrial, and institutional users and that shall recommend water use efficiency standards for commercial, industrial, and institutional users among various sectors of water use. The report shall include, but not be limited to, the following: (a) Appropriate metrics for evaluating commercial, industrial, and institutional water use. (b) Evaluation of water demands for manufacturing processes, goods, and cooling. (c) Evaluation of public infrastructure necessary for delivery of recycled water to the commercial, industrial, and institutional sectors. (d) Evaluation of institutional and economic barriers to increased recycled water use within the commercial, industrial, and institutional sectors. (e) Identification of technical feasibility and cost of the best management practices to achieve more efficient water use statewide in the commercial, industrial, and institutional sectors that is consistent with the public interest and reflects past investments in water use efficiency Each state agency shall reduce water use on facilities it operates to support urban retail water suppliers in meeting the target identified in Section Chapter 4. Agricultural Water Suppliers (a) On or before July 31, 2012, an agricultural water supplier shall implement efficient water management practices pursuant to subdivisions (b) and (c). (b) Agricultural water suppliers shall implement all of the following critical efficient management practices: (1) Measure the volume of water delivered to customers with sufficient accuracy to comply with subdivision (a) of Section and to implement paragraph (2). (2) Adopt a pricing structure for water customers based at least in part on quantity delivered. 93

321 13 Ch. 4 (c) Agricultural water suppliers shall implement additional efficient management practices, including, but not limited to, practices to accomplish all of the following, if the measures are locally cost effective and technically feasible: (1) Facilitate alternative land use for lands with exceptionally high water duties or whose irrigation contributes to significant problems, including drainage. (2) Facilitate use of available recycled water that otherwise would not be used beneficially, meets all health and safety criteria, and does not harm crops or soils. (3) Facilitate the financing of capital improvements for on-farm irrigation systems. (4) Implement an incentive pricing structure that promotes one or more of the following goals: (A) More efficient water use at the farm level. (B) Conjunctive use of groundwater. (C) Appropriate increase of groundwater recharge. (D) Reduction in problem drainage. (E) Improved management of environmental resources. (F) Effective management of all water sources throughout the year by adjusting seasonal pricing structures based on current conditions. (5) Expand line or pipe distribution systems, and construct regulatory reservoirs to increase distribution system flexibility and capacity, decrease maintenance, and reduce seepage. (6) Increase flexibility in water ordering by, and delivery to, water customers within operational limits. (7) Construct and operate supplier spill and tailwater recovery systems. (8) Increase planned conjunctive use of surface water and groundwater within the supplier service area. (9) Automate canal control structures. (10) Facilitate or promote customer pump testing and evaluation. (11) Designate a water conservation coordinator who will develop and implement the water management plan and prepare progress reports. (12) Provide for the availability of water management services to water users. These services may include, but are not limited to, all of the following: (A) On-farm irrigation and drainage system evaluations. (B) Normal year and real-time irrigation scheduling and crop evapotranspiration information. (C) Surface water, groundwater, and drainage water quantity and quality data. (D) Agricultural water management educational programs and materials for farmers, staff, and the public. (13) Evaluate the policies of agencies that provide the supplier with water to identify the potential for institutional changes to allow more flexible water deliveries and storage. (14) Evaluate and improve the efficiencies of the supplier s pumps. 93

322 Ch (d) Agricultural water suppliers shall include in the agricultural water management plans required pursuant to Part 2.8 (commencing with Section 10800) a report on which efficient water management practices have been implemented and are planned to be implemented, an estimate of the water use efficiency improvements that have occurred since the last report, and an estimate of the water use efficiency improvements estimated to occur five and 10 years in the future. If an agricultural water supplier determines that an efficient water management practice is not locally cost effective or technically feasible, the supplier shall submit information documenting that determination. (e) The data shall be reported using a standardized form developed pursuant to Section (f) An agricultural water supplier may meet the requirements of subdivisions (d) and (e) by submitting to the department a water conservation plan submitted to the United States Bureau of Reclamation that meets the requirements described in Section (g) On or before December 31, 2013, December 31, 2016, and December 31, 2021, the department, in consultation with the board, shall submit to the Legislature a report on the agricultural efficient water management practices that have been implemented and are planned to be implemented and an assessment of the manner in which the implementation of those efficient water management practices has affected and will affect agricultural operations, including estimated water use efficiency improvements, if any. (h) The department may update the efficient water management practices required pursuant to subdivision (c), in consultation with the Agricultural Water Management Council, the United States Bureau of Reclamation, and the board. All efficient water management practices for agricultural water use pursuant to this chapter shall be adopted or revised by the department only after the department conducts public hearings to allow participation of the diverse geographical areas and interests of the state. (i) (1) The department shall adopt regulations that provide for a range of options that agricultural water suppliers may use or implement to comply with the measurement requirement in paragraph (1) of subdivision (b). (2) The initial adoption of a regulation authorized by this subdivision is deemed to address an emergency, for purposes of Sections and of the Government Code, and the department is hereby exempted for that purpose from the requirements of subdivision (b) of Section of the Government Code. After the initial adoption of an emergency regulation pursuant to this subdivision, the department shall not request approval from the Office of Administrative Law to readopt the regulation as an emergency regulation pursuant to Section of the Government Code. 93

323 15 Ch. 4 Chapter 5. Sustainable Water Management (a) The department, in consultation with the board, shall promote implementation of regional water resources management practices through increased incentives and removal of barriers consistent with state and federal law. Potential changes may include, but are not limited to, all of the following: (1) Revisions to the requirements for urban and agricultural water management plans. (2) Revisions to the requirements for integrated regional water management plans. (3) Revisions to the eligibility for state water management grants and loans. (4) Revisions to state or local permitting requirements that increase water supply opportunities, but do not weaken water quality protection under state and federal law. (5) Increased funding for research, feasibility studies, and project construction. (6) Expanding technical and educational support for local land use and water management agencies. (b) No later than January 1, 2011, and updated as part of the California Water Plan, the department, in consultation with the board, and with public input, shall propose new statewide targets, or review and update existing statewide targets, for regional water resources management practices, including, but not limited to, recycled water, brackish groundwater desalination, and infiltration and direct use of urban stormwater runoff. Chapter 6. Standardized Data Collection (a) The department, in consultation with the board, the California Bay-Delta Authority or its successor agency, the State Department of Public Health, and the Public Utilities Commission, shall develop a single standardized water use reporting form to meet the water use information needs of each agency, including the needs of urban water suppliers that elect to determine and report progress toward achieving targets on a regional basis as provided in subdivision (a) of Section (b) At a minimum, the form shall be developed to accommodate information sufficient to assess an urban water supplier s compliance with conservation targets pursuant to Section and an agricultural water supplier s compliance with implementation of efficient water management practices pursuant to subdivision (a) of Section The form shall accommodate reporting by urban water suppliers on an individual or regional basis as provided in subdivision (a) of Section

324 Ch Chapter 7. Funding Provisions (a) On and after July 1, 2016, an urban retail water supplier is not eligible for a water grant or loan awarded or administered by the state unless the supplier complies with this part. (b) On and after July 1, 2013, an agricultural water supplier is not eligible for a water grant or loan awarded or administered by the state unless the supplier complies with this part. (c) Notwithstanding subdivision (a), the department shall determine that an urban retail water supplier is eligible for a water grant or loan even though the supplier has not met the per capita reductions required pursuant to Section , if the urban retail water supplier has submitted to the department for approval a schedule, financing plan, and budget, to be included in the grant or loan agreement, for achieving the per capita reductions. The supplier may request grant or loan funds to achieve the per capita reductions to the extent the request is consistent with the eligibility requirements applicable to the water funds. (d) Notwithstanding subdivision (b), the department shall determine that an agricultural water supplier is eligible for a water grant or loan even though the supplier is not implementing all of the efficient water management practices described in Section , if the agricultural water supplier has submitted to the department for approval a schedule, financing plan, and budget, to be included in the grant or loan agreement, for implementation of the efficient water management practices. The supplier may request grant or loan funds to implement the efficient water management practices to the extent the request is consistent with the eligibility requirements applicable to the water funds. (e) Notwithstanding subdivision (a), the department shall determine that an urban retail water supplier is eligible for a water grant or loan even though the supplier has not met the per capita reductions required pursuant to Section , if the urban retail water supplier has submitted to the department for approval documentation demonstrating that its entire service area qualifies as a disadvantaged community. (f) The department shall not deny eligibility to an urban retail water supplier or agricultural water supplier in compliance with the requirements of this part and Part 2.8 (commencing with Section 10800), that is participating in a multiagency water project, or an integrated regional water management plan, developed pursuant to Section of the Public Resources Code, solely on the basis that one or more of the agencies participating in the project or plan is not implementing all of the requirements of this part or Part 2.8 (commencing with Section 10800) (a) It is the intent of the Legislature that funds made available by Section of the Public Resources Code should be expended, consistent with Division 43 (commencing with Section 75001) of the Public Resources Code and upon appropriation by the Legislature, for grants to implement this part. In the allocation of funding, it is the intent of the 93

325 17 Ch. 4 Legislature that the department give consideration to disadvantaged communities to assist in implementing the requirements of this part. (b) It is the intent of the Legislature that funds made available by Section of the Public Resources Code, should be expended, consistent with Division 43 (commencing with Section 75001) of the Public Resources Code and upon appropriation by the Legislature, for direct expenditures to implement this part. Chapter 8. Quantifying Agricultural Water Use Efficiency The department, in consultation with the Agricultural Water Management Council, academic experts, and other stakeholders, shall develop a methodology for quantifying the efficiency of agricultural water use. Alternatives to be assessed shall include, but not be limited to, determination of efficiency levels based on crop type or irrigation system distribution uniformity. On or before December 31, 2011, the department shall report to the Legislature on a proposed methodology and a plan for implementation. The plan shall include the estimated implementation costs and the types of data needed to support the methodology. Nothing in this section authorizes the department to implement a methodology established pursuant to this section. SEC. 2. Section of the Water Code is amended to read: (a) (1) Beginning January 1, 2009, the terms of, and eligibility for, a water management grant or loan made to an urban water supplier and awarded or administered by the department, state board, or California Bay-Delta Authority or its successor agency shall be conditioned on the implementation of the water demand management measures described in Section 10631, as determined by the department pursuant to subdivision (b). (2) For the purposes of this section, water management grants and loans include funding for programs and projects for surface water or groundwater storage, recycling, desalination, water conservation, water supply reliability, and water supply augmentation. This section does not apply to water management projects funded by the federal American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (Public Law 111-5). (3) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), the department shall determine that an urban water supplier is eligible for a water management grant or loan even though the supplier is not implementing all of the water demand management measures described in Section 10631, if the urban water supplier has submitted to the department for approval a schedule, financing plan, and budget, to be included in the grant or loan agreement, for implementation of the water demand management measures. The supplier may request grant or loan funds to implement the water demand management measures to the extent the request is consistent with the eligibility requirements applicable to the water management funds. 93

326 Ch (4) (A) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), the department shall determine that an urban water supplier is eligible for a water management grant or loan even though the supplier is not implementing all of the water demand management measures described in Section 10631, if an urban water supplier submits to the department for approval documentation demonstrating that a water demand management measure is not locally cost effective. If the department determines that the documentation submitted by the urban water supplier fails to demonstrate that a water demand management measure is not locally cost effective, the department shall notify the urban water supplier and the agency administering the grant or loan program within 120 days that the documentation does not satisfy the requirements for an exemption, and include in that notification a detailed statement to support the determination. (B) For purposes of this paragraph, not locally cost effective means that the present value of the local benefits of implementing a water demand management measure is less than the present value of the local costs of implementing that measure. (b) (1) The department, in consultation with the state board and the California Bay-Delta Authority or its successor agency, and after soliciting public comment regarding eligibility requirements, shall develop eligibility requirements to implement the requirement of paragraph (1) of subdivision (a). In establishing these eligibility requirements, the department shall do both of the following: (A) Consider the conservation measures described in the Memorandum of Understanding Regarding Urban Water Conservation in California, and alternative conservation approaches that provide equal or greater water savings. (B) Recognize the different legal, technical, fiscal, and practical roles and responsibilities of wholesale water suppliers and retail water suppliers. (2) (A) For the purposes of this section, the department shall determine whether an urban water supplier is implementing all of the water demand management measures described in Section based on either, or a combination, of the following: (i) Compliance on an individual basis. (ii) Compliance on a regional basis. Regional compliance shall require participation in a regional conservation program consisting of two or more urban water suppliers that achieves the level of conservation or water efficiency savings equivalent to the amount of conservation or savings achieved if each of the participating urban water suppliers implemented the water demand management measures. The urban water supplier administering the regional program shall provide participating urban water suppliers and the department with data to demonstrate that the regional program is consistent with this clause. The department shall review the data to determine whether the urban water suppliers in the regional program are meeting the eligibility requirements. (B) The department may require additional information for any determination pursuant to this section. 93

327 19 Ch. 4 (3) The department shall not deny eligibility to an urban water supplier in compliance with the requirements of this section that is participating in a multiagency water project, or an integrated regional water management plan, developed pursuant to Section of the Public Resources Code, solely on the basis that one or more of the agencies participating in the project or plan is not implementing all of the water demand management measures described in Section (c) In establishing guidelines pursuant to the specific funding authorization for any water management grant or loan program subject to this section, the agency administering the grant or loan program shall include in the guidelines the eligibility requirements developed by the department pursuant to subdivision (b). (d) Upon receipt of a water management grant or loan application by an agency administering a grant and loan program subject to this section, the agency shall request an eligibility determination from the department with respect to the requirements of this section. The department shall respond to the request within 60 days of the request. (e) The urban water supplier may submit to the department copies of its annual reports and other relevant documents to assist the department in determining whether the urban water supplier is implementing or scheduling the implementation of water demand management activities. In addition, for urban water suppliers that are signatories to the Memorandum of Understanding Regarding Urban Water Conservation in California and submit biennial reports to the California Urban Water Conservation Council in accordance with the memorandum, the department may use these reports to assist in tracking the implementation of water demand management measures. (f) This section shall remain in effect only until July 1, 2016, and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute, that is enacted before July 1, 2016, deletes or extends that date. SEC. 3. Part 2.8 (commencing with Section 10800) of Division 6 of the Water Code is repealed. SEC. 4. Part 2.8 (commencing with Section 10800) is added to Division 6 of the Water Code, to read: PART 2.8. AGRICULTURAL WATER MANAGEMENT PLANNING Chapter 1. General Declarations and Policy This part shall be known and may be cited as the Agricultural Water Management Planning Act The Legislature finds and declares all of the following: (a) The waters of the state are a limited and renewable resource. (b) The California Constitution requires that water in the state be used in a reasonable and beneficial manner. (c) Urban water districts are required to adopt water management plans. 93

328 Ch (d) The conservation of agricultural water supplies is of great statewide concern. (e) There is a great amount of reuse of delivered water, both inside and outside the water service areas. (f) Significant noncrop beneficial uses are associated with agricultural water use, including streamflows and wildlife habitat. (g) Significant opportunities exist in some areas, through improved irrigation water management, to conserve water or to reduce the quantity of highly saline or toxic drainage water. (h) Changes in water management practices should be carefully planned and implemented to minimize adverse effects on other beneficial uses currently being served. (i) Agricultural water suppliers that receive water from the federal Central Valley Project are required by federal law to prepare and implement water conservation plans. (j) Agricultural water users applying for a permit to appropriate water from the board are required to prepare and implement water conservation plans The Legislature finds and declares that all of the following are the policies of the state: (a) The conservation of water shall be pursued actively to protect both the people of the state and the state s water resources. (b) The conservation of agricultural water supplies shall be an important criterion in public decisions with regard to water. (c) Agricultural water suppliers shall be required to prepare water management plans to achieve conservation of water. Chapter 2. Definitions Unless the context otherwise requires, the definitions set forth in this chapter govern the construction of this part Agricultural water management plan or plan means an agricultural water management plan prepared pursuant to this part Agricultural water supplier has the same meaning as defined in Section Customer means a purchaser of water from a water supplier who uses water for agricultural purposes Person means any individual, firm, association, organization, partnership, business, trust, corporation, company, public agency, or any agency of that entity Public agency means any city, county, city and county, special district, or other public entity Urban water supplier has the same meaning as set forth in Section

329 21 Ch Water conservation means the efficient management of water resources for beneficial uses, preventing waste, or accomplishing additional benefits with the same amount of water. Chapter 3. Agricultural Water Management Plans Article 1. General Provisions (a) An agricultural water supplier shall prepare and adopt an agricultural water management plan in the manner set forth in this chapter on or before December 31, 2012, and shall update that plan on December 31, 2015, and on or before December 31 every five years thereafter. (b) Every supplier that becomes an agricultural water supplier after December 31, 2012, shall prepare and adopt an agricultural water management plan within one year after the date it has become an agricultural water supplier. (c) A water supplier that indirectly provides water to customers for agricultural purposes shall not prepare a plan pursuant to this part without the consent of each agricultural water supplier that directly provides that water to its customers (a) An agricultural water supplier required to prepare a plan pursuant to this part shall notify each city or county within which the supplier provides water supplies that the agricultural water supplier will be preparing the plan or reviewing the plan and considering amendments or changes to the plan. The agricultural water supplier may consult with, and obtain comments from, each city or county that receives notice pursuant to this subdivision. (b) The amendments to, or changes in, the plan shall be adopted and submitted in the manner set forth in Article 3 (commencing with Section 10840). Article 2. Contents of Plans (a) It is the intent of the Legislature in enacting this part to allow levels of water management planning commensurate with the numbers of customers served and the volume of water supplied. (b) This part does not require the implementation of water conservation programs or practices that are not locally cost effective An agricultural water management plan shall be adopted in accordance with this chapter. The plan shall do all of the following: (a) Describe the agricultural water supplier and the service area, including all of the following: (1) Size of the service area. (2) Location of the service area and its water management facilities. (3) Terrain and soils. (4) Climate. 93

330 Ch (5) Operating rules and regulations. (6) Water delivery measurements or calculations. (7) Water rate schedules and billing. (8) Water shortage allocation policies. (b) Describe the quantity and quality of water resources of the agricultural water supplier, including all of the following: (1) Surface water supply. (2) Groundwater supply. (3) Other water supplies. (4) Source water quality monitoring practices. (5) Water uses within the agricultural water supplier s service area, including all of the following: (A) Agricultural. (B) Environmental. (C) Recreational. (D) Municipal and industrial. (E) Groundwater recharge. (F) Transfers and exchanges. (G) Other water uses. (6) Drainage from the water supplier s service area. (7) Water accounting, including all of the following: (A) Quantifying the water supplier s water supplies. (B) Tabulating water uses. (C) Overall water budget. (8) Water supply reliability. (c) Include an analysis, based on available information, of the effect of climate change on future water supplies. (d) Describe previous water management activities. (e) Include in the plan the water use efficiency information required pursuant to Section Agricultural water suppliers that are members of the Agricultural Water Management Council, and that submit water management plans to that council in accordance with the Memorandum of Understanding Regarding Efficient Water Management Practices By Agricultural Water Suppliers In California, dated January 1, 1999, may submit the water management plans identifying water demand management measures currently being implemented, or scheduled for implementation, to satisfy the requirements of Section (a) Agricultural water suppliers that are required to submit water conservation plans to the United States Bureau of Reclamation pursuant to either the Central Valley Project Improvement Act (Public Law ) or the Reclamation Reform Act of 1982, or both, may submit those water conservation plans to satisfy the requirements of Section 10826, if both of the following apply: (1) The agricultural water supplier has adopted and submitted the water conservation plan to the United States Bureau of Reclamation within the previous four years. 93

331 23 Ch. 4 (2) The United States Bureau of Reclamation has accepted the water conservation plan as adequate. (b) This part does not require agricultural water suppliers that are required to submit water conservation plans to the United States Bureau of Reclamation pursuant to either the Central Valley Project Improvement Act (Public Law ) or the Reclamation Reform Act of 1982, or both, to prepare and adopt water conservation plans according to a schedule that is different from that required by the United States Bureau of Reclamation An agricultural water supplier may satisfy the requirements of this part by adopting an urban water management plan pursuant to Part 2.6 (commencing with Section 10610) or by participation in areawide, regional, watershed, or basinwide water management planning if those plans meet or exceed the requirements of this part. Article 3. Adoption and Implementation of Plans Every agricultural water supplier shall prepare its plan pursuant to Article 2 (commencing with Section 10825) Prior to adopting a plan, the agricultural water supplier shall make the proposed plan available for public inspection, and shall hold a public hearing on the plan. Prior to the hearing, notice of the time and place of hearing shall be published within the jurisdiction of the publicly owned agricultural water supplier pursuant to Section 6066 of the Government Code. A privately owned agricultural water supplier shall provide an equivalent notice within its service area and shall provide a reasonably equivalent opportunity that would otherwise be afforded through a public hearing process for interested parties to provide input on the plan. After the hearing, the plan shall be adopted as prepared or as modified during or after the hearing An agricultural water supplier shall implement the plan adopted pursuant to this chapter in accordance with the schedule set forth in its plan, as determined by the governing body of the agricultural water supplier (a) An agricultural water supplier shall submit to the entities identified in subdivision (b) a copy of its plan no later than 30 days after the adoption of the plan. Copies of amendments or changes to the plans shall be submitted to the entities identified in subdivision (b) within 30 days after the adoption of the amendments or changes. (b) An agricultural water supplier shall submit a copy of its plan and amendments or changes to the plan to each of the following entities: (1) The department. (2) Any city, county, or city and county within which the agricultural water supplier provides water supplies. (3) Any groundwater management entity within which jurisdiction the agricultural water supplier extracts or provides water supplies. (4) Any urban water supplier within which jurisdiction the agricultural water supplier provides water supplies. 93

332 Ch (5) Any city or county library within which jurisdiction the agricultural water supplier provides water supplies. (6) The California State Library. (7) Any local agency formation commission serving a county within which the agricultural water supplier provides water supplies (a) Not later than 30 days after the date of adopting its plan, the agricultural water supplier shall make the plan available for public review on the agricultural water supplier s Internet Web site. (b) An agricultural water supplier that does not have an Internet Web site shall submit to the department, not later than 30 days after the date of adopting its plan, a copy of the adopted plan in an electronic format. The department shall make the plan available for public review on the department s Internet Web site (a) The department shall prepare and submit to the Legislature, on or before December 31, 2013, and thereafter in the years ending in six and years ending in one, a report summarizing the status of the plans adopted pursuant to this part. (b) The report prepared by the department shall identify the outstanding elements of any plan adopted pursuant to this part. The report shall include an evaluation of the effectiveness of this part in promoting efficient agricultural water management practices and recommendations relating to proposed changes to this part, as appropriate. (c) The department shall provide a copy of the report to each agricultural water supplier that has submitted its plan to the department. The department shall also prepare reports and provide data for any legislative hearing designed to consider the effectiveness of plans submitted pursuant to this part. (d) This section does not authorize the department, in preparing the report, to approve, disapprove, or critique individual plans submitted pursuant to this part. Chapter 4. Miscellaneous Provisions (a) Any action or proceeding to attack, review, set aside, void, or annul the acts or decisions of an agricultural water supplier on the grounds of noncompliance with this part shall be commenced as follows: (1) An action or proceeding alleging failure to adopt a plan shall be commenced within 18 months after that adoption is required by this part. (2) Any action or proceeding alleging that a plan, or action taken pursuant to the plan, does not comply with this part shall be commenced within 120 days after submitting the plan or amendments to the plan to entities in accordance with Section or the taking of that action. (b) In an action or proceeding to attack, review, set aside, void, or annul a plan, or an action taken pursuant to the plan by an agricultural water supplier, on the grounds of noncompliance with this part, the inquiry shall extend only to whether there was a prejudicial abuse of discretion. Abuse 93

333 25 Ch. 4 of discretion is established if the agricultural water supplier has not proceeded in a manner required by law, or if the action by the agricultural water supplier is not supported by substantial evidence The California Environmental Quality Act (Division 13 (commencing with Section 21000) of the Public Resources Code) does not apply to the preparation and adoption of plans pursuant to this part. This part does not exempt projects for implementation of the plan or for expanded or additional water supplies from the California Environmental Quality Act An agricultural water supplier is not eligible for a water grant or loan awarded or administered by the state unless the supplier complies with this part No agricultural water supplier that provides water to less than 25,000 irrigated acres, excluding recycled water, shall be required to implement the requirements of this part or Part 2.55 (commencing with Section 10608) unless sufficient funding has specifically been provided to that water supplier for these purposes. SEC. 5. This act shall take effect only if Senate Bill 1 and Senate Bill 6 of the Seventh Extraordinary Session of the Legislature are enacted and become effective. O 93

334 SB X7 7 Table 0: Units of Measure Used in UWMP* (select one from the drop down list) Acre Feet *The unit of measure must be consistent with Table 2 3 NOTES:

335 SB X7 7 Table 1: Baseline Period Ranges Baseline 10 to 15 year baseline period 5 year baseline period Parameter Value Units 2008 total water deliveries Acre Feet 2008 total volume of delivered recycled water Acre Feet 2008 recycled water as a percent of total deliveries 5.26% Percent Number of years in baseline period 1, 2 10 Years Year beginning baseline period range 1999 Year ending baseline period range Number of years in baseline period 5 Years Year beginning baseline period range 2003 Year ending baseline period range If the 2008 recycled water percent is less than 10 percent, then the first baseline period is a continuous 10 year period. If the amount of recycled water delivered in 2008 is 10 percent or greater, the first baseline period is a continuous 10 to 15 year period. 2 The Water Code requires that the baseline period is between 10 and 15 years. However, DWR recognizes that some water suppliers may not have the minimum 10 years of baseline data. 3 The ending year must be between December 31, 2004 and December 31, The ending year must be between December 31, 2007 and December 31, NOTES:

336 SB X7 7 Table 2: Method for Population Estimates Method Used to Determine Population (may check more than one) 1. Department of Finance (DOF) DOF Table E 8 ( ) and ( ) and DOF Table E 5 ( ) when available 2. Persons per Connection Method 3. DWR Population Tool 4. Other DWR recommends pre review NOTES: SANDAG Series Regional Growth Forecasts

337 SB X7 7 Table 3: Service Area Population Year Population 10 to 15 Year Baseline Population Year ,316 Year ,132 Year ,847 Year ,230 Year ,158 Year ,033 Year ,201 Year ,460 Year ,858 Year ,661 Year 11 Year 12 Year 13 Year 14 Year 15 5 Year Baseline Population Year ,158 Year ,033 Year ,201 Year ,460 Year , Compliance Year Population ,995 NOTES:

338 SB X7 7 Table 4: Annual Gross Water Use * Baseline Year Fm SB X7 7 Table 3 Volume Into Distribution System This column will remain blank until SB X7 7 Table 4 A is completed. Exported Water Change in Dist. System Storage (+/ ) Deductions Indirect Recycled Water This column will remain blank until SB X7 7 Table 4 B is completed. Water Delivered for Agricultural Use Process Water This column will remain blank until SB X7 7 Table 4 D is completed. Annual Gross Water Use 10 to 15 Year Baseline Gross Water Use Year ,042 15,042 Year ,738 16,738 Year ,403 15,403 Year ,426 16,426 Year ,600 15,600 Year ,686 16,686 Year ,201 15,201 Year ,182 16,182 Year ,811 14,811 Year ,151 16,151 Year 11 0 Year 12 0 Year 13 0 Year 14 0 Year year baseline average gross water use 15,824 5 Year Baseline Gross Water Use Year ,600 15,600 Year ,686 16,686 Year ,201 15,201 Year ,182 16,182 Year ,811 14,811 5 year baseline average gross water use 15, Compliance Year Gross Water Use ,242 12,242 * NOTE that the units of measure must remain consistent throughout the UWMP, as reported in Table 2 3 NOTES:

339 SB X7 7 Table 4 A: Volume Entering the Distribution System(s) Complete one table for each source. Name of Source Source 1 This water source is: The supplier's own water source A purchased or imported source Baseline Year Fm SB X7 7 Table 3 Volume Entering Distribution System Meter Error Adjustment* Optional (+/ ) Corrected Volume Entering Distribution System 10 to 15 Year Baseline Water into Distribution System Year ,042 15,042 Year ,738 16,738 Year ,403 15,403 Year ,426 16,426 Year ,600 15,600 Year ,686 16,686 Year ,201 15,201 Year ,182 16,182 Year ,811 14,811 Year ,151 16,151 Year 11 0 Year 12 0 Year 13 0 Year 14 0 Year Year Baseline Water into Distribution System Year ,600 15,600 Year ,686 16,686 Year ,201 15,201 Year ,182 16,182 Year ,811 14, Compliance Year Water into Distribution System ,242 12,242 NOTES: * Meter Error Adjustment See guidance in Methodology 1, Step 3 of Methodologies Document SB X7 7 Table 4 A: Volume Entering the Distribution Name of Source Source 2 This water source is: The supplier's own water source A purchased or imported source

340 SB X7 7 Table 6: Gallons per Capita per Day Summary From Table SB X7 7 Table Year Baseline GPCD Year Baseline GPCD Compliance Year GPCD 123 NOTES:

341 SB X7 7 Table 7: 2020 Target Method Select Only One Target Method NOTES: Method 1 Method 2 Supporting Documentation SB X7 7 Table 7A SB X7 7 Tables 7B, 7C, and 7D Contact DWR for these tables Method 3 SB X7 7 Table 7 E Method 4 Method 4 Calculator

342 SB X7 7 Table 7 E: Target Method 3 Agency May Select More Than One as Applicable Percentage of Service Area in This Hydrological Region Hydrologic Region "2020 Plan" Regional Targets Method 3 Regional Targets (95%) NOTES: North Coast North Lahontan Sacramento River San Francisco Bay San Joaquin River Central Coast Tulare Lake South Lahontan % South Coast Colorado River Target (If more than one region is selected, this value is calculated.) 142

343 SB X7 7 Table 7 F: Confirm Minimum Reduction for 2020 Target 5 Year Baseline GPCD From SB X7 7 Table 5 Maximum 2020 Target 1 Calculated Confirmed 2020 Target Target Maximum 2020 Target is 95% of the 5 Year Baseline GPCD Target is calculated based on the selected Target Method, see SB X7 7 Table 7 and corresponding tables for agency's calculated target. NOTES:

344 SB X7 7 Table 8: 2015 Interim Target GPCD Confirmed 2020 Target Fm SB X7 7 Table 7 F NOTES: year Baseline GPCD Fm SB X7 7 Table Interim Target GPCD

345 SB X7 7 Table 9: 2015 Compliance Actual 2015 GPCD 2015 Interim Target GPCD Optional Adjustments (in GPCD) Enter "0" if Adjustment Not Used Extraordinary Events Weather Normalization Economic Adjustment TOTAL Adjustments Adjusted 2015 GPCD 2015 GPCD (Adjusted if applicable) Did Supplier Achieve Targeted Reduction for 2015? From Methodology 8 (Optional) From Methodology 8 (Optional) From Methodology 8 (Optional) YES NOTES:

346 2015 Urban Water Management Plan Appendix E: AWWA Water Loss Summary Padre Dam Municipal Water District E-1

347 5 AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 American Water Works Association Copyright 2014, All Rights Reserved. This spreadsheet-based water audit tool is designed to help quantify and track water losses associated with water distribution systems and identify areas for improved efficiency and cost recovery. It provides a "top-down" summary water audit format, and is not meant to take the place of a full-scale, comprehensive water audit format. Auditors are strongly encouraged to refer to the most current edition of AWWA M36 Manual for Water Audits for detailed guidance on the water auditing process and targetting loss reduction levels The spreadsheet contains several separate worksheets. Sheets can be accessed using the tabs towards the bottom of the screen, or by clicking the buttons below. Please begin by providing the following information The following guidance will help you complete the Audit Name of Contact Person: Kyle Swanson All audit data are entered on the Reporting Worksheet Address: kswanson@padre.org Value can be entered by user Telephone Ext.: Value calculated based on input data Name of City / Utility: Padre Dam Municipal Water District These cells contain recommended default values City/Town/Municipality: Santee State / Province: California (CA) Use of Option Pcnt: Value: Country: USA (Radio) Buttons: 0.25% Year: 2015 Financial Year Start Date: 07/2014 Enter MM/YYYY numeric format Select the default percentage To enter a value, choose End Date: 06/2015 Enter MM/YYYY numeric format by choosing the option button this button and enter a on the left value in the cell to the right Audit Preparation Date: 12/11/2015 Volume Reporting Units: Acre-feet PWSID / Other ID: The following worksheets are available by clicking the buttons below or selecting the tabs along the bottom of the page Instructions The current sheet. Enter contact information and basic audit details (year, units etc) Reporting Worksheet Enter the required data on this worksheet to calculate the water balance and data grading Comments Enter comments to explain how values were calculated or to document data sources Performance Indicators Review the performance indicators to evaluate the results of the audit Water Balance The values entered in the Reporting Worksheet are used to populate the Water Balance Dashboard A graphical summary of the water balance and Non Revenue Water components Grading Matrix Presents the possible grading options for each input component of the audit Service Connection Diagram Diagrams depicting possible customer service connection line configurations Definitions Use this sheet to understand the terms used in the audit process Loss Control Planning Use this sheet to interpret the results of the audit validity score and performance indicators Example Audits Reporting Worksheet and Performance Indicators examples are shown for two validated audits Acknowledgements Acknowledgements for the AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 If you have questions or comments regarding the software please contact us via at: wlc@awwa.org AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Instructions 1

348 AWWA Free Water Audit Software: Reporting Worksheet WAS v5.0 American Water Works Association.? Click to access definition + Click to add a comment Water Audit Report for: Padre Dam Municipal Water District Reporting Year: /2014-6/2015 Please enter data in the white cells below. Where available, metered values should be used; if metered values are unavailable please estimate a value. Indicate your confidence in the accuracy of the input data by grading each component (n/a or 1-10) using the drop-down list to the left of the input cell. Hover the mouse over the cell to obtain a description of the grades All volumes to be entered as: ACRE-FEET PER YEAR To select the correct data grading for each input, determine the highest grade where the utility meets or exceeds all criteria for that grade and all grades below it. Master Meter and Supply Error Adjustments WATER SUPPLIED < Enter grading in column 'E' and 'J' > Pcnt: Value: Volume from own sources: +? n/a acre-ft/yr +? acre-ft/yr Water imported: +? 9 10, acre-ft/yr +? acre-ft/yr Water exported: +? acre-ft/yr +? acre-ft/yr Enter negative % or value for under-registration WATER SUPPLIED: 10, acre-ft/yr Enter positive % or value for over-registration. AUTHORIZED CONSUMPTION Click here:? Billed metered: +? 10 10, acre-ft/yr for help using option Billed unmetered: +? 10 acre-ft/yr buttons below Unbilled metered: +? acre-ft/yr Pcnt: Value: Unbilled unmetered: +? acre-ft/yr 1.25% acre-ft/yr Default option selected for Unbilled unmetered - a grading of 5 is applied but not displayed Use buttons to select AUTHORIZED CONSUMPTION:? 10, acre-ft/yr percentage of water supplied OR WATER LOSSES (Water Supplied - Authorized Consumption) acre-ft/yr value Apparent Losses Pcnt: Value: Unauthorized consumption: +? acre-ft/yr 0.25% acre-ft/yr Default option selected for unauthorized consumption - a grading of 5 is applied but not displayed Customer metering inaccuracies: +? acre-ft/yr acre-ft/yr Systematic data handling errors: +? acre-ft/yr 0.25% acre-ft/yr Default option selected for Systematic data handling errors - a grading of 5 is applied but not displayed Apparent Losses:? acre-ft/yr Real Losses (Current Annual Real Losses or CARL) Real Losses = Water Losses - Apparent Losses: WATER LOSSES:? acre-ft/yr acre-ft/yr NON-REVENUE WATER NON-REVENUE WATER:? acre-ft/yr = Water Losses + Unbilled Metered + Unbilled Unmetered SYSTEM DATA Length of mains: +? miles Number of active AND inactive service connections: +? 9 22,538 Service connection density:? 58 conn./mile main Are customer meters typically located at the curbstop or property line? Select... Average length of customer service line: +? ft (length of service line, beyond the property boundary, that is the responsibility of the utility) Average operating pressure: +? psi COST DATA Total annual cost of operating water system: +? 10 $/Year Customer retail unit cost (applied to Apparent Losses): +? 9 Variable production cost (applied to Real Losses): +? 9 $/acre-ft Use Customer Retail Unit Cost to value real losses WATER AUDIT DATA VALIDITY SCORE: *** YOUR SCORE IS: 87 out of 100 *** A weighted scale for the components of consumption and water loss is included in the calculation of the Water Audit Data Validity Score PRIORITY AREAS FOR ATTENTION: Based on the information provided, audit accuracy can be improved by addressing the following components: 1: Water imported 2: Unauthorized consumption 3: Systematic data handling errors AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Reporting Worksheet 1

349 AWWA Free Water Audit Software: System Attributes and Performance Indicators WAS v5.0 American Water Works Association. Water Audit Report for: Padre Dam Municipal Water District Reporting Year: /2014-6/2015 System Attributes: Performance Indicators: Financial: *** YOUR WATER AUDIT DATA VALIDITY SCORE IS: 87 out of 100 *** Apparent Losses: acre-ft/yr + Real Losses: acre-ft/yr = Water Losses: acre-ft/yr? Unavoidable Annual Real Losses (UARL): acre-ft/yr Annual cost of Apparent Losses: Annual cost of Real Losses: Valued at Variable Production Cost Return to Reporting Worksheet to change this assumpiton Non-revenue water as percent by volume of Water Supplied: 1.9% Non-revenue water as percent by cost of operating system: Real Losses valued at Variable Production Cost Operational Efficiency: Apparent Losses per service connection per day: Real Losses per service connection per day: Real Losses per length of main per day*: Real Losses per service connection per day per psi pressure: 2.05 gallons/connection/day 0.16 gallons/connection/day N/A 0.00 gallons/connection/day/psi From Above, Real Losses = Current Annual Real Losses (CARL):? Infrastructure Leakage Index (ILI) [CARL/UARL]: 3.94 acre-feet/year 0.01 * This performance indicator applies for systems with a low service connection density of less than 32 service connections/mile of pipeline AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Performance Indicators 2

350 AWWA Free Water Audit Software: Water Balance WAS v5.0 American Water Works Association. Water Audit Report for: Padre Dam Municipal Water District Reporting Year: /2014-6/2015 Data Validity Score: 87 Water Exported Revenue Water Billed Water Exported Billed Metered Consumption (water exported Billed Authorized Consumption is removed) Revenue Water 10, Own Sources Authorized Consumption 10, Billed Unmetered Consumption 10, (Adjusted for known errors) 10, Unbilled Metered Consumption Non-Revenue Water Unbilled Authorized Consumption (NRW) Unbilled Unmetered Consumption System Input Water Supplied Unauthorized Consumption , Apparent Losses , Customer Metering Inaccuracies Systematic Data Handling Errors Water Losses Water Imported Leakage on Transmission and/or Distribution Mains Real Losses Not broken down 10, Leakage and Overflows at Utility's Storage Tanks Not broken down Leakage on Service Connections Not broken down AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Water Balance 1

351 The graphic below is a visual representation of the Water Balance with bar heights propotional to the volume of the audit components 100% 90% 80% AWWA Free Water Audit Software: Dashboard Water Audit Report for: Padre Dam Municipal Water District Reporting Year: /2014-6/2015 Show me the VOLUME of Non-Revenue Water Data Validity Score: 87 Show me the COST of Non-Revenue Water 1 1 Total Cost of NRW =$ WAS v5.0 American Water Works Association. 70% 60% 50% 40% 30% 20% 10% Cost $ % Water Exported Water Imported Volume From Own Sources Water Exported Water Supplied Water Exported Authorized Consumption Water Losses Water Exported Billed Auth. Cons. Unbilled Auth. Cons. Apparent Losses Water Exported Revenue Water Non Revenue Water 0 Unbilled metered (valued at Var. Prod. Cost) Unbilled unmetered (valued at Var. Prod. Cost) Unauth. consumption Cust. metering inaccuracies Syst. data handling errors Real Losses Real Losses (valued at Var. Prod. Cost) AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Dashboard 2

352 AWWA Free Water Audit Software: Grading Matrix WAS 5.0 American Water Works Association. Copyright 2014, All Rights Reserved. The grading assigned to each audit component and the corresponding recommended improvements and actions are highlighted in yellow. Audit accuracy is likely to be improved by prioritizing those items shown in red Grading >>> n/a WATER SUPPLIED Volume from own sources: Select this grading only if the water utility purchases/imports all of its water resources (i.e. has no sources of its own) Less than 25% of water production sources are metered, remaining sources are estimated. No regular meter accuracy testing or electronic calibration conducted. 25% - 50% of treated water production sources are metered; Conditions between other sources estimated. No regular 2 and 4 meter accuracy testing or electronic calibration conducted. 50% - 75% of treated water production sources are metered, Conditions between other sources estimated. Occasional 4 and 6 meter accuracy testing or electronic calibration conducted. At least 75% of treated water production sources are metered, or at least 90% of the source flow is derived from metered sources. Meter Conditions between accuracy testing and/or electronic 6 and 8 calibration of related instrumentation is conducted annually. Less than 25% of tested meters are found outside of +/- 6% accuracy. 100% of treated water production sources are metered, meter accuracy testing and electronic calibration of related instrumentation is conducted annually, less than 10% of meters are found outside of +/- 6% accuracy Conditions between 8 and % of treated water production sources are metered, meter accuracy testing and electronic calibration of related instrumentation is conducted semi-annually, with less than 10% found outside of +/- 3% accuracy. Procedures are reviewed by a third party knowledgeable in the M36 methodology. Improvements to attain higher data grading for "Volume from own Sources" component: to qualify for 2: Organize and launch efforts to collect data for determining volume from own sources to qualify for 4: Locate all water production sources on maps and in the field, launch meter accuracy testing for existing meters, begin to install meters on unmetered water production sources and replace any obsolete/defective meters. to qualify for 6: Formalize annual meter accuracy testing for all source meters; specify the frequency of testing. Complete installation of meters on unmetered water production sources and complete replacement of all obsolete/defective meters. to qualify for 8: Conduct annual meter accuracy testing and calibration of related instrumentation on all meter installations on a regular basis. Complete project to install new, or replace defective existing, meters so that entire production meter population is metered. Repair or replace meters outside of +/- 6% accuracy. to qualify for 10: Maintain annual meter accuracy testing and calibration of related instrumentation for all meter installations. Repair or replace meters outside of +/- 3% accuracy. Investigate new meter technology; pilot one or more replacements with innovative meters in attempt to further improve meter accuracy. to maintain 10: Standardize meter accuracy test frequency to semi-annual, or more frequent, for all meters. Repair or replace meters outside of +/- 3% accuracy. Continually investigate/pilot improving metering technology. Volume from own sources master meter and supply error adjustment: Select n/a only if the water utility fails to have meters on its sources of supply Inventory information on meters and paper records of measured volumes exist but are incomplete and/or in a very crude condition; data error cannot be determined No automatic datalogging of production volumes; daily readings are scribed on paper records without any accountability controls. Flows are not balanced across the water Conditions between distribution system: tank/storage 2 and 4 elevation changes are not employed in calculating the "Volume from own sources" component and archived flow data is adjusted only when grossly evident data error occurs. Production meter data is logged automatically in electronic format and reviewed at least on a monthly basis with necessary corrections implemented. "Volume from own sources" tabulations include estimate of daily changes in tanks/storage facilities. Meter data is adjusted when gross data errors occur, or occasional meter testing deems this necessary. Conditions between 4 and 6 Hourly production meter data logged Continuous production meter data is automatically & reviewed on at least a logged automatically & reviewed each weekly basis. Data is adjusted to business day. Data is adjusted to correct gross error when correct gross error from detected meter/instrumentation equipment meter/instrumentation equipment malfunction is detected; and/or error is Conditions between malfunction and/or results of meter confirmed by meter accuracy testing. 6 and 8 accuracy testing. Tank/storage facility Tank/storage facility elevation changes elevation changes are automatically are automatically used in calculating a used in "Volume from own sources" balanced "Volume from own sources" tabulations and data gaps in the component, and data gaps in the archived data are corrected on a daily archived data are corrected on at least basis. a weekly basis. Conditions between 8 and 10 Computerized system (SCADA or similar) automatically balances flows from all sources and storages; results are reviewed each business day. Tight accountability controls ensure that all data gaps that occur in the archived flow data are quickly detected and corrected. Regular calibrations between SCADA and sources meters ensures minimal data transfer error. Improvements to attain higher data grading for "Master meter and supply error adjustment" component: to qualify for 2: Develop a plan to restructure recordkeeping system to capture all flow data; set a procedure to review flow data on a daily basis to detect input errors. Obtain more reliable information about existing meters by conducting field inspections of meters and related instrumentation, and obtaining manufacturer literature. to qualify for 4: Install automatic datalogging equipment on production meters. Complete installation of level instrumentation at all tanks/storage facilities and include tank level data in automatic calculation routine in a computerized system. Construct a computerized listing or spreadsheet to archive input volumes, tank/storage volume changes and import/export flows in order to determine the composite "Water Supplied" volume for the distribution system. Set a procedure to review this data on a monthly basis to detect gross anomalies and data gaps. to qualify for 6: Refine computerized data collection and archive to include hourly production meter data that is reviewed at least on a weekly basis to detect specific data anomalies and gaps. Use daily net storage change to balance flows in calculating "Water Supplied" volume. Necessary corrections to data errors are implemented on a weekly basis. to qualify for 8: Ensure that all flow data is collected and archived on at least an hourly basis. All data is reviewed and detected errors corrected each business day. Tank/storage levels variations are employed in calculating balanced "Water Supplied" component. Adjust production meter data for gross error and inaccuracy confirmed by testing. to qualify for 10: Link all production and tank/storage facility elevation change data to a Supervisory Control & Data Acquisition (SCADA) System, or similar computerized monitoring/control system, and establish automatic flow balancing algorithm and regularly calibrate between SCADA and source meters. Data is reviewed and corrected each business day. to maintain 10: Monitor meter innovations for development of more accurate and less expensive flowmeters. Continue to replace or repair meters as they perform outside of desired accuracy limits. Stay abreast of new and more accurate water level instruments to better record tank/storage levels and archive the variations in storage volume. Keep current with SCADA and data management systems to ensure that archived data is well-managed and error free. Water Imported: Select n/a if the water utility's supply is exclusively from its own water resources (no bulk purchased/ imported water) Less than 25% of imported water sources are metered, remaining sources are estimated. No regular meter accuracy testing. 25% - 50% of imported water sources are metered; other sources Conditions between estimated. No regular meter 2 and 4 accuracy testing. 50% - 75% of imported water sources are metered, other sources estimated. Occasional meter accuracy testing conducted. Conditions between 4 and 6 At least 75% of imported water 100% of imported water sources are sources are metered, meter accuracy metered, meter accuracy testing and testing and/or electronic calibration of Conditions between electronic calibration of related related instrumentation is conducted 6 and 8 instrumentation is conducted annually, annually for all meter installations. less than 10% of meters are found Less than 25% of tested meters are outside of +/- 6% accuracy found outside of +/- 6% accuracy. Conditions between 8 and % of imported water sources are metered, meter accuracy testing and electronic calibration of related instrumentation is conducted semiannually for all meter installations, with less than 10% of accuracy tests found outside of +/- 3% accuracy. Improvements to attain higher data grading for "Water Imported Volume" component: (Note: usually the water supplier selling the water - "the Exporter" - to the utility being audited is responsible to maintain the metering installation measuring the imported volume. The utility should coordinate carefully with the Exporter to ensure that adequate meter upkeep takes place and an accurate measure of the Water Imported volume is quantified. ) to qualify for 2: Review bulk water purchase agreements with partner suppliers; confirm requirements for use and maintenance of accurate metering. Identify needs for new or replacement meters with goal to meter all imported water sources. To qualify for 4: Locate all imported water sources on maps and in the field, launch meter accuracy testing for existing meters, begin to install meters on unmetered imported water interconnections and replace obsolete/defective meters. to qualify for 6: Formalize annual meter accuracy testing for all imported water meters, planning for both regular meter accuracy testing and calibration of the related instrumentation. Continue installation of meters on unmetered imported water interconnections and replacement of obsolete/defective meters. to qualify for 8: Complete project to install new, or replace defective, meters on all imported water interconnections. Maintain annual meter accuracy testing for all imported water meters and conduct calibration of related instrumentation at least annually. Repair or replace meters outside of +/- 6% accuracy. to qualify for 10: Conduct meter accuracy testing for all meters on a semiannual basis, along with calibration of all related instrumentation. Repair or replace meters outside of +/- 3% accuracy. Investigate new meter technology; pilot one or more replacements with innovative meters in attempt to improve meter accuracy. to maintain 10: Standardize meter accuracy test frequency to semi-annual, or more frequent, for all meters. Continue to conduct calibration of related instrumentation on a semi-annual basis. Repair or replace meters outside of +/- 3% accuracy. Continually investigate/pilot improving metering technology. AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Grading Matrix 3

353 Grading >>> n/a Water imported master meter and supply error adjustment: Select n/a if the Imported water supply is unmetered, with Imported water quantities estimated on the billing invoices sent by the Exporter to the purchasing Utility. Inventory information on imported meters and paper records of measured volumes exist but are incomplete and/or in a very crude condition; data error cannot be determined Written agreement(s) with water Exporter(s) are missing or written in vague language concerning meter management and testing. No automatic datalogging of imported supply volumes; daily readings are scribed on paper records without any accountability controls to confirm data accuracy and the absence of Conditions between errors and data gaps in recorded 2 and 4 volumes. Written agreement requires meter accuracy testing but is vague on the details of how and who conducts the testing. Imported supply metered flow data is logged automatically in electronic format and reviewed at least on a monthly basis by the Exporter with necessary corrections implemented. Meter data is adjusted by the Exporter when gross data errors are detected. A coherent data trail exists for this process to protect both the selling and the purchasing Utility. Written agreement exists and clearly states requirements and roles for meter accuracy testing and data management. Conditions between 4 and 6 Hourly Imported supply metered data is logged automatically & reviewed on at least a weekly basis by the Exporter. Data is adjusted to correct gross error when meter/instrumentation equipment malfunction is detected; and to correct Conditions between for error confirmed by meter accuracy 6 and 8 testing. Any data gaps in the archived data are detected and corrected during the weekly review. A coherent data trail exists for this process to protect both the selling and the purchasing Utility. Continuous Imported supply metered flow data is logged automatically & reviewed each business day by the Exporter. Data is adjusted to correct gross error from detected meter/instrumentation equipment malfunction and/or results of meter accuracy testing. Any data errors/gaps are detected and corrected on a daily basis. A data trail exists for the process to protect both the selling and the purchasing Utility. Conditions between 8 and 10 Computerized system (SCADA or similar) automatically records data which is reviewed each business day by the Exporter. Tight accountability controls ensure that all error/data gaps that occur in the archived flow data are quickly detected and corrected. A reliable data trail exists and contract provisions for meter testing and data management are reviewed by the selling and purchasing Utility at least once every five years. Improvements to attain higher data grading for "Water imported master meter and supply error adjustment" component: to qualify for 2: Develop a plan to restructure recordkeeping system to capture all flow data; set a procedure to review flow data on a daily basis to detect input errors. Obtain more reliable information about existing meters by conducting field inspections of meters and related instrumentation, and obtaining manufacturer literature. Review the written agreement between the selling and purchasing Utility. to qualify for 4: Install automatic datalogging equipment on Imported supply meters. Set a procedure to review this data on a monthly basis to detect gross anomalies and data gaps. Launch discussions with the Exporters to jointly review terms of the written agreements regarding meter accuracy testing and data management; revise the terms as necessary. to qualify for 6: Refine computerized data collection and archive to include hourly Imported supply metered flow data that is reviewed at least on a weekly basis to detect specific data anomalies and gaps. Make necessary corrections to errors/data errors on a weekly basis. to qualify for 8: Ensure that all Imported supply metered flow data is collected and archived on at least an hourly basis. All data is reviewed and errors/data gaps are corrected each business day. to qualify for 10: Conduct accountability checks to confirm that all Imported supply metered data is reviewed and corrected each business day by the Exporter. Results of all meter accuracy tests and data corrections should be available for sharing between the Exporter and the purchasing Utility. Establish a schedule for a regular review and updating of the contractual language in the written agreement between the selling and the purchasing Utility; at least every five years. to maintain 10: Monitor meter innovations for development of more accurate and less expensive flowmeters; work with the Exporter to help identify meter replacement needs. Keep communication lines with Exporters open and maintain productive relations. Keep the written agreement current with clear and explicit language that meets the ongoing needs of all parties. Water Exported: Select n/a if the water utility sells no bulk water to neighboring water utilities (no exported water sales) Less than 25% of exported water sources are metered, remaining sources are estimated. No regular meter accuracy testing. 25% - 50% of exported water sources are metered; other sources Conditions between estimated. No regular meter 2 and 4 accuracy testing. 50% - 75% of exported water sources are metered, other sources estimated. Occasional meter accuracy testing conducted. Conditions between 4 and 6 At least 75% of exported water sources are metered, meter accuracy testing and/or electronic calibration conducted Conditions between 100% of exported water sources are metered, meter accuracy testing and electronic calibration of related annually. Less than 25% of tested meters are found outside of +/- 6% accuracy. 6 and 8 instrumentation is conducted annually, less than 10% of meters are found outside of +/- 6% accuracy Conditions between 8 and % of exported water sources are metered, meter accuracy testing and electronic calibration of related instrumentation is conducted semiannually for all meter installations, with less than 10% of accuracy tests found outside of +/- 3% accuracy. Improvements to attain higher data grading for "Water Exported Volume" component: (Note: usually, if the water utility being audited sells (Exports) water to a neighboring purchasing Utility, it is the responsibility of the utility exporting the water to maintain the metering installation measuring the Exported volume. The utility exporting the water should ensure that adequate meter upkeep takes place and an accurate measure of the Water Exported volume is quantified. ) to qualify for 2: Review bulk water sales agreements with purchasing utilities; confirm requirements for use & upkeep of accurate metering. Identify needs to install new, or replace defective meters as needed. To qualify for 4: Locate all exported water sources on maps and in field, launch meter accuracy testing for existing meters, begin to install meters on unmetered exported water interconnections and replace obsolete/defective meters to qualify for 6: Formalize annual meter accuracy testing for all exported water meters. Continue installation of meters on unmetered exported water interconnections and replacement of obsolete/defective meters. to qualify for 8: Complete project to install new, or replace defective, meters on all exported water interconnections. Maintain annual meter accuracy testing for all exported water meters. Repair or replace meters outside of +/- 6% accuracy. to qualify for 10: Maintain annual meter accuracy testing for all meters. Repair or replace meters outside of +/- 3% accuracy. Investigate new meter technology; pilot one or more replacements with innovative meters in attempt to improve meter accuracy. to maintain 10: Standardize meter accuracy test frequency to semi-annual, or more frequent, for all meters. Repair or replace meters outside of +/- 3% accuracy. Continually investigate/pilot improving metering technology. Select n/a only if the water Water exported master meter utility fails to have meters and supply error adjustment: on its exported supply interconnections. Inventory information on exported meters and paper records of measured volumes exist but are incomplete and/or in a very crude condition; data error cannot be determined Written agreement(s) with the utility purchasing the water are missing or written in vague language concerning meter management and testing. No automatic datalogging of exported supply volumes; daily readings are scribed on paper records without any accountability controls to confirm data accuracy and the absence of Conditions between errors and data gaps in recorded 2 and 4 volumes. Written agreement requires meter accuracy testing but is vague on the details of how and who conducts the testing. Exported metered flow data is logged automatically in electronic format and reviewed at least on a monthly basis, with necessary corrections implemented. Meter data is adjusted by the utility selling (exporting) the water when gross data errors are detected. A coherent data trail exists for this process to protect both the utility exporting the water and the purchasing Utility. Written agreement exists and clearly states requirements and roles for meter accuracy testing and data management. Conditions between 4 and 6 Hourly exported supply metered data is Continuous exported supply metered logged automatically & reviewed on at flow data is logged automatically & least a weekly basis by the utility reviewed each business day by the selling the water. Data is adjusted to utility selling (exporting) the water. correct gross error when Data is adjusted to correct gross error meter/instrumentation equipment from detected meter/instrumentation malfunction is detected; and to correct Conditions between equipment malfunction and any error for error found by meter accuracy 6 and 8 confirmed by meter accuracy testing. testing. Any data gaps in the archived Any data errors/gaps are detected and data are detected and corrected during corrected on a daily basis. A data trail the weekly review. A coherent data exists for the process to protect both trail exists for this process to protect the selling (exporting) Utility and the both the selling (exporting) utility and purchasing Utility. the purchasing Utility. Conditions between 8 and 10 Computerized system (SCADA or similar) automatically records data which is reviewed each business day by the utility selling (exporting) the water. Tight accountability controls ensure that all error/data gaps that occur in the archived flow data are quickly detected and corrected. A reliable data trail exists and contract provisions for meter testing and data management are reviewed by the selling Utility and purchasing Utility at least once every five years. AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Grading Matrix 4

354 Grading >>> n/a Improvements to attain higher data grading for "Water exported master meter and supply error adjustment" component: to qualify for 2: Develop a plan to restructure recordkeeping system to capture all flow data; set a procedure to review flow data on a daily basis to detect input errors. Obtain more reliable information about existing meters by conducting field inspections of meters and related instrumentation, and obtaining manufacturer literature. Review the written agreement between the utility selling (exporting) the water and the purchasing Utility. to qualify for 4: Install automatic datalogging equipment on exported supply meters. Set a procedure to review this data on a monthly basis to detect gross anomalies and data gaps. Launch discussions with the purchasing utilities to jointly review terms of the written agreements regarding meter accuracy testing and data management; revise the terms as necessary. to qualify for 6: Refine computerized data collection and archive to include hourly exported supply metered flow data that is reviewed at least on a weekly basis to detect specific data anomalies and gaps. Make necessary corrections to errors/data errors on a weekly basis. to qualify for 8: Ensure that all exported metered flow data is collected and archived on at least an hourly basis. All data is reviewed and errors/data gaps are corrected each business day. to qualify for 10: Conduct accountability checks to confirm that all exported metered flow data is reviewed and corrected each business day by the utility selling the water. Results of all meter accuracy tests and data corrections should be available for sharing between the utility and the purchasing Utility. Establish a schedule for a regular review and updating of the contractual language in the written agreements with the purchasing utilities; at least every five years. to maintain 10: Monitor meter innovations for development of more accurate and less expensive flowmeters; work with the purchasing utilities to help identify meter replacement needs. Keep communication lines with the purchasing utilities open and maintain productive relations. Keep the written agreement current with clear and explicit language that meets the ongoing needs of all parties. AUTHORIZED CONSUMPTION Billed metered: n/a (not applicable). Select n/a only if the entire customer population is not metered and is billed for water service on a flat or fixed rate basis. In such a case the volume entered must be zero. Less than 50% of customers with volume-based billings from meter readings; flat or fixed rate billing exists for the majority of the customer population At least 50% of customers with volume-based billing from meter reads; flat rate billing for others. Manual meter reading is conducted, with less than 50% meter read Conditions between success rate, remainding accounts' 2 and 4 consumption is estimated. Limited meter records, no regular meter testing or replacement. Billing data maintained on paper records, with no auditing. At least 75% of customers with volume-based, billing from meter reads; flat or fixed rate billing for remaining accounts. Manual meter reading is conducted with at least 50% meter read success rate; consumption for accounts with failed Conditions between reads is estimated. Purchase 4 and 6 records verify age of customer meters; only very limited meter accuracy testing is conducted. Customer meters are replaced only upon complete failure. Computerized billing records exist, but only sporadic internal auditing conducted. At least 90% of customers with volumebased billing from meter reads; consumption for remaining accounts is estimated. Manual customer meter reading gives at least 80% customer meter reading success rate; consumption for accounts with failed Conditions between reads is estimated. Good customer 6 and 8 meter records eixst, but only limited meter accuracy testing is conducted. Regular replacement is conducted for the oldest meters. Computerized billing records exist with annual auditing of summary statistics conducting by utility personnel. At least 97% of customers exist with volume-based billing from meter reads. At least 90% customer meter reading success rate; or at least 80% read success rate with planning and budgeting for trials of Automatic Meter Reading (AMR) or Advanced Metering Infrastructure (AMI) in one or more pilot areas. Good customer meter records. Regular meter accuracy testing guides replacement of statistically significant number of meters each year. Routine auditing of computerized billing records for global and detailed statistics occurs annually by utility personnel, and is verified by third party at least once every five years. Conditions between 8 and 10 At least 99% of customers exist with volume-based billing from meter reads. At least 95% customer meter reading success rate; or minimum 80% meter reading success rate, with Automatic Meter Reading (AMR) or Advanced Metering Infrastructure (AMI) trials underway. Statistically significant customer meter testing and replacement program in place on a continuous basis. Computerized billing with routine, detailed auditing, including field investigation of representative sample of accounts undertaken annually by utility personnel. Audit is conducted by third party auditors at least once every three years. Improvements to attain higher data grading for "Billed Metered Consumption" component: If n/a is selected because the customer meter population is unmetered, consider establishing a new policy to meter the customer population and employ water rates based upon metered volumes. to qualify for 2: Conduct investigations or trials of customer meters to select appropriate meter models. Budget funding for meter installations. Investigate volume based water rate structures. to qualify for 4: Purchase and install meters on unmetered accounts. Implement policies to improve meter reading success. Catalog meter information during meter read visits to identify age/model of existing meters. Test a minimal number of meters for accuracy. Install computerized billing system. to qualify for 6: Purchase and install meters on unmetered accounts. Eliminate flat fee billing and establish appropriate water rate structure based upon measured consumption. Continue to achieve verifiable success in removing manual meter reading barriers. Expand meter accuracy testing. Launch regular meter replacement program. Launch a program of annual auditing of global billing statistics by utility personnel. to qualify for 8: Purchase and install meters on unmetered accounts. If customer meter reading success rate is less than 97%, assess cost-effectiveness of Automatic Meter Reading (AMR) or Advanced Metering Infrastructure (AMI) system for portion or entire system; or otherwise achieve ongoing improvements in manual meter reading success rate to 97% or higher. Refine meter accuracy testing program. Set meter replacement goals based upon accuracy test results. Implement annual auditing of detailed billing records by utility personnel and implement third party auditing at least once every five years. to qualify for 10: Purchase and install meters on unmetered accounts. Launch Automatic Meter Reading (AMR) or Advanced Metering Infrastructure (AMI) system trials if manual meter reading success rate of at least 99% is not achieved within a five-year program. Continue meter accuracy testing program. Conduct planning and budgeting for large scale meter replacement based upon meter life cycle analysis using cumulative flow target. Continue annual detailed billing data auditing by utility personnel and conduct third party auditing at least once every three years. to maintain 10: Continue annual internal billing data auditing, and third party auditing at least every three years. Continue customer meter accuracy testing to ensure that accurate customer meter readings are obtained and entered as the basis for volume based billing. Stay abreast of improvements in Automatic Meter Reading (AMR) and Advanced Metering Infrastructure (AMI) and information management. Plan and budget for justified upgrades in metering, meter reading and billing data management to maintain very high accuracy in customer metering and billing. Billed unmetered: Select n/a if it is the policy of the water utility to meter all customer connections and it has been confirmed by detailed auditing that all customers do indeed have a water meter; i.e. no intentionally unmetered accounts exist Water utility policy does not require customer metering; flat or fixed fee billing is employed. No data is collected on customer consumption. The only estimates of customer population consumption available are derived from data estimation methods using average fixture count multiplied by number of connections, or similar approach. Water utility policy does not require customer metering; flat or fixed fee billing is employed. Some metered accounts exist in parts of the system (pilot areas or District Metered Areas) with consumption read periodically or recorded on portable dataloggers over one, three, or seven day periods. Data from these sample meters are used to infer consumption for the total customer population. Site specific estimation methods are used for unusual buildings/water uses. Conditions between 2 and 4 Water utility policy does require metering and volume based billing in general. However, a liberal amount of exemptions and a lack of clearly written and communicated procedures result in up to 20% of billed accounts believed to be unmetered by exemption; or the Conditions between water utility is in transition to 4 and 6 becoming fully metered, and a large number of customers remain unmetered. A rough estimate of the annual consumption for all unmetered accounts is included in the annual water audit, with no inspection of individual unmetered accounts. Water utility policy does require metering and volume based billing but established exemptions exist for a portion of accounts such as municipal buildings. As many as 15% of billed accounts are unmetered due to this Conditions between exemption or meter installation 6 and 8 difficulties. Only a group estimate of annual consumption for all unmetered accounts is included in the annual water audit, with no inspection of individual unmetered accounts. Water utility policy does require metering and volume based billing for all customer accounts. However, less than 5% of billed accounts remain unmetered because meter installation is hindered by unusual circumstances. The goal is to minimize the number of unmetered accounts. Reliable estimates of consumption are obtained for these unmetered accounts via site specific estimation methods. Conditions between 8 and 10 Water utility policy does require metering and volume based billing for all customer accounts. Less than 2% of billed accounts are unmetered and exist because meter installation is hindered by unusual circumstances. The goal exists to minimize the number of unmetered accounts to the extent that is economical. Reliable estimates of consumption are obtained at these accounts via site specific estimation methods. AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Grading Matrix 5

355 Grading >>> n/a Improvements to attain higher data grading for "Billed Unmetered Consumption" component: to qualify for 2: Conduct research and evaluate cost/benefit of a new water utility policy to require metering of the customer population; thereby greatly reducing or eliminating unmetered accounts. Conduct pilot metering project by installing water meters in small sample of customer accounts and periodically reading the meters or datalogging the water consumption over one, three, or seven day periods. to qualify for 4: Implement a new water utility policy requiring customer metering. Launch or expand pilot metering study to include several different meter types, which will provide data for economic assessment of full scale metering options. Assess sites with access difficulties to devise means to obtain water consumption volumes. Begin customer meter installation. to qualify for 6: Refine policy and procedures to improve customer metering participation for all but solidly exempt accounts. Assign staff resources to review billing records to identify errant unmetered properties. Specify metering needs and funding requirements to install sufficient meters to significant reduce the number of unmetered accounts to qualify for 8: Push to install customer meters on a full scale basis. Refine metering policy and procedures to ensure that all accounts, including municipal properties, are designated for meters. Plan special efforts to address "hard-to-access" accounts. Implement procedures to obtain a reliable consumption estimate for the remaining few unmetered accounts awaiting meter installation. to qualify for 10: Continue customer meter installation throughout the service area, with a goal to minimize unmetered accounts. Sustain the effort to investigate accounts with access difficulties, and devise means to install water meters or otherwise measure water consumption. to maintain 10: Continue to refine estimation methods for unmetered consumption and explore means to establish metering, for as many billed remaining unmetered accounts as is economically feasible. Unbilled metered: select n/a if all billingexempt consumption is unmetered. Billing practices exempt certain accounts, such as municipal buildings, but written policies do not exist; and a reliable count of unbilled metered accounts is unavailable. Meter upkeep and meter reading on these accounts is rare and not considered a priority. Due to poor recordkeeping and lack of auditing, water consumption for all such accounts is purely guesstimated. Billing practices exempt certain accounts, such as municipal buildings, but only scattered, dated written directives exist to justify this practice. A reliable count of unbilled metered accounts is unavailable. Sporadic meter replacement and meter reading occurs on an asneeded basis. The total annual water consumption for all unbilled, metered accounts is estimated based upon approximating the number of accounts and assigning consumption from actively billed accounts of same meter size. Conditions between 2 and 4 Dated written procedures permit billing exemption for specific accounts, such as municipal properties, but are unclear regarding certain other types of accounts. Meter reading is given low priority Conditions between and is sporadic. Consumption is 4 and 6 quantified from meter readings where available. The total number of unbilled, unmetered accounts must be estimated along with consumption volumes. Written policies regarding billing exemptions exist but adherence in practice is questionable. Metering and meter reading for municipal buildings is reliable but sporadic for other unbilled Conditions between metered accounts. Periodic auditing of 6 and 8 such accounts is conducted. Water consumption is quantified directly from meter readings where available, but the majority of the consumption is estimated. Written policy identifies the types of accounts granted a billing exemption. Customer meter management and meter reading are considered secondary priorities, but meter reading is conducted at least annually to obtain consumption volumes for the annual water audit. High level auditing of billing records ensures that a reliable census of such accounts exists. Conditions between 8 and 10 Clearly written policy identifies the types of accounts given a billing exemption, with emphasis on keeping such accounts to a minimum. Customer meter management and meter reading for these accounts is given proper priority and is reliably conducted. Regular auditing confirms this. Total water consumption for these accounts is taken from reliable readings from accurate meters. Improvements to attain higher data grading for "Unbilled Metered Consumption" component: to qualify for 2: Reassess the water utility's policy allowing certain accounts to be granted a billing exemption. Draft an outline of a new written policy for billing exemptions, with clear justification as to why any accounts should be exempt from billing, and with the intention to keep the number of such accounts to a minimum. to qualify for 4: Review historic written directives and policy documents allowing certain accounts to be billing-exempt. Draft an outline of a written policy for billing exemptions, identify criteria that grants an exemption, with a goal of keeping this number of accounts to a minimum. Consider increasing the priority of reading meters on unbilled accounts at least annually. to qualify for 6: Draft a new written policy regarding billing exemptions based upon consensus criteria allowing this occurrence. Assign resources to audit meter records and billing records to obtain census of unbilled metered accounts. Gradually include a greater number of these metered accounts to the routes for regular meter reading. to qualify for 8: Communicate billing exemption policy throughout the organization and implement procedures that ensure proper account management. Conduct inspections of accounts confirmed in unbilled metered status and verify that accurate meters exist and are scheduled for routine meter readings. Gradually increase the number of unbilled metered accounts that are included in regular meter reading routes. to qualify for 10: Ensure that meter management (meter accuracy testing, meter replacement) and meter reading activities for unbilled accounts are accorded the same priority as billed accounts. Establish ongoing annual auditing process to ensure that water consumption is reliably collected and provided to the annual water audit process. to maintain 10: Reassess the utility's philosophy in allowing any water uses to go "unbilled". It is possible to meter and bill all accounts, even if the fee charged for water consumption is discounted or waived. Metering and billing all accounts ensures that water consumption is tracked and water waste from plumbing leaks is detected and minimized. Unbilled unmetered: Extent of unbilled, unmetered consumption is unknown due to unclear policies and poor recordkeeping. Total consumption is quantified based upon a purely subjective estimate. Clear extent of unbilled, unmetered consumption is unknown, but a number of events are randomly documented each year, confirming Conditions between existence of such consumption, but 2 and 4 without sufficient documentation to quantify an accurate estimate of the annual volume consumed. Extent of unbilled, unmetered consumption is partially known, and procedures exist to document certain events such as miscellaneous fire hydrant uses. Formulae is used to quantify the consumption from such events (time running multiplied by typical flowrate, multiplied by number of events). Default value of 1.25% of system input volume is employed Clear policies and good recordkeeping exist for some uses (ex: water used in periodic testing of unmetered fire Coherent policies exist for some forms connections), but other uses (ex: of unbilled, unmetered consumption miscellaneous uses of fire hydrants) but others await closer evaluation. have limited oversight. Total Reasonable recordkeeping for the Conditions between consumption is a mix of well quantified managed uses exists and allows for 6 and 8 use such as from formulae (time annual volumes to be quantified by running multiplied by typical flow, inference, but unsupervised uses are multiplied by number of events) or guesstimated. temporary meters, and relatively subjective estimates of less regulated use. Conditions between 8 and 10 Clear policies exist to identify permitted use of water in unbilled, unmetered fashion, with the intention of minimizing this type of consumption. Good records document each occurrence and consumption is quantified via formulae (time running multiplied by typical flow, multiplied by number of events) or use of temporary meters. Improvements to attain higher data grading for "Unbilled Unmetered Consumption" component: to qualify for 5: Utilize the accepted default value of 1.25% of the volume of water supplied as an expedient means to gain a reasonable quantification of this use. to qualify for 2: Establish a policy regarding what water uses should be allowed to remain as unbilled and unmetered. Consider tracking a small sample of one such use (ex: fire hydrant flushings). to qualify for 5: Utilize accepted default value of 1.25% of the volume of water supplied as an expedient means to gain a reasonable quantification of this use. to qualify for 4: Evaluate the documentation of events that have been observed. Meet with user groups (ex: for fire hydrants - fire departments, contractors to ascertain their need and/or volume requirements for water from fire hydrants). to qualify for 5: Utilize accepted default value of 1.25% of the volume of water supplied as an expedient means to gain a reasonable quantification of all such use. This is particularly appropriate for water utilities who are in the early stages of the water auditing process, and should focus on other components since the volume of unbilled, umetered consumption is usually a relatively small quatity component, and other larger-quantity components should take priority. to qualify for 6 or greater: Finalize policy and begin to conduct field checks to better establish and quantify such usage. Proceed if top-down audit exists and/or a great volume of such use is suspected. to qualify for 8: Assess water utility policy and procedures for various unmetered usages. For example, ensure that a policy exists and permits are issued for use of fire hydrants by persons outside of the utility. Create written procedures for use and documentation of fire hydrants by water utility personnel. Use same approach for other types of unbilled, unmetered water usage. to qualify for 10: Refine written procedures to ensure that all uses of unbilled, unmetered water are overseen by a structured permitting process managed by water utility personnel. Reassess policy to determine if some of these uses have value in being converted to billed and/or metered status. to maintain 10: Continue to refine policy and procedures with intention of reducing the number of allowable uses of water in unbilled and unmetered fashion. Any uses that can feasibly become billed and metered should be converted eventually. APPARENT LOSSES AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Grading Matrix 6

356 Grading >>> n/a Unauthorized consumption: Extent of unauthorized consumption is unknown due to unclear policies and poor recordkeeping. Total unauthorized consumption is guesstimated. Unauthorized consumption is a known occurrence, but its extent is a mystery. There are no requirements to document observed events, but conditions between periodic field reports capture some of 2 and 4 these occurrences. Total unauthorized consumption is approximated from this limited data. Procedures exist to document some unauthorized consumption such as observed unauthorized fire hydrant openings. Use formulae to quantify this consumption (time running multiplied typical flowrate, multiplied by number of events). Default value of 0.25% of volume of water supplied is employed Coherent policies exist for some forms of unauthorized consumption (more than simply fire hydrant misuse) but others await closer evaluation. Reasonable surveillance and recordkeeping exist for occurrences that fall under the policy. Volumes quantified by inference from these records. Conditions between 6 and 8 Clear policies and good auditable recordkeeping exist for certain events (ex: tampering with water meters, illegal bypasses of customer meters); but other occurrences have limited oversight. Total consumption is a combination of volumes from formulae (time x typical flow) and subjective estimates of unconfirmed consumption. Conditions between 8 and 10 Clear policies exist to identify all known unauthorized uses of water. Staff and procedures exist to provide enforcement of policies and detect violations. Each occurrence is recorded and quantified via formulae (estimated time running multiplied by typical flow) or similar methods. All records and calculations should exist in a form that can be audited by a third party. Improvements to attain higher data grading for "Unauthorized Consumption" component: to qualify for 5: Use accepted default of 0.25% of volume of water supplied. to qualify for 2: Review utility policy regarding what water uses are considered unauthorized, and consider tracking a small sample of one such occurrence (ex: unauthorized fire hydrant openings) to qualify for 5: Use accepted default of 0.25% of system input volume to qualify for 4: Review utility policy regarding what water uses are considered unauthorized, and consider tracking a small sample of one such occurrence (ex: unauthorized fire hydrant openings) to qualify for 5: Utilize accepted default value of 0.25% of volume of water supplied as an expedient means to gain a reasonable quantification of all such use. This is particularly appropriate for water utilities who are in the early stages of the water auditing process. to qualify for 6 or greater: Finalize policy updates to clearly identify the types of water consumption that are authorized from those usages that fall outside of this policy and are, therefore, unauthorized. Begin to conduct regular field checks. Proceed if the top-down audit already exists and/or a great volume of such use is suspected. to quality for 8: Assess water utility policies to ensure that all known occurrences of unauthorized consumption are outlawed, and that appropriate penalties are prescribed. Create written procedures for detection and documentation of various occurrences of unauthorized consumption as they are uncovered. to qualify for 10: Refine written procedures and assign staff to seek out likely occurrences of unauthorized consumption. Explore new locking devices, monitors and other technologies designed to detect and thwart unauthorized consumption. to maintain 10: Continue to refine policy and procedures to eliminate any loopholes that allow or tacitly encourage unauthorized consumption. Continue to be vigilant in detection, documentation and enforcement efforts. Customer metering inaccuracies: select n/a only if the entire customer population is unmetered. In such a case the volume entered must be zero. Customer meters exist, but with unorganized paper records on meters; no meter accuracy testing or meter replacement program for any size of retail meter. Metering workflow is driven chaotically with no proactive management. Loss volume due to aggregate meter inaccuracy is guesstimated. Poor recordkeeping and meter oversight is recognized by water utility management who has allotted staff and funding resources to organize improved recordkeeping and start meter accuracy testing. Existing paper records gathered and organized to provide cursory disposition of meter population. Customer meters are tested for accuracy only upon customer request. Conditions between 2 and 4 Reliable recordkeeping exists; meter information is improving as meters are replaced. Meter accuracy testing is conducted annually for a small number of meters (more than Conditions between just customer requests, but less than 4 and 6 1% of inventory). A limited number of the oldest meters are replaced each year. Inaccuracy volume is largely an estimate, but refined based upon limited testing data. A reliable electronic recordkeeping system for meters exists. The meter population includes a mix of new high performing meters and dated meters Conditions between with suspect accuracy. Routine, but 6 and 8 limited, meter accuracy testing and meter replacement occur. Inaccuracy volume is quantified using a mix of reliable and less certain data. Ongoing meter replacement and accuracy testing result in highly accurate customer meter population. Testing is conducted on samples of meters of varying age and accumulated volume of throughput to determine optimum replacement time for various types of meters. Ongoing meter replacement and accuracy testing result in highly accurate customer meter population. Statistically significant number of meters are tested in audit year. This testing is conducted on samples of meters of varying age and accumulated volume of throughput to determine optimum replacement time for these meters. Good records of all active customer meters exist and include as a minimum: meter number, account number/location, type, size and manufacturer. Ongoing meter replacement occurs according to a targeted and justified basis. Regular meter accuracy testing gives a reliable measure of composite inaccuracy volume for the customer meter population. New metering technology is embraced to keep overall accuracy improving. Procedures are reviewed by a third party knowledgeable in the M36 methodology. Improvements to attain higher data grading for "Customer meter inaccuracy volume" component: If n/a is selected because the customer meter population is unmetered, consider establishing a new policy to meter the customer population and employ water rates based upon metered volumes. to qualify for 2: Gather available meter purchase records. Conduct testing on a small number of meters believed to be the most inaccurate. Review staffing needs of the metering group and budget for necessary resources to better organize meter management. to qualify for 4: Implement a reliable record keeping system for customer meter histories, preferably using electronic methods typically linked to, or part of, the Customer Billing System or Customer Information System. Expand meter accuracy testing to a larger group of meters. to qualify for 6: Standardize the procedures for meter recordkeeping within an electronic information system. Accelerate meter accuracy testing and meter replacements guided by testing results. to qualify for 8: Expand annual meter accuracy testing to evaluate a statistically significant number of meter makes/models. Expand meter replacement program to replace statistically significant number of poor performing meters each year. to qualify for 9: Continue efforts to manage meter population with reliable recordkeeping. Test a statistically significant number of meters each year and analyze test results in an ongoing manner to serve as a basis for a target meter replacement strategy based upon accumulated volume throughput. to qualify for 10: Continue efforts to manage meter population with reliable recordkeeping, meter testing and replacement. Evaluate new meter types and install one or more types in 5-10 customer accounts each year in order to pilot improving metering technology. to maintain 10: Increase the number of meters tested and replaced as justified by meter accuracy test data. Continually monitor development of new metering technology and Advanced Metering Infrastructure (AMI) to grasp opportunities for greater accuracy in metering of water flow and management of customer consumption data. AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Grading Matrix 7

357 Grading >>> n/a Systematic Data Handling Errors: Note: all water utilities incur some amount of this error. Even in water utilities with unmetered customer populations and fixed rate billing, errors occur in annual billing tabulations. Enter a positive value for the volume and select a grading. Policies and procedures for activation of new customer water billing accounts are vague and lack accountability. Billing data is maintained on paper records which are not well organized. No auditing is conducted to confirm billing data handling efficiency. An unknown number of customers escape routine billing due to lack of billing process oversight. Policy and procedures for activation of new customer accounts and oversight of billing records exist but need refinement. Billing data is maintained on paper records or insufficiently capable electronic Conditions between database. Only periodic 2 and 4 unstructured auditing work is conducted to confirm billing data handling efficiency. The volume of unbilled water due to billing lapses is a guess. Policy and procedures for new account activation and oversight of billing operations exist but needs refinement. Computerized billing system exists, but is dated or lacks Conditions between needed functionality. Periodic, limited 4 and 6 internal audits conducted and confirm with approximate accuracy the consumption volumes lost to billing lapses. Policy and procedures for new account activation and oversight of billing operations is adequate and reviewed periodically. Computerized billing system is in use with basic reporting available. Any effect of billing Conditions between adjustments on measured 6 and 8 consumption volumes is well understood. Internal checks of billing data error conducted annually. Reasonably accurate quantification of consumption volume lost to billing lapses is obtained. New account activation and billing operations policy and procedures are reviewed at least biannually. Computerized billing system includes an array of reports to confirm billing data and system functionality. Checks are conducted routinely to flag and explain zero consumption accounts. Annual internal checks conducted with third party audit conducted at least once every five years. Accountability checks flag billing lapses. Consumption lost to billing lapses is well quantified and reducing year-byyear. Conditions between 8 and 10 Sound written policy and procedures exist for new account activation and oversight of customer billing operations. Robust computerized billing system gives high functionality and reporting capabilities which are utilized, analyzed and the results reported each billing cycle. Assessment of policy and data handling errors are conducted internally and audited by third party at least once every three years, ensuring consumption lost to billing lapses is minimized and detected as it occurs. Improvements to attain higher data grading for "Systematic Data Handling Error volume" component: to qualify for 2: Draft written policy and procedures for activating new water billing accounts and oversight of billing operations. Investigate and budget for computerized customer billing system. Conduct initial audit of billing records by flow-charting the basic business processes of the customer account/billing function. to qualify for 4: Finalize written policy and procedures for activation of new billing acocunts and overall billing operations management. Implement a computerized customer billing system. Conduct initial audit of billing records as part of this process. to qualify for 6: Refine new account activation and billing operations procedures and ensure consistency with the utility policy regarding billing, and minimize opportunity for missed billings. Upgrade or replace customer billing system for needed functionality - ensure that billing adjustments don't corrupt the value of consumption volumes. Procedurize internal annual audit process. to qualify for 8: Formalize regular review of new account activation process and general billing practices. Enhance reporting capability of computerized billing system. Formalize regular auditing process to reveal scope of data handling error. Plan for periodic third party audit to occur at least once every five years. to qualify for 10: Close policy/procedure loopholes that allow some customer accounts to go unbilled, or data handling errors to exist. Ensure that billing system reports are utilized, analyzed and reported every billing cycle. Ensure that internal and third party audits are conducted at least once every three years. to maintain 10: Stay abreast of customer information management developments and innovations. Monitor developments of Advanced Metering Infrastructure (AMI) and integrate technology to ensure that customer endpoint information is wellmonitored and errors/lapses are at an economic minimum. SYSTEM DATA Length of mains: Poorly assembled and maintained paper as-built records of existing water main installations makes accurate determination of system pipe length impossible. Length of mains is guesstimated. Paper records in poor or uncertain condition (no annual tracking of installations & abandonments). Poor Conditions between procedures to ensure that new water 2 and 4 mains installed by developers are accurately documented. Sound written policy and procedures exist for documenting new water main installations, but gaps in management result in a uncertain degree of error in tabulation of mains length. Conditions between 4 and 6 Sound written policy and procedures Sound written policy and procedures exist for permitting and commissioning exist for permitting and commissioning new water mains. Highly accurate new water mains. Electronic Conditions between paper records with regular field recordkeeping such as a Geographical 6 and 8 validation; or electronic records and Information System (GIS) and asset asset management system in good management system are used to store condition. Includes system backup. and manage data. Conditions between 8 and 10 Sound written policy exists for managing water mains extensions and replacements. Geographic Information System (GIS) data and asset management database agree and random field validation proves truth of databases. Records of annual field validation should be available for review. Improvements to attain higher data grading for "Length of Water Mains" component: to qualify for 2: Assign personnel to inventory current as-built records and compare with customer billing system records and highway plans in order to verify poorly documented pipelines. Assemble policy documents regarding permitting and documentation of water main installations by the utility and building developers; identify gaps in procedures that result in poor documentation of new water main installations. to qualify for 4: Complete inventory of paper records of water main installations for several years prior to audit year. Review policy and procedures for commissioning and documenting new water main installation. to qualify for 6: Finalize updates/improvements to written policy and procedures for permitting/commissioning new main installations. Confirm inventory of records for five years prior to audit year; correct any errors or omissions. to qualify for 8: Launch random field checks of limited number of locations. Convert to electronic database such as a Geographic Information System (GIS) with backup as justified. Develop written policy and procedures. to qualify for 10: Link Geographic Information System (GIS) and asset management databases, conduct field verification of data. Record field verification information at least annually. to maintain 10: Continue with standardization and random field validation to improve the completeness and accuracy of the system. Number of active AND inactive service connections: Vague permitting (of new service connections) policy and poor paper recordkeeping of customer connections/billings result in suspect determination of the number of service connections, which may be 10-15% in error from actual count. General permitting policy exists but paper records, procedural gaps, and weak oversight result in questionable total for number of connections, which may vary 5-10% of actual count. Conditions between 2 and 4 Written account activation policy and procedures exist, but with some gaps in performance and oversight. Computerized information management system is being brought Conditions between online to replace dated paper 4 and 6 recordkeeping system. Reasonably accurate tracking of service connection installations & abandonments; but count can be up to 5% in error from actual total. Written new account activation and overall billing policies and procedures are adequate and reviewed periodically. Computerized information management system is in use with annual Conditions between installations & abandonments totaled. 6 and 8 Very limited field verifications and audits. Error in count of number of service connections is believed to be no more than 3%. Policies and procedures for new account activation and overall billing operations are written, well-structured and reviewed at least biannually. Wellmanaged computerized information Conditions between management system exists and 8 and 10 routine, periodic field checks and internal system audits are conducted. Counts of connections are no more than 2% in error. Sound written policy and well managed and audited procedures ensure reliable management of service connection population. Computerized information management system, Customer Billing System, and Geographic Information System (GIS) information agree; field validation proves truth of databases. Count of connections recorded as being in error is less than 1% of the entire population. Improvements to attain higher data grading for "Number of Active and Inactive Service Connections" component: Note: The number of Service Connections does not include fire hydrant leads/lines connecting the hydrant to the water main to qualify for 2: Draft new policy and procedures for new account activation and overall billing operations. Research and collect paper records of installations & abandonments for several years prior to audit year. to qualify for 4: Refine policy and procedures for new account activation and overall billing operations. Research computerized recordkeeping system (Customer Information System or Customer Billing System) to improve documentation format for service connections. to qualify for 6: Refine procedures to ensure consistency with new account activation and overall billing policy to establish new service connections or decommission existing connections. Improve process to include all totals for at least five years prior to audit year. to qualify for 8: Formalize regular review of new account activation and overall billing operations policies and procedures. Launch random field checks of limited number of locations. Develop reports and auditing mechanisms for computerized information management system. to qualify for 10: Close any procedural loopholes that allow installations to go undocumented. Link computerized information management system with Geographic Information System (GIS) and formalize field inspection and information system auditing processes. Documentation of new or decommissioned service connections encounters several levels of checks and balances. to maintain 10: Continue with standardization and random field validation to improve knowledge of system. Note: if customer water Gradings 1-9 apply if customer properties are unmetered, if customer meters exist and are located inside the customer building premises, or if the water utility owns and is responsible for the entire service connection piping from the water main to the customer building. In any of these cases the average distance between the curb stop or boundary separating utility/customer responsibility for service connection piping, and the typical first point of use (ex: faucet) or the customer meter must be quantified. Gradings of 1-9 are used to grade the validity of the means to quantify this value. (See the "Service Connection Diagram" worksheet) Either of two conditions can be met for a grading of 10: AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Grading Matrix 8

358 Grading >>> n/a Average length of customer service line: meters are located outside of the customer building next to the curb stop or boundary separating utility/customer responsibility, then the auditor should answer "Yes" to the question on the Reporting Worksheet asking about this. If the answer is Yes, the grading description listed under the Grading of 10(a) will be followed, with a value of zero automatically entered at a Grading of 10. See the Service Connection Diagram worksheet for a visual presentation of this distance. Vague policy exists to define the delineation of water utility ownership and customer ownership of the service connection piping. Curb stops are perceived as the breakpoint but these have not been well-maintained or documented. Most are buried or obscured. Their location varies widely from site-tosite, and estimating this distance is arbitrary due to the unknown location of many curb stops. Policy requires that the curb stop serves as the delineation point between water utility ownership and customer ownership of the service connection piping. The piping from the water main to the curb stop is the property of the water utility; and the Conditions between piping from the curb stop to the 2 and 4 customer building is owned by the customer. Curb stop locations are not well documented and the average distance is based upon a limited number of locations measured in the field. Good policy requires that the curb stop serves as the delineation point between water utility ownership and customer ownership of the service connection piping. Curb stops are Conditions between generally installed as needed and are 4 and 6 reasonably documented. Their location varies widely from site-tosite, and an estimate of this distance is hindered by the availability of paper records of limited accuracy. Clear written policy exists to define utility/customer responsibility for service connection piping. Accurate, well-maintained paper or basic electronic recordkeeping system exists. Periodic field checks confirm piping lengths for a sample of customer properties. Conditions between 6 and 8 Clearly worded policy standardizes the location of curb stops and meters, which are inspected upon installation. Accurate and well maintained electronic records exist with periodic field checks to confirm locations of service lines, curb stops and customer meter pits. An accurate number of customer properties from the customer billing system allows for reliable averaging of this length. Conditions between 8 and 10 a) Customer water meters exist outside of customer buildings next to the curb stop or boundary separating utility/customer responsibility for service connection piping. If so, answer "Yes" to the question on the Reporting Working asking about this condition. A value of zero and a Grading of 10 are automatically entered in the Reporting Worksheet. b). Meters exist inside customer buildings, or properties are unmetered. In either case, answer "No" to the Reporting Worksheet question on meter location, and enter a distance determined by the auditor. For a Grading of 10 this value must be a very reliable number from a Geographic Information System (GIS) and confirmed by a statistically valid number of field checks. Improvements to attain higher data grading for "Average Length of Customer Service Line" component: to qualify for 2: Research and collect paper records of service line installations. Inspect several sites in the field using pipe locators to locate curb stops. Obtain the length of this small sample of connections in this manner. to qualify for 4: Formalize and communicate policy delineating utility/customer responsibilities for service connection piping. Assess accuracy of paper records by field inspection of a small sample of service connections using pipe locators as needed. Research the potential migration to a computerized information management system to store service connection data. to qualify for 6: Establish coherent procedures to ensure that policy for curb stop, meter installation and documentation is followed. Gain consensus within the water utility for the establishment of a computerized information management system. to qualify for 8: Implement an electronic means of recordkeeping, typically via a customer information system, customer billing system, or Geographic Information System (GIS). Standardize the process to conduct field checks of a limited number of locations. to qualify for 10: Link customer information management system and Geographic Information System (GIS), standardize process for field verification of data. to maintain 10: Continue with standardization and random field validation to improve knowledge of service connection configurations and customer meter locations. Average operating pressure: Available records are poorly assembled and maintained paper records of supply pump characteristics and water distribution system operating conditions. Average pressure is guesstimated based upon this information and ground elevations from crude topographical maps. Widely varying distribution system pressures due to undulating terrain, high system head loss and weak/erratic pressure controls further compromise the validity of the average pressure calculation. Limited telemetry monitoring of scattered pumping station and water storage tank sites provides some static pressure data, which is recorded in handwritten logbooks. Pressure data is gathered at individual sites only when low pressure complaints arise. Average pressure is determined by averaging relatively crude data, and is affected by significant variation in ground elevations, system head loss and gaps in pressure controls in the distribution system. Conditions between 2 and 4 Effective pressure controls separate different pressure zones; moderate pressure variation across the system, occasional open boundary valves are discovered that breech pressure zones. Basic telemetry monitoring of the distribution system logs pressure Conditions between data electronically. Pressure data 4 and 6 gathered by gauges or dataloggers at fire hydrants or buildings when low pressure complaints arise, and during fire flow tests and system flushing. Reliable topographical data exists. Average pressure is calculated using this mix of data. Reliable pressure controls separate distinct pressure zones; only very occasional open boundary valves are encountered that breech pressure zones. Well-covered telemetry monitoring of the distribution system (not just pumping at source treatment plants or wells) logs extensive pressure data electronically. Pressure gathered by gauges/dataloggers at fire hydrants and buildings when low pressure complaints arise, and during fire flow tests and system flushing. Average pressure is determined by using this mix of reliable data. Conditions between 6 and 8 Well-managed, discrete pressure zones exist with generally predictable pressure fluctuations. A current fullscale SCADA System or similar realtime monitoring system exists to monitor the water distribution system and collect data, including real time pressure readings at representative sites across the system. The average system pressure is determined from reliable monitoring system data. Conditions between 8 and 10 Well-managed pressure districts/zones, SCADA System and hydraulic model exist to give very precise pressure data across the water distribution system. Average system pressure is reliably calculated from extensive, reliable, and cross-checked data. Calculations are reported on an annual basis as a minimum. Improvements to attain higher data grading for "Average Operating Pressure" component: to qualify for 2: Employ pressure gauging and/or datalogging equipment to obtain pressure measurements from fire hydrants. Locate accurate topographical maps of service area in order to confirm ground elevations. Research pump data sheets to find pump pressure/flow characteristics to qualify for 4: Formalize a procedure to use pressure gauging/datalogging equipment to gather pressure data during various system events such as low pressure complaints, or operational testing. Gather pump pressure and flow data at different flow regimes. Identify faulty pressure controls (pressure reducing valves, altitude valves, partially open boundary valves) and plan to properly configure pressure zones. Make all pressure data from these efforts available to generate system-wide average pressure. to qualify for 6: Expand the use of pressure gauging/datalogging equipment to gather scattered pressure data at a representative set of sites, based upon pressure zones or areas. Utilize pump pressure and flow data to determine supply head entering each pressure zone or district. Correct any faulty pressure controls (pressure reducing valves, altitude valves, partially open boundary valves) to ensure properly configured pressure zones. Use expanded pressure dataset from these activities to generate system-wide average pressure. to qualify for 8: Install a Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) System, or similar realtime monitoring system, to monitor system parameters and control operations. Set regular calibration schedule for instrumentation to insure data accuracy. Obtain accurate topographical data and utilize pressure data gathered from field surveys to provide extensive, reliable data for pressure averaging. to qualify for 10: Annually, obtain a system-wide average pressure value from the hydraulic model of the distribution system that has been calibrated via field measurements in the water distribution system and confirmed in comparisons with SCADA System data. to maintain 10: Continue to refine the hydraulic model of the distribution system and consider linking it with SCADA System for realtime pressure data calibration, and averaging. AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Grading Matrix 9

359 Grading >>> n/a COST DATA Total annual cost of operating water system: Incomplete paper records and lack of financial accounting documentation on many operating functions makes calculation of water system operating costs a pure guesstimate Reasonably maintained, but incomplete, paper or electronic Conditions between accounting provides data to estimate 2 and 4 the major portion of water system operating costs. Electronic, industry-standard cost accounting system in place. However, gaps in data are known to exist, periodic internal reviews are conducted but not a structured financial audit. Conditions between 4 and 6 Reliable electronic, industry-standard Reliable electronic, industry-standard cost accounting system in place, with cost accounting system in place, with all pertinent water system operating all pertinent water system operating Conditions between costs tracked. Data audited at least costs tracked. Data audited 6 and 8 annually by utility personnel, and at periodically by utility personnel, but not least once every three years by thirdparty a Certified Public Accountant (CPA). CPA. Conditions between 8 and 10 Reliable electronic, industry-standard cost accounting system in place, with all pertinent water system operating costs tracked. Data audited annually by utility personnel and annually also by thirdparty CPA. Improvements to attain higher data grading for "Total Annual Cost of Operating the Water System" component: to qualify for 2: Gather available records, institute new financial accounting procedures to regularly collect and audit basic cost data of most important operations functions. to qualify for 4: Implement an electronic cost accounting system, structured according to accounting standards for water utilities to qualify for 6: Establish process for periodic internal audit of water system operating costs; identify cost data gaps and institute procedures for tracking these outstanding costs. to qualify for 8: Standardize the process to conduct routine financial audit on an annual basis. Arrange for CPA audit of financial records at least once every three years. to qualify for 10: Standardize the process to conduct a third-party financial audit by a CPA on an annual basis. to maintain 10: Maintain program, stay abreast of expenses subject to erratic cost changes and long-term cost trend, and budget/track costs proactively Customer retail unit cost (applied to Apparent Losses): Customer population unmetered, and/or only a fixed fee is charged for consumption. Antiquated, cumbersome water rate structure is used, with periodic historic amendments that were poorly documented and implemented; resulting in classes of customers being billed inconsistent charges. The actual composite billing rate likely differs significantly from the published water rate structure, but a lack of auditing leaves the degree of error indeterminate. Dated, cumbersome water rate structure, not always employed consistently in actual billing operations. The actual composite billing rate is known to differ from the Conditions between published water rate structure, and a 2 and 4 reasonably accurate estimate of the degree of error is determined, allowing a composite billing rate to be quantified. Straight-forward water rate structure in use, but not updated in several years. Billing operations reliably employ the rate structure. The composite billing rate is derived from a single customer class such as residential customer accounts, neglecting the effect of different rates from varying customer classes. Conditions between 4 and 6 Clearly written, up-to-date water rate structure is in force and is applied reliably in billing operations. Composite customer rate is determined using a weighted average residential rate using volumes of water in each rate block. Conditions between 6 and 8 Effective water rate structure is in force and is applied reliably in billing operations. Composite customer rate is determined using a weighted average composite consumption rate, which includes residential, commercial, industrial, institutional (CII), and any other distinct customer classes within the water rate structure. Conditions between 8 and 10 Current, effective water rate structure is in force and applied reliably in billing operations. The rate structure and calculations of composite rate - which includes residential, commercial, industrial, institutional (CII), and other distinct customer classes - are reviewed by a third party knowledgeable in the M36 methodology at least once every five years. Improvements to attain higher data grading for "Customer Retail Unit Cost" component: to qualify for 2: Formalize the process to implement water rates, including a secure documentation procedure. Create a current, formal water rate document and gain approval from all stakeholders. to qualify for 4: Review the water rate structure and update/formalize as needed. Assess billing operations to ensure that actual billing operations incorporate the established water rate structure. to qualify for 6: Evaluate volume of water used in each usage block by residential users. Multiply volumes by full rate structure. Launch effort to fully meter the customer population and charge rates based upon water volumes to qualify for 8: Evaluate volume of water used in each usage block by all classifications of users. Multiply volumes by full rate structure. to qualify for 10: Conduct a periodic third-party audit of water used in each usage block by all classifications of users. Multiply volumes by full rate structure. to maintain 10: Keep water rate structure current in addressing the water utility's revenue needs. Update the calculation of the customer unit rate as new rate components, customer classes, or other components are modified. Variable production cost (applied to Real Losses): Note: if the water utility purchases/imports its entire water supply, then enter the unit purchase cost of the bulk water supply in the Reporting Worksheet with a grading of 10 Incomplete paper records and lack of documentation on primary operating functions (electric power and treatment costs most importantly) makes calculation of variable production costs a pure guesstimate Reasonably maintained, but incomplete, paper or electronic accounting provides data to roughly Conditions between estimate the basic operations costs 2 and 4 (pumping power costs and treatment costs) and calculate a unit variable production cost. Electronic, industry-standard cost accounting system in place. Electric power and treatment costs are reliably tracked and allow accurate weighted calculation of unit variable production costs based on these two inputs and water imported purchase costs (if applicable). All costs are audited internally on a periodic basis. Conditions between 4 and 6 Reliable electronic, industry-standard cost accounting system in place, with all pertinent water system operating costs tracked. Pertinent additional costs beyond power, treatment and water imported purchase costs (if applicable) such as liability, residuals management, wear and tear on equipment, impending expansion of supply, are included in the unit variable production cost, as applicable. The data is audited at least annually by utility personnel. Conditions between 6 and 8 Reliable electronic, industry-standard cost accounting system in place, with all pertinent primary and secondary variable production and water imported purchase (if applicable) costs tracked. The data is audited at least annually by utility personnel, and at least once every three years by a third-party knowledgeable in the M36 methodology. Conditions between 8 and 10 Either of two conditions can be met to obtain a grading of 10: 1) Third party CPA audit of all pertinent primary and secondary variable production and water imported purchase (if applicable) costs on an annual basis. or: 2) Water supply is entirely purchased as bulk water imported, and the unit purchase cost - including all applicable marginal supply costs - serves as the variable production cost. If all applicable marginal supply costs are not included in this figure, a grade of 10 should not be selected. Improvements to attain higher data grading for "Variable Production Cost" component: to qualify for 2: Gather available records, institute new procedures to regularly collect and audit basic cost data and most important operations functions. to qualify for 4: Implement an electronic cost accounting system, structured according to accounting standards for water utilities to qualify for 6: Formalize process for regular internal audits of production costs. Assess whether additional costs (liability, residuals management, equipment wear, impending infrastructure expansion) should be included to calculate a more representative variable production cost. to qualify for 8: Formalize the accounting process to include direct cost components (power, treatment) as well as indirect cost components (liability, residuals management, etc.) Arrange to conduct audits by a knowledgable third-party at least once every three years. to qualify for 10: Standardize the process to conduct a third-party financial audit by a CPA on an annual basis. to maintain 10: Maintain program, stay abreast of expenses subject to erratic cost changes and budget/track costs proactively AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Grading Matrix 10

360 2015 Urban Water Management Plan Appendix F: Section 5.1 of Padre Dam s Rules and Regulations Padre Dam Municipal Water District F-1

361

362

363

364

365

366

367

368

369

370

371

372

373

374

375

376

377

378 2015 Urban Water Management Plan Appendix G: Water Conservation 2013/2014 BMP Reports Padre Dam Municipal Water District G-1

379 CUWCC BMP Retail Coverage Report 2013 Foundational Best Managemant Practices for Urban Water Efficiency 1005 BMP 1.1 Operation Practices Padre Dam Municipal Water District - Retail ON TRACK 1. Conservation Coordinator provided with necessary resources to implement BMPs? Name: Title: Melissa McChesney Communications Officer mmcchesney@padre.org 2. Water Waste Prevention Documents WW Document Name WWP File Name WW Prevention URL WW Prevention Ordinance Terms Description Option A Describe the ordinances or terms of service adopted by your agency to meet the water waste prevention requirements of this BMP. Option B Describe any water waste prevention ordinances or requirements adopted by your local jurisdiction or regulatory agencies within your service area. Option C Describe any documentation of support for legislation or regulations that prohibit water waste. Option D Describe your agency efforts to cooperate with other entities in the adoption or enforcement of local requirements consistent with this BMP. Option E Describe your agency support positions with respect to adoption of legislation or regulations that are consistent with this BMP. Option F Describe your agency efforts to support local ordinances that establish permits requirements for water efficient design in new development. PadreDam_Section 5.pdf Santee_Landscape_Ordina nce.pdf Ordinance_Design_Revie w_manual.html Padre Dam Rules and Regs Section 5 on Water Conservation and Water Efficiency Measures. This includes mandatory efficiency measures in place at all times as well as our Drought Response Plan. City of Santee Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance and a link to the San Diego County Landscape Ordinance. Santee and County of San Diego are both within Padre Dam's service area. At Least As effective As No Exemption No

380 CUWCC BMP Retail Coverage Report 2013 Foundational Best Managemant Practices for Urban Water Efficiency BMP 1.1 Operation Practices ON TRACK Comments:

381 CUWCC BMP Coverage Report 2013 Foundational Best Management Practices For Urban Water Efficiency BMP 1.2 Water Loss Control ON TRACK 1005 Padre Dam Municipal Water District - Retail Completed Standard Water Audit Using AWWA Software? AWWA File provided to CUWCC? Yes Yes Copy_of_AWWA_Water_Audit_2013.xls AWWA Water Audit Validity Score? 87 Complete Training in AWWA Audit Method Complete Training in Component Analysis Process? Component Analysis? Repaired all leaks and breaks to the extent cost effective? Locate and Repar unreported leaks to the extent cost effective? Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Maintain a record keeping system for the repair of reported leaks, including time of report, leak location, type of leaking pipe segment or fitting, and leak running time from report to repair. Yes Provided 7 Types of Water Loss Control Info Leaks Repairs Value Real Losses Value Apparent Losses Miles Surveyed Press Reduction Cost Of Interventions Water Saved (AF) 96 True At Least As effective As No Exemption No Comments:

382 CUWCC BMP Coverage Report 2013 Foundational Best Management Practices For Urban Water Efficiency BMP 1.3 Metering With Commodity ON TRACK 1005 Padre Dam Municipal Water District - Retail Numbered Unmetered Accounts Metered Accounts billed by volume of use Number of CII Accounts with Mixed Use Meters No Yes 826 Conducted a feasibility study to assess merits of a program to provide incentives to switch mixed-use accounts to dedicated landscape meters? No Feasibility Study provided to CUWCC? No Date: 1/1/0001 Uploaded file name: Completed a written plan, policy or program to test, repair and replace meters Yes At Least As effective As Yes All Padre Dam service area meters were replaced with AMI technology during FY This allows the District to see water use on an hourly basis when needed. Exemption No Comments: All Padre Dam service area meters were replaced with AMI technology during FY Fire services are only unmetered connections.

383 CUWCC BMP Coverage Report 2013 Foundational Best Management Practices For Urban Water Efficiency BMP 1.4 Retail Conservation Pricing On Track 1005 Padre Dam Municipal Water District - Retail Implementation (Water Rate Structure) Customer Class Water Rate Type Conserving Rate? (V) Total Revenue Comodity Charges (M) Total Revenue Fixed Carges 9 Other Allocation Based Yes Calculate: V / (V + M) 76 % Implementation Option: Use Annual Revenue As Reported Use 3 years average instead of most recent year Canadian Water and Wastewater Association Upload file: Agency Provide Sewer Service: Yes Customer Class Rate Type Conserving Rate? Single-Family Other No At Least As effective As No Exemption No Comments: Extraordinary conservation by customers results in a high percentage of fixed revenue to variable revenue, Although conservation has been achieved, the relative percentage changes.

384 CUWCC BMP Coverage Report 2013 Foundational Best Management Practices For Urban Water Efficiency BMP 2.1 Public Outreach ON TRACK 1005 Padre Dam Municipal Water District - Retail Retail Does your agency perform Public Outreach programs? The list of wholesale agencies performing public outreach which can be counted to help the agency comply with the BMP San Diego County Water Authority Agency Name ID number San Diego County Water Authority 196 Yes The name of agency, contact name and address if not CUWCC Group 1 members Did at least one contact take place during each quater of the reporting year? Yes p Public Outreach Program List Number Newsletter articles on conservation 2 Flyers and/or brochures (total copies), bill stuffers, messages printed on bill, information packets Website 6 Landscape water conservation media campaigns 1 15 Total 24 Did at least one contact take place during each quater of the reporting year? Yes Number Media Contacts Number News releases 6 Articles or stories resulting from outreach 4 Newspaper contacts 6 Total 16 Did at least one website update take place during each quater of the reporting year? Yes Public Information Program Annual Budget Annual Budget Category Annual Budget Amount Public Outreach Total Amount: Public Outreah Additional Programs Landscape Plans for homeowners and published on our website Ray Stoyer Water Recycling Facility Naming Ceremony Description of all other Public Outreach programs

385 CUWCC BMP Coverage Report 2013 Foundational Best Management Practices For Urban Water Efficiency BMP 2.1 Public Outreach ON TRACK Santee Chamber of Commerce Comments: At Least As effective As No Exemption No 0

386 CUWCC BMP Coverage Report 2013 Foundational Best Management Practices For Urban Water Efficiency BMP 2.2 School Education Programs ON TRACK 1005 Padre Dam Municipal Water District - Retail Retail Does your agency implement School Education programs? Yes The list of wholesale agencies performing public outreach which can be counted to help the agency comply with the BMP San Diego County Water Authority Agencies Name ID number San Diego County Water Authority 196 Materials meet state education framework requirements? Yes, all programs are compliant with state curriculum standards Yes Materials distributed to K-6? Yes Posters on water distribution and water cycle, corresponding workbooks (Watersheds, Water and You), coloring books & crayons, cootie catchers with rain tips, Pencil Pouches with conservation messages Materials distributed to 7-12 students? Offered materials related to Water Quality testing Yes (Info Only) Annual budget for school education program: Description of all other water supplier education programs Splash Mobile Lab, Water-related assemblies offered Comments: At Least As effective As No Exemption No 0

387 CUWCC BMP Retail Coverage Report 2014 Foundational Best Managemant Practices for Urban Water Efficiency 1005 BMP 1.1 Operation Practices Padre Dam Municipal Water District - Retail ON TRACK 1. Conservation Coordinator provided with necessary resources to implement BMPs? Name: Title: Melissa McChesney Communications Officer mmcchesney@padre.org 2. Water Waste Prevention Documents WW Document Name WWP File Name WW Prevention URL WW Prevention Ordinance Terms Description Option A Describe the ordinances or terms of service adopted by your agency to meet the water waste prevention requirements of this BMP. Option B Describe any water waste prevention ordinances or requirements adopted by your local jurisdiction or regulatory agencies within your service area. Option C Describe any documentation of support for legislation or regulations that prohibit water waste. Option D Describe your agency efforts to cooperate with other entities in the adoption or enforcement of local requirements consistent with this BMP. Option E Describe your agency support positions with respect to adoption of legislation or regulations that are consistent with this BMP. Option F Describe your agency efforts to support local ordinances that establish permits requirements for water efficient design in new development. PadreDam_Section 5.pdf Santee_Landscape_Ordina nce.pdf Ordinance_Design_Revie w_manual.html Padre Dam Rules and Regs Section 5 on Water Conservation and Water Efficiency Measures. This includes mandatory efficiency measures in place at all times as well as our Drought Response Plan. City of Santee Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance and a link to the San Diego County Landscape Ordinance. Santee and County of San Diego are both within Padre Dam's service area. At Least As effective As No Exemption No

388 CUWCC BMP Retail Coverage Report 2014 Foundational Best Managemant Practices for Urban Water Efficiency BMP 1.1 Operation Practices ON TRACK Comments:

389 CUWCC BMP Coverage Report 2014 Foundational Best Management Practices For Urban Water Efficiency BMP 1.2 Water Loss Control ON TRACK 1005 Padre Dam Municipal Water District - Retail Completed Standard Water Audit Using AWWA Software? AWWA File provided to CUWCC? Yes Yes Copy_of_AWWA_Water_Audit_2014.xls AWWA Water Audit Validity Score? 87 Complete Training in AWWA Audit Method Complete Training in Component Analysis Process? Component Analysis? Repaired all leaks and breaks to the extent cost effective? Locate and Repar unreported leaks to the extent cost effective? Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Maintain a record keeping system for the repair of reported leaks, including time of report, leak location, type of leaking pipe segment or fitting, and leak running time from report to repair. Yes Provided 7 Types of Water Loss Control Info Leaks Repairs Value Real Losses Value Apparent Losses Miles Surveyed Press Reduction Cost Of Interventions Water Saved (AF) 113 True At Least As effective As No Exemption No Comments:

390 CUWCC BMP Coverage Report 2014 Foundational Best Management Practices For Urban Water Efficiency BMP 1.3 Metering With Commodity ON TRACK 1005 Padre Dam Municipal Water District - Retail Numbered Unmetered Accounts Metered Accounts billed by volume of use Number of CII Accounts with Mixed Use Meters No Yes 826 Conducted a feasibility study to assess merits of a program to provide incentives to switch mixed-use accounts to dedicated landscape meters? No Feasibility Study provided to CUWCC? No Date: 1/1/0001 Uploaded file name: Completed a written plan, policy or program to test, repair and replace meters Yes At Least As effective As Yes All Padre Dam service area meters were replaced with AMI technology during FY This allows the District to see water use on an hourly basis when needed. Exemption No Comments: All Padre Dam service area meters were replaced with AMI technology during FY Fire services are only unmetered connections.

391 CUWCC BMP Coverage Report 2014 Foundational Best Management Practices For Urban Water Efficiency BMP 1.4 Retail Conservation Pricing On Track 1005 Padre Dam Municipal Water District - Retail Implementation (Water Rate Structure) Customer Class Water Rate Type Conserving Rate? (V) Total Revenue Comodity Charges (M) Total Revenue Fixed Carges 1 Other Allocation Based Yes Calculate: V / (V + M) 76 % Implementation Option: Use Annual Revenue As Reported Use 3 years average instead of most recent year Canadian Water and Wastewater Association Upload file: Agency Provide Sewer Service: Yes Customer Class Rate Type Conserving Rate? Single-Family Other No At Least As effective As No Exemption No Comments: Extraordinary conservation by customers results in a high percentage of fixed revenue to variable revenue, Although conservation has been achieved, the relative percentage changes.

392 CUWCC BMP Coverage Report 2014 Foundational Best Management Practices For Urban Water Efficiency BMP 2.1 Public Outreach ON TRACK 1005 Padre Dam Municipal Water District - Retail Retail Does your agency perform Public Outreach programs? The list of wholesale agencies performing public outreach which can be counted to help the agency comply with the BMP San Diego County Water Authority Yes The name of agency, contact name and address if not CUWCC Group 1 members Did at least one contact take place during each quater of the reporting year? Yes p Public Outreach Program List Number Newsletter articles on conservation 2 Flyers and/or brochures (total copies), bill stuffers, messages printed on bill, information packets Website 9 Landscape water conservation media campaigns 1 23 Total 35 Did at least one contact take place during each quater of the reporting year? Yes Number Media Contacts Number News releases 4 Articles or stories resulting from outreach 4 Newspaper contacts 6 Total 14 Did at least one website update take place during each quater of the reporting year? Yes Public Information Program Annual Budget Annual Budget Category Annual Budget Amount Public Outreach Total Amount: Public Outreah Additional Programs My Water Use - online hourly water use data Monthly billing to help customers manage water use Description of all other Public Outreach programs Santee Chamber of Commerce Comments:

393 CUWCC BMP Coverage Report 2014 Foundational Best Management Practices For Urban Water Efficiency BMP 2.1 Public Outreach ON TRACK At Least As effective As No Exemption No 0

394 CUWCC BMP Coverage Report 2014 Foundational Best Management Practices For Urban Water Efficiency BMP 2.2 School Education Programs ON TRACK 1005 Padre Dam Municipal Water District - Retail Retail Does your agency implement School Education programs? Yes The list of wholesale agencies performing public outreach which can be counted to help the agency comply with the BMP San Diego County Water Authority Agencies Name ID number San Diego County Water Authority 196 Materials meet state education framework requirements? Yes, all programs are compliant with state curriculum standards Yes Materials distributed to K-6? Yes Offered posters on water distribution and water cycle, corresponding workbooks (Watersheds, Water and you), cootie catchers with rain tips, pencil pouches Materials distributed to 7-12 students? Yes (Info Only) Annual budget for school education program: Description of all other water supplier education programs Splash mobile science lab and water-related assemblies Comments: At Least As effective As No Exemption No 0

395 CUWCC BMP Coverage Report Padre Dam Municipal Water District - Retail Baseline GPCD: GPCD in 2014 GPCD Target for 2018: Biennial GPCD Compliance Table ON TRACK Target Highest Acceptable Bound Year Report % Base GPCD % Base GPCD % % % % % % % % % %

396 2015 Urban Water Management Plan Appendix H: Notice of Public Hearing Padre Dam Municipal Water District H-1

397 Printed: 5/27/2016 4:23:54 PM Order ID: Page 1 of 1 * Agency Commission not included GROSS PRICE * : $ PACKAGE NAME: Legal-Metro-Legal Notices Product(s): San Diego Union Tribune, CApublicnotice.com, mobile.sduniontribune.com AdSize(s): 1 Column, Run Date(s): Wednesday, June 01, 2016, Wednesday, June 08, 2016 Color Spec. B/W Preview